Form 10-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

(Mark One)

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003

OR

[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to           

Commission file number 1-4482

               ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.               

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


            New York            

       11-1806155        

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

 incorporation or organization)

 Identification Number)

50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York

          11747          

(Address of principal executive

        (Zip Code)

 offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code

       631-847-2000      


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Name of Each Exchange on

Title of Each Class

     Which Registered

Common Stock, $1 par value

New York Stock Exchange

Preferred Share Purchase Rights

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

   Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes [X]  No [ ]

   Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes [X]  No [ ]

   The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2003 was $1,494,656,218.

   Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

   Common Stock, $1 par value: 115,045,505 shares outstanding at February 27, 2004.

The following documents are incorporated herein by reference:

1. Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 27, 2004 (incorporated in Part III).


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

   Item 1.   Business.
  
Item 2.   Properties
  
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
  
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

PART II

   Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
  
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
  
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations              
  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
  
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
  
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure              

   Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures

PART III

   Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
  
Item 11.  Executive Compensation
  
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
  
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
  
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

   Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

  
Signatures


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 2.

Properties

7

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

7

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

7

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant's Common Equity and

  Related Stockholder Matters

8

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

9

Item 7.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial

  Condition and Results of Operations

10

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

28

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

30

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on

  Accounting and Financial Disclosure

70

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

70

PART III

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

72

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

72

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and

  Management

72

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

72

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

72

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on

  Form 8-K

73

Signatures

82

 


2



PART I

Item 1. Business.

Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the "company" or "Arrow") is a major global provider of products, services, and solutions to industrial and commercial users of electronic components and computer products. The company is one of the electronics distribution industry's leaders in operating systems, employee productivity, value-added programs, and total quality assurance. Over 600 suppliers market their products through Arrow.

Serving its industrial and commercial customers as a supply channel partner, the company offers both a wide spectrum of products and a broad range of services and solutions, including materials planning, programming and assembly services, inventory management, a comprehensive suite of online supply chain tools, and design services.

Arrow's diverse worldwide customer base consists of original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), contract manufacturers (CMs), and commercial customers. OEMs include manufacturers of computer and office products, industrial equipment (including machine tools, factory automation, and robotic equipment), telecommunications products, aircraft and aerospace equipment, and scientific and medical devices. Commercial customers are mainly value-added resellers (VARs) and OEMs of computer systems.

The company maintains over 200 sales facilities and 18 distribution centers in 41 countries and territories. Through this network, Arrow provides one of the broadest product offerings in the electronics distribution industry and a wide range of value-added services to help customers reduce their time to market, lower their total cost of ownership, and enhance their overall competitiveness.

The company's global electronic components business, the largest distributor of electronic components and related services in the world, spans the world's three largest electronics markets — the Americas, Europe, and the Asia/Pacific region. The Americas Components group includes five targeted sales and marketing organizations in the United States and Canada, as well as operations in Argentina, Brazil, and Mexico. The European components group is divided into three regions:

-

Northern Europe, serving Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Ireland, Norway, Scotland, the Republic of South Africa, Sweden, and the United Kingdom.

-

Central Europe, serving Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Germany, Hungary, the Netherlands, Poland, and Switzerland.

-

Southern Europe, serving France, Greece, Israel, Italy, Portugal, Slovenia, Spain, and Turkey.

In the Asia/Pacific region, Arrow operates in Australia, Hong Kong, India, Malaysia, New Zealand, the People's Republic of China, the Philippines, Singapore, Korea, Taiwan, and Thailand.

Arrow's North American Computer Products group ("NACP") is a leading distributor of enterprise and embedded computing systems, as well as storage and software, to resellers and OEM customers in North America. NACP consists of the Enterprise Computing Solutions group, which serves resellers, and the OEM Computer Solutions group, which serves industrial OEM customers.

The company distributes a broad range of electronic components, computer products, and related equipment. About 54% of the company's consolidated sales consist of semiconductor products and related services. Industrial and commercial computer products and related services, including servers, workstations, storage products, microcomputer boards and systems, design systems, desktop computer systems, software, monitors, printers, flat panel displays, system chassis and enclosures, controllers, and communication control equipment, account for about 29% of sales. Arrow's remaining sales are of passive, electromechanical, and interconnect products, principally capacitors, resistors, potentiometers, power supplies, relays, switches, and connectors.


3


The financial information about the company's reportable segments and foreign and domestic operations can be found in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Most manufacturers of electronic components and computer products rely on authorized distributors, such as the company, to augment their sales and marketing operations. As a stocking, marketing, and financial intermediary, the distributor relieves manufacturers of a portion of the costs and personnel associated with stocking and selling their products (including otherwise sizable investments in finished goods inventories, accounts receivable systems, and distribution networks), while providing geographically dispersed selling, order processing, and delivery capabilities. At the same time, the distributor offers a broad range of customers the convenience of accessing from a single source multiple products from multiple suppliers and rapid or scheduled deliveries, as well as other value-added services such as kitting and memory programming capabilities. The growth of the electronics distribution industry has been fostered by the many manufacturers who recognize their authorized distributors as essential extensions of their marketing organizations.

The company and its affiliates serve over 150,000 industrial and commercial customers. Industrial customers range from major OEMs and CMs to small engineering firms, while commercial customers include principally VARs and OEMs. No single customer accounted for more than 2% of the company's 2003 sales.

Most of the company's customers require delivery of the products they have ordered on schedules that are generally not available on direct purchases from manufacturers, and frequently their orders are of insufficient size to be placed directly with manufacturers.

The electronic components and other products offered by the company are sold by field sales representatives, who regularly call on customers in assigned market areas, and by telephone from the company's selling locations, by inside sales personnel with access to pricing and stocking data provided by computers on which orders are accepted and processed. Each of the company's North American selling locations, warehouses, and primary distribution centers is electronically linked to the company's central computer system, which provides fully integrated, online, real-time data with respect to nationwide inventory levels and facilitates control of purchasing, shipping, and billing. The company's international operations have similar online, real-time computer systems and they can access the company's Worldwide Stock Check System, which provides access to the company's online, real-time inventory system.

The company sells the products of over 600 manufacturers. The company does not regard any one supplier of products to be essential to its operations and believes that many of the products currently sold by the company are available from other sources at competitive prices. Most of the company's purchases are pursuant to authorized distributor agreements which are typically cancelable by either party at any time or on short notice.

Approximately 61% of the company's inventory consists of semiconductors. It is the policy of most manufacturers to protect authorized distributors, such as the company, against the potential write-down of such inventories due to technological change or manufacturers' price reductions. Write-downs of inventories to market value are based upon contractual provisions which typically provide certain protections to the company for product obsolescence and price erosion in the form of rights of return and price protection. Under the terms of the related distributor agreements, and assuming the distributor complies with certain conditions, such suppliers are required to credit the distributor for inventory losses incurred through reductions in manufacturers' list prices of the items. In addition, under the terms of many such agreements, the distributor has the right to return to the manufacturer for credit a defined portion of those inventory items purchased within a designated period of time.

A manufacturer who elects to terminate a distributor agreement is generally required to purchase from the distributor the total amount of its products carried in inventory. As of December 31, 2003, this type of repurchase arrangement covered approximately 85% of the company's inventory. While these


4


industry practices do not wholly protect the company from inventory losses, the company believes that they currently provide substantial protection from such losses.

The company's business is extremely competitive, particularly with respect to prices, franchises, and, in certain instances, product availability. The company competes with several other large multi-national, national, and numerous regional and local distributors. As one of the world's largest electronics distributors, the company's financial resources and sales are greater than most of its competitors.

The company, incorporated in New York in 1946, and its affiliates employed over 11,200 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2003.

Available Information

The company makes the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and any current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to any of these reports available through its Internet site ( http://www.arrow.com ) as soon as reasonably practicable after the company files such material with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The information posted on the company's Internet site is not incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.


5



Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages, and the positions and offices with the company held by each of the executive officers of the company as of March 5, 2004:

Name

Age

Position or Office Held

William E. Mitchell

60

President and Chief Executive Officer

Betty Jane Scheihing

55

Senior Vice President

Peter S. Brown

53

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Germano Fanelli

56

President of Arrow Electronics EMEASA

  (Europe, Middle East, Africa and South America)

Harriet Green

42

President of Arrow Asia/Pacific

Brian McNally

45

President of North American Components

Michael J. Long

45

Vice President and President of North

  American Computer Products

Paul J. Reilly

47

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Jan M. Salsgiver

47

Vice President of Global Strategy and Operations

Mark F. Settle

53

Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Susan M. Suver

44

Vice President of Global Human Resources

Set forth below is a brief account of the business experience during the past five years of each executive officer of the company.

William E. Mitchell was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of the company in February 2003. Prior thereto, he served as Executive Vice President of Solectron Corporation and President of Solectron Global Services, Inc. since March 1999 and previously served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Sequel, Inc. since 1995.

Betty Jane Scheihing has been a Senior Vice President of the company since May 1996.

Peter S. Brown has been a Senior Vice President of the company and General Counsel since September 2001. Prior to joining the company, he served as the managing partner of the London office of the law firm of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP (formerly, Winthrop, Stimson, Putnam, & Roberts) for more than five years.

Germano Fanelli was appointed President of Arrow Electronics EMEASA in January 2004. Prior thereto, he served as Managing Director of Southern Europe for more than five years.

Harriet Green was appointed President of Arrow Asia/Pacific in March 2004. Prior thereto, she served in several executive positions, including Managing Director of Northern Europe, President of the company's Contract Manufacturing Services (CMS) Distribution group, and most recently, Vice President of Worldwide Supplier Marketing.

Brian McNally was appointed President of North American Components in March 2004. Prior thereto, he served in several executive positions including President of the company's CMS Distribution group and Managing Director of Northern Europe.

Michael J. Long has been President and Chief Operating Officer of NACP since July 1999. In addition, he has been a Vice President of the company for more than five years.

Paul J. Reilly has been Chief Financial Officer since October 2001 and has served as a Vice President of the company for more than five years.

Jan M. Salsgiver was appointed Vice President of Global Strategy and Operations in March 2004. Prior thereto, she served as President of the Americas Components group since July 1999 and as President of the Arrow Supplier Services Group since its inception in January 1998. In addition, she has been a Vice President of the company for more than five years.

Mark F. Settle has been a Vice President of the company and Chief Information Officer since November 2001. Prior to joining the company, he served as


6


Executive Vice President, Systems and Processing at Visa International since April 1999 and previously served as Chief Information Officer at Occidental Petroleum Corporation since February 1997.

Susan M. Suver was appointed Vice President of Global Human Resources in March 2004. Prior thereto, she served as Vice President of Global Organizational Development. Prior to joining the company in October 2001, she held the position of Vice President, Organizational Effectiveness Communications at Phelps Dodge Corporation.

Item 2.   Properties.

The company owns and leases sales offices, distribution centers, and administrative facilities worldwide. The company's executive office is located in Melville, New York and occupies a 163,000 square foot facility under a long-term lease. The company owns 18 locations throughout the Americas, Europe, and the Asia/Pacific region. The company occupies over 270 additional locations under leases due to expire on various dates through 2053. The company believes its facilities are well maintained and suitable for company operations.


Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.

The company and/or its subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. It is not anticipated that any such matters will have a material adverse impact, individually and in the aggregate, on the company's financial position, liquidity, or results of operation.


Item 4.  
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

None.


7



PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

Market Information

The company's common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (trading symbol: "ARW"). The high and low sales prices during each quarter of 2003 and 2002 were as follows:

Year

 

High

 

Low

2003:

  Fourth Quarter

$

24.36

$

17.85

  Third Quarter

21.49

14.75

  Second Quarter

18.13

14.23

  First Quarter

16.04

11.45

2002:

  Fourth Quarter

$

16.78

$

8.60

  Third Quarter

20.85

12.30

  Second Quarter

28.56

18.61

  First Quarter

32.97

26.08

Holders

On February 27, 2004, there were approximately 3,000 shareholders of record of the company's common stock.

Dividend History

The company did not pay cash dividends on its common stock during 2003 or 2002. While the board of directors considers the payment of dividends on the common stock from time to time, the declaration of future dividends will be dependent upon the company's earnings, financial condition, and other relevant factors, including debt covenants.


8



Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.

The following table sets forth certain selected consolidated financial data and should be read in conjunction with the company's consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this annual report:

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (a)

(In thousands except per share data)

For the year ended:

2003 (b)

2002 (c)

2001 (d)

2000

1999 (e)

Sales

$

8,679,313

$

7,390,154

$

9,487,292

$

12,065,283

$

8,325,401

Operating income

$

184,045

$

167,530

$

152,670

$

773,193

$

326,169

Income (loss) from

  continuing operations

$

25,700

$

(862

)

$

(75,587

)

$

351,934

$

115,379

Income (loss) per share

  from continuing

  operations:

    Basic

$

.26

$

(.01

)

$

(.77

)

$

3.64

$

1.21

    Diluted

$

.25

$

(.01

)

$

(.77

)

$

3.56

$

1.20

At year-end:

Accounts receivable

  and inventories

$

3,098,213

$

2,579,833

$

2,762,679

$

5,419,476

$

2,890,365

Total assets

5,332,988

4,667,605

5,358,984

7,604,541

4,483,255

Long-term debt

2,016,627

1,807,113

2,441,983

3,027,671

1,553,421

Shareholders' equity

1,505,331

1,235,249

1,766,461

1,913,748

1,550,529



(a)

The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operation in May 2002 represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 144. Accordingly, 1999 through 2001 have been restated to reflect Gates/Arrow as a discontinued operation.

(b)

Operating income and income from continuing operations include an acquisition indemnification charge of $13.0 million ($.13 per share) relating to an acquisition in France in 2000, restructuring charges of $37.9 million ($27.1 million net of related taxes or $.27 per share), and an integration charge associated with the acquisition of the Industrial Electronics Division of Agilysys, Inc. (formerly Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc.) of $6.9 million ($4.8 million net of related taxes or $.05 per share). Income from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $6.6 million ($3.9 million net of related taxes or $.04 per share).

(c)

Operating income and loss from continuing operations include a severance charge of $5.4 million ($3.2 million net of related taxes or $.03 per share). As a result of adopting FASB Statement No. 145, the loss on extinguishment of debt, which was previously recorded as an extraordinary item, was reclassified to the loss from continuing operations during 2003. Accordingly, loss from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $20.9 million ($12.9 million net of related taxes or $.13 per share).

(d)

Operating income and loss from continuing operations include restructuring costs and other charges of $174.6 million and $227.6 million ($145.1 million net of related taxes or $1.47 per share), respectively, and an integration charge associated with the acquisition of Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems of $9.4 million ($5.7 million net of related taxes or $.06 per share).

(e)

Operating income and income from continuing operations include an integration charge of $24.6 million ($16.5 million net of related taxes or $.17 per share) associated with the acquisition and integration of Richey Electronics, Inc. and the electronics distribution group of Bell Industries, Inc.


9



Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations.

For an understanding of the significant factors that influenced the company's performance during the past three years, the following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and other information appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. In May 2002, the company sold substantially all of the assets of Gates/Arrow, a business unit within the company's North American Computer Products group ("NACP") that sold commodity computer products such as printers, monitors, other peripherals, and software in North America. The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operations represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 144. Accordingly, the company's consolidated financial statements and related notes have been presented to reflect Gates/Arrow as a discontinued operation for all periods. In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 145, which requires that gains and losses on the extinguishment of debt be classified as income or loss from continuing operations rather than as an extraordinary item as previously required. Accordingly, the company's 2002 consolidated financial statements and related notes have been restated to reflect the loss on prepayment of debt as a component of income or loss from continuing operations.

Overview

The company has two business segments: electronic components and computer products. Consolidated sales grew by 17.4% in 2003 as a result of the acquisition of the Industrial Electronics Division ("IED") of Agilysys, Inc. (formerly Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc.) on February 28, 2003, the impact of the strengthening Euro, strong sales growth in the components businesses in North America and Asia/Pacific, and continued growth in the NACP businesses. The growth in the North American Components ("NAC") business is due to the cyclical upturn that began during the summer months. The growth in the Asia/Pacific components business is a result of that region's strong growth coupled with the company's increased focus in the region. The growth in NACP is due to an increasing market for the mid-range related products as well as a company initiative to grow sales of servers and software.

Net income increased to $25.7 million in 2003 compared with a loss of $610.5 million in 2002. In 2003, the company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $37.9 million associated with an initiative to reduce operating costs resulting in cost savings of $75.0 million annually, a pre-tax integration charge of $6.9 million associated with the acquisition of IED, an acquisition indemnification charge of $13.0 million associated with an acquisition in 2000, and a pre-tax loss on the prepayment of debt of $6.6 million. In 2002, the company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $603.7 million in connection with the adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," a pre-tax loss on the prepayment of debt of $20.9 million, a pre-tax severance charge of $5.4 million, and a net loss associated with discontinued operations of $5.9 million. In addition to the impact of the aforementioned items that have an effect on comparability, the increase in net income is due to the impact of efficiency initiatives reducing operating expenses by $60.0 million in 2003, the company's ability to increase sales, both organically generated as well as those resulting from the acquisition of IED, without operating expenses increasing at the same rate, and lower interest costs as a result of the prepayment of debt.

Sales

Consolidated sales for 2003 increased 17.4% from $7.4 billion in 2002 to $8.7 billion. Sales in the Americas increased in 2003 by $799.6 million or 18.6% when compared with the year-earlier period principally due to the acquisition of the IED business, as well as organic growth in both the components and computer products businesses. European sales for 2003 increased by $326.8 million or 13.4% compared with the year-earlier period principally as a result of the impact of a weakening U.S. dollar on the translation of the company's European financial statements. Asia/Pacific sales for 2003 increased by $162.8 million or 24.7%, compared with the year-earlier period, as a result of improved market conditions as well as the company's increased focus in this region. The consolidated increase in sales was impacted by the translation of


10


the company's international financial statements into U.S. dollars which resulted in increased revenues of $363.0 million for 2003, compared with the year-earlier period, due to a weakening U.S. dollar. The increase in sales excluding the impact of the weakening U.S. dollar was 12.5%.

Sales of electronic components increased by $1.1 billion or 20.6% for 2003 compared with the year-earlier period. Sales in the NAC business for 2003 increased by 24.9% compared with the year-earlier period. This increase was primarily a result of the acquisition of the IED business in late February 2003. The remaining factors impacting the overall increase in worldwide sales of electronic components include the impact of a weakened U.S. dollar on the translation of the company's financial statements and the aforementioned increased sales in the Asia/Pacific region, as well as North America.

Computer products sales increased by $191.8 million or 9.3% for 2003 compared with the year-earlier period. Sales in the North American Enterprise Computing Solutions business increased by 18.9% in 2003 compared with the year-earlier period. Sales in the computer products' original equipment manufacturers ("OEM") business increased by 16.5% in 2003 compared with the year-earlier period, though the OEM market continues to be impacted by reduced activity levels at large complex telecommunications and networking companies. These increases were offset, in part, by the 43.8% decrease in sales of the Nordic commodity computer products business, which was exited during the third quarter of 2003.

In 2002, consolidated sales decreased by 22.1% from $9.5 billion in 2001 to $7.4 billion. This decline was principally due to a $1.8 billion or 25.6% decrease in sales of electronic components as a result of severely depressed demand at telecommunications and networking customers and the contract manufacturers that serve them, and lower demand in the company's core OEM business due to weakened general economic conditions. In addition, the company terminated a single customer engagement in the Asia/Pacific region during 2001. Sales of computer products decreased by $266.2 million or 11.4% in 2002 when compared with 2001. Beginning in mid-2001, the company's computer products businesses implemented a new strategy, which focused less on sales volume and placed more emphasis on profitability. While sales of computer products declined compared with 2001, operating income increased by 33.2%. Sales in the North American Enterprise Computing Solutions business (formerly North American mid-range computer products) were relatively flat compared with 2001, while operating income increased by 38.0%. In 2002, sales of low margin microprocessors (a product segment not considered a part of the company's core business) decreased by $185.0 million or 27.9% when compared with 2001. Lastly, translation of the financial statements of the company's international operations into U.S. dollars resulted in increased revenues of $118.3 million because of a weakening U.S. dollar in 2002 when compared with 2001.

In 2001, consolidated sales decreased by 21.4% from $12.1 billion in 2000 to $9.5 billion. This decline was principally due to a $2.7 billion or 27.1% decrease in sales of electronic components as a result of severely depressed demand at telecommunications and networking customers and the contract manufacturers that serve them, and lower demand in the company's core OEM business due to weakened general economic conditions. In addition, the company terminated a single customer engagement in the Asia/Pacific region during 2001, which resulted in a sales decline of approximately $193 million versus 2000. Sales of computer products increased by $78.1 million or 3.5% in 2001 when compared with 2000. In the fourth quarter of 2000, Hewlett Packard modified its agreements with its distributors transforming the previously existing relationship from that of a distributor to that of an agent. Thus, the company modified its method of recognizing revenue to include only the payment from Hewlett Packard for the company's sales and marketing efforts. The modification resulted in a reduction of more than $300 million in revenue in 2001 compared with 2000. In 2001, sales of low margin microprocessors (a product segment not considered a part of the company's core business) decreased by nearly $207 million. Lastly, translation of the financial statements of the company's international operations into U.S. dollars resulted in reduced revenues of $117.7 million because of a strengthened U.S. dollar in 2001 when compared with 2000. Each of these factors was offset, in part, by the acquisitions that occurred in 2000.


11


Restructuring, Integration, and Other Charges

Restructuring

2003

During 2003, the company implemented actions to become more effectively organized and to improve its operating efficiencies, with targeted annualized savings of $75.0 million, of which approximately $60.0 million was realized in 2003. The company has taken these steps in order to make its organizational structure, systems, and processes more efficient. The estimated restructuring charges associated with these actions total approximately $42.4 million, of which $37.9 million ($27.1 million net of related taxes or $.27 per share) was recorded in 2003. The remaining amount of approximately $4.5 million will be recorded over the next several quarters. Approximately $39.0 million of the total charge is expected to be spent in cash. A summary of the restructuring charges included in operating income is as follows (in millions):

Personnel

$

26.8

Facilities

6.0

Asset write-down

3.1

IT systems and other

2.0

$

37.9

The company recorded a charge of $26.8 million related to personnel costs as part of the 2003 restructuring. The total number of positions eliminated was approximately 1,085 positions, or 9%, out of prior year's ending worldwide total of 11,700 positions. There was no single group of employees impacted by these restructuring actions. Instead it impacted both exempt and non-exempt employees across multiple locations, segments, and functions.

The company recorded a charge of $6.0 million relating to facilities closed. As part of the physical logistics network rationalization, one primary distribution center in England was closed and another will be closed over the next several months, and their operations will be centralized in the newer, state-of-the-art, Pan-European facility in Venlo, the Netherlands. In addition, the primary distribution center in Brookhaven, New York was partially closed and the remaining operations will be closed over the next several months, and customers and suppliers will be serviced out of a newer, more efficient distribution center in Reno, Nevada. Further, the company exited its Nordic commodity computer products business serving hardware integrators and resellers in Norway, Sweden, Denmark, and Finland.

The company recorded a provision of $3.1 million for asset write-downs. The provision was principally for fixed assets and was recorded in North America and Europe.

Also included in the charge was $2.0 million for IT systems and other miscellaneous items related to the early termination of computer equipment, logistics support, and service commitments no longer being used.

On February 17, 2004, the company announced, as part of on-going evaluations, a series of additional steps designed to enhance the company's operating efficiencies, primarily related to the elimination of corporate support functions. The net result is estimated to reduce the company's cost structure by an additional $15.0 million annually. Approximately 50% of this annual cost savings will begin in the first quarter of 2004, with the remaining 50% beginning late in the second quarter of 2004. The company expects to record a restructuring charge relating to these actions over several quarters in 2004 totaling $2.0 million to $5.0 million, before taxes.


12


2001

In mid-2001, the company took a number of significant steps, including a reduction in its worldwide workforce, salary freezes and furloughs, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, consolidation of facilities, and other major cost containment and cost reduction actions, to mitigate, in part, the impact of significantly reduced revenues. As a result of these actions, the company recorded restructuring costs and other charges of $227.6 million ($145.1 million net of related taxes or $1.47 per share). These charges include costs associated with headcount reductions, the consolidation or closing of facilities, valuation adjustments to inventory and Internet investments, the termination of certain customer engagements, and various other miscellaneous items. Of the total charge, $174.6 million reduced operating income (including $97.5 million in cost of products sold) and $53.0 million was recorded as a loss on investments. There were no material revisions to these actions and their related costs. A summary of charges included in operating income is as follows (in millions):

Personnel

$

15.2

Facilities

10.0

Customer terminations

38.8

Inventory

97.5

IT systems and other

13.1

$

174.6

The company recorded a charge of $15.2 million related to personnel costs as part of the mid-2001 restructuring. The total number of positions eliminated was nearly 1,200, out of the then existing worldwide total of 14,150, or approximately 9%. The actual number of employees terminated approximated original estimates. The reduction in headcount was principally due to reduced activity levels across all functions throughout the company. There was no single group of employees or business segment that was impacted by this restructuring. Instead it impacted both exempt and non-exempt employees across a broad range of functions including sales and marketing, warehouse employees, employees working in value-added centers, finance personnel in credit/collections and accounts payable, human resources and IT. The company's approach was to reduce its headcount in the areas with reduced activities.

The company also consolidated or closed 15 facilities and accordingly recorded a charge of $10.0 million related to vacated leases, including write-offs of related leasehold improvements.

The company also terminated certain customer programs principally related to services not traditionally provided by the company because they were not profitable. The $38.8 million provision included charges for inventory these customers no longer required, pricing disputes, non-cancelable purchase commitments, and value-added taxes.

The company recorded an inventory provision of $97.5 million, which was included in cost of products sold. The provision related to a substantial number of parts. In addition to North America, provisions were recorded in Europe and the Asia/Pacific region. The inventory charge was principally related to products purchased for single or limited customer engagements and in certain instances from non-traditional, non-franchised sources for which no contractual protections such as return rights, scrap allowance, or price protection exist. The inventory provision was principally for electronic components. The parts were written down to estimated realizable value; in many cases to estimated scrap value or zero. At December 31, 2003, approximately 66% of the inventory for which a provision was made had been scrapped and approximately 34% of this inventory was sold at its reduced carrying value with minimal impact on gross margins.

Also included in the charge was $13.1 million for IT systems and other miscellaneous items related to logistics support and service commitments no longer being used, hardware and software not utilized by the company, professional fees related to contractual obligations of certain customer terminations, and the write-off of an investment in an IT-related service provider.


13


In connection with the restructuring costs and other charges discussed above, operating expenses declined, in part, as a result of the reduction in workforce, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, and consolidation of facilities initiated in mid-2001 as a result of the significant reduction in sales and related activities. The financial impact of these actions, commencing in the second quarter of 2002, of approximately $100.0 million for 2003 and $70.0 million for 2002 is reflected as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses. These cost savings may not be permanent as increased activity levels resulting from, among other factors, increased revenues may require an increase in headcount and other increased spending.

Internet Investments Write-Down

As a result of the significant decline in the Internet sector during 2001, the company assessed the value of its investments early in the third quarter of 2001. In order to assess the value of its investments, the company selected a pool of comparable publicly traded companies and obtained the stock price of each company at the date of the company's original investment and in the third quarter of 2001. The percentage change in the average stock price was applied to the related investment to determine the change in the value of the investment, modified to the extent that the entity had cash to repay the investors. The company determined that certain of these investments had experienced an other-than-temporary decline in their realizable values. Accordingly, included in the $227.6 million charge recorded in the third quarter of 2001, the company recorded a charge of $53.0 million to write various Internet investments down to their realizable values. At December 31, 2003, the remaining book value of these investments was $1.3 million, which represents the company's interest in Viacore, Inc.

Integration

2003

In February 2003, the company acquired substantially all the assets of the IED business. IED serves industrial OEMs and contract manufacturers. The net consideration paid for this acquisition was $238.1 million, of which $226.0 million was paid through December 31, 2003. In order to ensure the best financial returns as a result of the acquisition, the company fully integrated the IED business into the NAC group. The full integration included, among other actions, the conversion of data into the company's IT platform, the transfer and combination of the acquired inventories to the company's distribution centers, and the closing of duplicative facilities. As a result of these actions, the acquired business does not exist as a seperate division or profit and loss center. As the financial performance of the acquired business is no longer separately identifiable, it is not possible to quantify the impact of the acquisition on operating income. Through the combined businesses, the company expects to achieve cost savings and additional revenue that is expected to improve earnings by approximately $.20 per share annually.

For financial reporting purposes, the acquisition is accounted for as a purchase transaction in accordance with FASB Statement No. 141, "Business Combinations." Accordingly, the consolidated results of the company in 2003 include IED's performance from the date of acquisition. The company has recorded cost in excess of net assets acquired of $75.1 million.

In the first quarter of 2003, the company recorded integration costs of $18.4 million ($14.1 million net of related taxes) related to the acquisition of IED. Of the total amount recorded, $6.9 million ($4.8 million net of related taxes or $.05 per share) relating primarily to severance costs for the company's employees was charged to income from continuing operations, and $11.5 million ($9.2 million net of related taxes) relating primarily to severance costs for IED employees and professional fees was recorded as additional goodwill. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $1.2 million of this accrual was required to address remaining contractual obligations.


14


2001 and prior

In 2001, the company recorded an integration charge of $9.4 million ($5.7 million net of related taxes or $.06 per share) related to the acquisition of Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems (collectively, "Wyle"). Of the total amount recorded, $1.4 million represented costs associated with the closing of various overlapping office facilities and distribution and value-added centers, $4.1 million represented costs associated with the termination of certain personnel largely performing duplicate functions, $2.7 million represented costs associated with outside services related to the conversion of systems and certain other costs of the integration of Wyle into the company, and $1.2 million represented the write-down of property, plant and equipment to estimated fair value. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $1.8 million of this accrual was required to address remaining contractual obligations.

During 1999, the company acquired Richey Electronics, Inc. ("Richey") and the electronics distribution group of Bell Industries, Inc. ("EDG"). As a result of these acquisitions, in 1999, the company recorded an integration charge of $24.6 million ($16.5 million net of related taxes or $.17 per share) and an additional $38.0 million ($25.8 million net of related taxes), as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, to integrate Richey and EDG into the company. Of the total amount recorded, $30.1 million was associated with the closing of various office facilities and distribution and value-added centers with the remaining amounts associated with severance, the termination of certain supplier relationships, and professional fees. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $3.3 million of this accrual was required to address remaining contractual obligations.

The remaining integration accrual as of December 31, 2003, of approximately $10.4 million, relates to numerous acquisitions made prior to 2000, which individually are not significant and principally represent payments for remaining contractual obligations.

The remaining restructuring and integration charges of $37.8 million as of December 31, 2003, of which $29.3 million is expected to be spent in cash, will be utilized as follows:

-

The personnel accruals of $2.7 million will be utilized to cover costs associated with the termination of personnel resulting from the 2003 restructurings which are expected to be spent by the end of 2004.

-

The facilities accruals totaling $18.8 million relate to terminated leases with expiration dates through 2010. Approximately $9.8 million will be paid in 2004. The minimum lease payments for these leases are approximately $4.9 million in 2005, $3.2 million in 2006, $.5 million in 2007, and $.4 million thereafter.

-

The customer termination accrual of $5.4 million relates to costs associated with the termination of certain customer programs principally related to services not traditionally provided by the company and is expected to be utilized over several years.

-

Asset and inventory write-downs of $.8 million relate to fixed assets, leasehold improvements, and inventory write-downs, the majority of which are expected to be utilized by the end of 2004.

-

IT and other of $10.1 million primarily represents leases for hardware and software, consulting contracts for logistics services, and professional fees related to legal services with expected utilization dates through 2005. Approximately $8.1 million is expected to be utilized in 2004 and $2.0 million in 2005.

The company's integration and restructuring programs principally impacted its electronic components operations.

Acquisition Indemnification

In 2000, the company purchased Tekelec Europe SA ("Tekelec"), a French company, from Tekelec Airtronic SA ("Airtronic") and certain other selling shareholders. Pursuant to the share purchase agreement, Airtronic agreed to


15


indemnify the company against certain liabilities. Since the closing of the acquisition, Tekelec has received (i) claims by the French tax authorities relating to alleged fraudulent activities intended to avoid the payment of value-added tax in respect of periods prior to closing in the amount of €11.3 million ($14.3 million at the year-end foreign exchange rate), including penalties and interest (the "VAT Matter"); (ii) a product liability claim in the amount of €11.3 million ($14.3 million at the year-end exchange rate); and (iii) claims for damages from certain former employees of Tekelec for wrongful dismissal or additional compensation in the amount of €.5 million ($.6 million at the year-end exchange rate). Tekelec has notified Airtronic of these claims and invoked its right to indemnification under the purchase agreement.

The VAT Matter is currently the subject of administrative proceedings in France. Airtronic elected to assume the defense of this claim, in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, and asserted certain defenses to the claim. In September 2003, the French courts confirmed the criminal conviction of the son of the former president of Airtronic, who was an employee of Tekelec prior to the acquisition, for tax fraud involving conduct similar in part to that alleged in connection with the tax claim against Tekelec.

The product liability claim is subject to French legal proceedings under which separate determinations are made as to whether the products were defective and the amount of damages sustained by the purchaser. The manufacturer of the product is also a party to these proceedings. The company believes that it has valid defenses to this claim and intends to contest it vigorously.

During 2003, judgments were rendered in favor of the former employees, and Tekelec, while appealing, has been ordered to pay damages in the amount of €.4 million ($.5 million at the year-end exchange rate). This amount has previously been accrued by the company in connection with the accounting for the acquisition of Tekelec. Tekelec has demanded payment of this amount from Airtronic and received in response a letter, dated October 8, 2003, asserting that the indemnification provisions of the purchase agreement are not enforceable. The company has been advised by counsel that the indemnification provisions are enforceable and intends to pursue its rights vigorously. Based on Airtronic's position on the enforceability of the indemnity, which the company believes creates a conflict of interest on the part of Airtronic's lawyer in representing Tekelec before the tax authorities, Tekelec has dismissed Airtronic's counsel in favor of retaining its own tax lawyer and intends to pursue separate discussions with the tax authorities. Were Tekelec to enter into a settlement of this matter without the consent of Airtronic, the company's right to claim against Airtronic under the indemnification provisions could be impaired.

In light of the company's inability to assess Airtronic's ability and intent to fulfill its obligations under the indemnity with respect to the VAT Matter, an acquisition indemnification charge of €11.3 million ($13.0 million or $.13 per share at the September 30, 2003 foreign exchange rate) was recognized in the third quarter of 2003.

Loss on Prepayment of Debt

During 2003, the company repurchased $169.0 million accreted value of its zero coupon convertible debentures (the "convertible debentures") due in 2021, which could have been put to the company in February 2006. The related loss on the repurchase aggregated $3.6 million ($2.2 million net of related taxes or $.02 per share), which includes the write-off of related deferred financing costs offset, in part, by the discount on the repurchase. The loss on the repurchase is recognized in income from continuing operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense will be reduced by approximately $5.0 million annually from the dates of repurchase through the 2006 put date, if interest rates remain the same.

During 2003, the company repurchased, prior to maturity, $84.8 million principal amount of its 8.2% senior notes, which matured in October 2003. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt aggregated $2.9 million ($1.8 million net of related taxes or $.02 per share), and is recognized in income from continuing


16


operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense was reduced by approximately $3.3 million from the dates of repurchase through the 2003 maturity date.

During 2002, the company repurchased $398.2 million principal amount of its 6.45% and 8.2% senior notes, due in the fourth quarter of 2003. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt aggregated $20.9 million ($12.9 million net of related taxes or $.13 per share) and is recognized in the loss from continuing operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense was reduced by approximately $31.1 million from the dates of repurchase through the 2003 maturity date. As required by FASB Statement No. 145, "Recission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections," the 2002 loss on extinguishment of debt, which was previously recorded as an extraordinary item, was reclassified as a component of the loss from continuing operations.

Discontinued Operations

In May 2002, the company sold substantially all of the assets of Gates/Arrow, a business unit within NACP that sold commodity computer products such as printers, monitors, other peripherals, and software to value-added resellers in North America. The total cash proceeds of $42.9 million, after price adjustments, have been collected. The assets sold consisted primarily of accounts receivable, inventories, and property and equipment. The buyer also assumed certain liabilities.

The company recorded a loss of $10.2 million ($6.1 million net of related taxes or $.06 per share) on the disposal of Gates/Arrow. The loss consists of the following (in millions):

Personnel costs

$

1.3

Facilities

3.1

Professional fees

.6

Asset write-down

3.0

Other

2.2

$

10.2

Personnel costs relate to the termination of 88 individuals employed by the Gates/Arrow business and 57 NACP warehouse personnel due to reduced activity levels as a result of the sale of Gates/Arrow. Facilities costs are principally related to vacated warehouse space no longer required as a result of the sale. The write-down of assets adjusted the carrying value of the assets sold to the value agreed upon under the terms of the contract of sale.

Change in Accounting Principle

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." This Statement, among other things, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires annual tests for determining impairment of goodwill. On January 1, 2002, the company adopted Statement No. 142, and accordingly, discontinued the amortization of goodwill.

As required by Statement No. 142, the company completed the two steps required to identify and measure goodwill impairment for each reporting unit as of January 1, 2002. The first step involved identifying all reporting units with carrying values (including goodwill) in excess of fair value determined by reference to comparable businesses using a weighted average EBIT multiple. The reporting units identified from the first step were then measured for impairment by comparing the units' fair value to their carrying value. Those reporting units having a carrying value substantially exceeding their fair value were identified as being fully impaired, and the company fully wrote down the related goodwill. For reporting units with potential impairment, the company determined the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the unit and wrote down the goodwill to its implied fair value accordingly. The majority of the reporting units' assets and liabilities were inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, which are carried at fair value. No other impairment indicators have arisen since January 1, 2002.

As a result of the evaluation process performed during the second quarter of 2002, the company recorded an impairment charge of $603.7 million ($6.05 per share), which was recorded as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle at January 1, 2002.


17


As the amortization of the goodwill capitalized upon the acquisition of the companies was not deductible for income tax purposes, the company did not provide for a deferred benefit in the periods when the goodwill and/or amortization was recorded. As a result, the company did not provide for any benefit when the goodwill impairment was recorded.

The company's annual impairment tests in 2003 and 2002 did not result in any additional impairments to the carrying value of goodwill.

Severance Charge

During 2002, the company's former chief executive officer resigned. As a result, the company recorded a severance charge totaling $5.4 million ($3.2 million net of related taxes or $.03 per share), principally based on the terms of his employment agreement. Included therein are provisions principally related to salary continuation, retirement benefits, and the vesting of restricted stock and options.

Operating Income

The company recorded gross profit of $1.4 billion for 2003, compared with gross profit of $1.3 billion in the year-earlier period. The increase in gross profit is principally due to the 17.4% increase in sales in 2003. The gross profit margins for 2003 decreased by approximately 70 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period. The decrease in gross profit percentage is principally due to margin pressures in the components businesses around the world.

The company recorded operating income of $184.0 million in 2003 as compared with $167.5 million in 2002. Included in operating income for 2003 are the aforementioned acquisition indemnification charge of $13.0 million, restructuring charges of $37.9 million, and integration charge of $6.9 million. Included in operating income for 2002 is the aforementioned severance charge of $5.4 million associated with the resignation of the company's former chief executive officer. The increase in operating income of $16.5 million for 2003 compared with the year-earlier period is principally a result of higher gross profit resulting from the 17.4% increase in sales and lower operating costs resulting from the company's ability to improve operating efficiencies offset by increasing variable costs associated with higher sales, the restructuring charges, the acquisition indemnification charge, and the integration charge.

The company recorded gross profit of $1.3 billion for 2002, compared with gross profit of $1.5 billion in the year-earlier period. Included in gross profit for 2001 are restructuring costs and other charges of $97.5 million. The decline in gross profit is principally due to the 22.1% decline in sales in 2002. The gross profit margins for 2002 improved by approximately 140 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period. The increase in gross profit percentage is principally due to a change in the mix of sales, which in 2002 is more heavily concentrated on the businesses serving core OEM customers that typically have higher margins, a corresponding smaller proportion of sales to large accounts that typically have a lower gross profit percentage, and the aforementioned charges included in 2001. It also reflects the computer products businesses' increasing focus on higher margin business.

The company recorded operating income of $167.5 million in 2002 as compared with $152.7 million in 2001. Included in operating income for 2002 is the aforementioned severance charge of $5.4 million. Included in operating income for 2001 are $174.6 million of restructuring costs and other charges described above, the integration charge of $9.4 million associated with the acquisition of Wyle, and goodwill amortization of $48.0 million. The increase in operating income of $14.9 million for 2002 compared with the year-earlier period is principally a result of a 17.9% reduction in expenses, partially as a result of the decline in selling, general and administrative costs of approximately $104.6 million from December 31, 2001, principally due to lower variable


18


expenses as a result of the decline in sales and the full year impact of the cost savings achieved as a result of the mid-2001 restructuring program.

The company recorded gross profit of $1.5 billion for 2001, compared with gross profit of $2.0 billion in the year-earlier period. Included in gross profit for 2001 are the aforementioned restructuring costs and other charges of $97.5 million. The decline in gross profit is principally due to the decline in sales of 21.4% in 2001. The gross profit margins for 2001 decreased by approximately 80 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period. The decrease in gross profit percentage is principally due to the decline in sales in 2001 and the aforementioned charges included in 2001.

The company's operating income decreased to $152.7 million in 2001 compared with $773.2 million in 2000. The decrease in operating income was due to the sudden and dramatic reduction in sales that began in the latter part of the first quarter of 2001, and accelerated thereafter.

Interest Expense

Interest expense of $135.0 million (net of interest income of $11.3 million) in 2003 decreased from $152.6 million (net of interest income of $21.2 million) in the year-earlier period principally as a result of the generation of cash from operations of $291.6 million in 2003, which was utilized to reduce debt by $62.5 million offset, in part, by the loss of interest income from the cash utilized to pay for the acquisition of IED and declining interest rates on high quality liquid investments.

Net interest expense of $152.6 million in 2002 decreased from $210.6 million in the year-earlier period as a result of significantly lower debt balances. During 2002, cash flow from operations totaled $667.9 million, thereby permitting the company to reduce debt by $385.8 million and increase cash by $137.2 million. The positive cash flow reflected the decline in sales coupled with improved working capital utilization.

Interest expense of $210.6 million (net of interest income of $5.0 million) in 2001 increased from $169.9 million in the year-earlier period. The increase in interest expense was the result of the full year impact of interest on $1.2 billion of additional borrowings incurred in 2000 to fund acquisitions offset, in part, by the generation of $1.7 billion in cash flow from operations in 2001. The increase in cash flow from operations was due to the company's decreased working capital and capital expenditure requirements. The cash generated from operations in 2001 was utilized to reduce debt by $1.1 billion and to increase cash on hand by $501.3 million.

Income Taxes

The company recorded an income tax provision of $21.2 million on income before income taxes and minority interest of $47.3 million for 2003 (an effective tax rate of 44.8%), compared with a tax benefit of $1.8 million on a loss before income taxes and minority interest of $3.3 million in the year-earlier period (an effective tax benefit rate of 53.1%). As required by FASB Statement No. 145, the loss on extinguishment of debt of $20.9 million ($12.9 million net of related taxes) in 2002, previously recorded as an extraordinary item, was reclassified as a component of the loss from continuing operations. Accordingly, the 2002 income tax provision of $6.1 million on income before income taxes and minority interest of $17.5 million (an effective tax rate of 35.1%) has been restated to reflect this presentation. The income taxes and effective tax rates recorded in 2003 and 2002 were impacted by the estimated tax benefit related to the aforementioned restructuring, integration, acquisition indemnification, and severance charges. The company's effective tax rate and income tax provision is principally impacted by, among other factors, a tax reorganization completed at the end of 2002, the statutory tax rates in the countries in which it operates, and the related level of income generated by these operations.

The 2002 income tax benefit of $1.8 million on a loss before income taxes and minority interest of $3.3 million (an effective tax benefit rate of 53.1%), compared with a tax benefit of $35.2 million on a loss before income taxes and minority interest of $112.1 million in 2001 (an effective tax benefit rate of


19


31.4%), includes the aforementioned reclassification of the loss on prepayment of debt as required by FASB Statement No. 145.

The company recorded an income tax benefit of $35.2 million (an effective tax benefit rate of 31.4%) in 2001 compared with a provision for taxes of $244.7 million (an effective tax rate of 40.7%) in 2000.

Net Income (Loss)

The company recorded net income of $25.7 million for 2003, compared with a net loss of $610.5 million in the year-earlier period. Included in the results for 2003 are the acquisition indemnification charge of $13.0 million, restructuring charges of $27.1 million (net of related taxes), integration charge of $4.8 million (net of related taxes), and loss on prepayment of debt of $3.9 million (net of related taxes). Included in the results for 2002 are the loss associated with discontinued operations of $5.9 million (net of related taxes), loss on prepayment of debt of $12.9 million (net of related taxes), cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of $603.7 million related to the impairment of goodwill as mandated by FASB Statement No. 142, and severance charge of $3.2 million (net of related taxes) related to the resignation of the company's former chief executive officer.

The company recorded income from continuing operations of $25.7 million in 2003, compared with losses from continuing operations of $.9 million in the year-earlier period. The improvement of results from continuing operations is principally due to the increase in sales, cost savings realized from the aforementioned restructuring efforts, decrease in interest expense, and decrease in losses on the prepayment of debt, offset, in part, by the aforementioned acquisition indemnification, restructuring, and integration charges.

The company recorded a net loss of $610.5 million for 2002, compared with $73.8 million in the year-earlier period. Included in the results for 2002 are the aforementioned net loss associated with discontinued operations, loss on the prepayment of debt, cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, and severance charge. Included in the results for 2001 were the restructuring costs and other charges of $145.1 million (net of related taxes), integration charge of $5.7 million (net of related taxes), and net income associated with discontinued operations of $1.8 million (net of related taxes). The increase in the net loss was a result of the aforementioned charges and the significant reduction in sales offset, in part, by the decrease in operating expenses and interest expense.

Net loss in 2001 was $73.8 million compared with net income of $357.9 million, in 2000. Included in the results for 2001 were the aforementioned restructuring and integration charges, and income from discontinued operations. Included in the results for 2000 was the net income associated with discontinued operations of $6.0 million (net of related taxes). The company recorded losses from continuing operations of $75.6 million in 2001 compared with income from continuing operations of $351.9 million in 2000. The decrease in the income from continuing operations was due to lower gross profit, as a result of lower sales, and higher levels of interest expense.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The net amount of cash provided by the company's operating activities in 2003 was $291.6 million, principally a result of earnings from operations, adjusted for non-cash items, and lower working capital requirements. The net amount of cash used for investing activities in 2003 was $261.5 million, including $231.3 million for consideration paid for acquired businesses and $32.0 million for various capital expenditures. The net amount of cash used for financing activities in 2003 was $96.7 million, primarily reflecting $282.2 million used to repay senior notes and $168.4 million used to repurchase convertible debentures, offset by the net proceeds of $346.3 million from the June 2003 senior note offering.

The net amount of cash provided by operating activities in 2002 was $667.9 million, principally reflecting lower working capital requirements. The net amount of cash used for investing activities in 2002 was $79.8 million,


20


including $111.9 million for consideration paid for acquired businesses and $51.7 million for various capital expenditures offset, in part, by the cash proceeds of $41.1 million from the sale of Gates/Arrow and the partial repayment of a note receivable of $41.7 million resulting from a previous transaction. The net amount of cash used for financing activities in 2002 was $484.3 million, primarily reflecting the early retirement of bonds due in the fourth quarter of 2003 and the repayment of short-term and long-term debt.

The net amount of cash provided by operating activities in 2001 was $1.7 billion, principally reflecting lower working capital requirements. The net amount of cash used for investing activities in 2001 was $107.1 million, including $64.4 million for various capital expenditures, $27.3 million for the acquisition of the remaining 10% interest in Scientific and Business Minicomputers, Inc. ("SBM") and $15.5 million for various investments. The net amount of cash used for financing activities in 2001 was $1.1 billion, primarily reflecting the repayment of short-term and long-term debt.

Cash flows from operating activities

The company historically has maintained a significant investment in accounts receivable and inventories. As a percentage of total assets, accounts receivable and inventories were approximately 58.1% and 55.3% in 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2003, cash and short-term investments decreased to $612.4 million from $694.1 million at December 31, 2002 primarily as a result of $226.0 million utilized to pay for the acquisition of IED, $282.2 million used to repay senior notes, and $168.4 million used to repurchase convertible debentures, offset, in part, by the net proceeds of $346.3 million from the June 2003 senior note offering, and as a result of improved management of working capital. Total debt decreased to $2.03 billion at December 31, 2003 from $2.09 billion compared with the year-earlier period.

One of the characteristics of the company's business is that in periods of revenue growth, investments in accounts receivable and inventories grow, and the company's need for financing may increase. In the periods in which revenue declines, investments in accounts receivable and inventories generally decrease, and cash is generated. At December 31, 2003, working capital, defined as accounts receivable and inventories net of payables, increased by $223.9 million, or 13.5%, compared with December 31, 2002, due to increased sales and the acquisition of IED. At December 31, 2002, working capital decreased by $458.7 million, or 21.6%, compared with December 31, 2001, due to decreased sales and improved asset utilization. In 2001, working capital decreased by 45.6%, or $1.8 billion, compared with 2000, due to decreased sales and improved asset utilization.

Cash flows from investing activities

In February 2003, the company acquired substantially all the assets of the IED business. The net cost of this acquisition was $238.1 million, of which $226.0 million was paid through December 31, 2003. Through the combined businesses, the company expects to achieve cost savings and additional revenue that is expected to improve earnings by approximately $.20 per share annually.

In connection with certain acquisitions, the company was required to make future payments that are contingent upon the acquired businesses' earnings and in certain instances, the achievements of operating goals. During 2002, the company made such payments aggregating $108.5 million, of which $95.7 million was capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, and $12.8 million was recorded as a reduction of capital in excess of par value. At December 31, 2003, the company did not have any further requirements to make additional payments.

As a result of certain acquisitions, the company may be contractually required to purchase the shareholder interest held by others in its majority (but less than 100%) owned subsidiaries. Such payments, which are dependent upon the exercise of a put or call option by either party, are based upon a multiple of earnings over a contractually determined period and, in certain instances, capital structure. There are no expiration dates for these agreements. The terms of these agreements provide no limitation to the maximum potential future payments; however, in most instances the amount to be paid will not be


21


less than the pro-rata net book value (total assets minus total liabilities of the subsidiary). During 2003, the company made such payments of $5.4 million, which were principally capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired offset by the carrying value of the minority interest. If the put or call options on outstanding agreements were exercised at December 31, 2003, such payments would be approximately $6.0 million ($13.0 million at December 31, 2002), which would principally be capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired. As these payments are based on the future earnings of the acquired companies, the amounts will change as the performance of these subsidiaries change.

During 2001, the company acquired the remaining 10% interest in SBM. The cost of this remaining interest was $27.3 million.

Capital expenditures decreased by $19.7 million, or 38.1%, in 2003 when compared with 2002 and $12.6 million, or 19.6%, in 2002 when compared with 2001, as a result of the company's continued cost containment actions, including the consolidation of facilities.

Cash flows from financing activities

As a result of the company's strong cash flow and lower returns available for short-term highly liquid investments, the company repurchased debt, prior to maturity.

In February 2004, the company sold 13.8 million shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering, including 1.8 million shares of common stock subject to a customary over-allotment option exercised by the underwriters. The net proceeds from this offering of approximately $313.0 million, including the shares purchased pursuant to the over-allotment option, will be used to redeem the company's outstanding 8.7% senior notes due in 2005 (principal amount of $208.5 million) and for general corporate purposes, which may include the redemption or repurchase of other outstanding indebtedness from time to time. Until the redemption of the 8.7% senior notes, the net proceeds will be maintained as cash and short-term investments.

In February 2004, the company repurchased an additional $89.3 million accreted value of its convertible debentures due in 2021, which could have been put to the company in 2006. The related pre-tax loss on the repurchase aggregated approximately $4.7 million, which includes the premium paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, and will be recorded as a loss on prepayment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2004. As a result of these transactions, interest expense will be reduced by approximately $2.7 million annually from the dates of repurchase through the 2006 put date, if interest rates remain the same.

In January 2004, the company repurchased $41.5 million principal amount of its 8.7% senior notes, due in October 2005. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, net of the gain recognized by terminating the corresponding interest rate swaps, aggregated approximately $3.2 million pre-tax and will be recorded as a loss on prepayment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2004. As a result of these transactions, interest expense will be reduced by approximately $3.7 million from the dates of repurchase through the 2005 maturity date.

During 2003, the company repurchased $169.0 million accreted value of its convertible debentures due in 2021, which could have been put to the company in February 2006. The related loss on the repurchase aggregated $3.6 million ($2.2 million net of related taxes or $.02 per share), which includes the write-off of related deferred financing costs offset, in part, by the discount on the repurchase. The loss on the repurchase is recognized in income from continuing operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense will be reduced by approximately $5.0 million annually from the dates of repurchase through the 2006 put date, if interest rates remain the same.

During 2003, the company repurchased, prior to maturity, $84.8 million principal amount of its 8.2% senior notes, which matured in October 2003. The


22


premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt aggregated $2.9 million ($1.8 million net of related taxes or $.02 per share), and is recognized in income from continuing operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense was reduced by approximately $3.3 million from the dates of repurchase through the 2003 maturity date.

In June 2003, the company completed the sale of $350.0 million principal amount of 6 7/8% senior notes due in 2013. The net proceeds of the offering of $346.3 million were used to repay the company's 8.2% senior notes, which matured in October 2003, and for general corporate purposes. The additional debt the company carried during the period between the sale of the 6 7/8% senior notes in June 2003 and the repayment of the 8.2% senior notes in October 2003 negatively impacted income by $4.7 million ($2.9 million net of related taxes).

The company utilized $192.0 million of the proceeds from the 6 7/8% senior note offering to repay the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the 8.2% senior notes, which matured on October 1, 2003.

In December 2003, the company amended its three-year $450.0 million revolving credit facility to make certain changes to the terms of the facility, including amendments to covenants, and extended the facility through December 2006. A provision was added which would allow the banks to terminate, under certain conditions, the credit facility in October 2005 should a liquidity test not be met. The three-year revolving credit facility, as amended, bears interest at the applicable Eurocurrency rate plus a margin which is based on facility utilization and other factors. The company pays the banks a facility fee of .25% per annum. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the company had no outstanding borrowings under this facility.

In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the "2003 swaps") with third parties, with an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million, in order to hedge the change in fair value of the company's 7% senior notes, due in 2007, as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in January 2007. The 2003 swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (effective rate of 5.20% at December 31, 2003) through their maturities. The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustment for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other. The fair value of the 2003 swaps at December 31, 2003 was $1.6 million and is included in long-term "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the offsetting adjustment to the carrying value of the debt hedged is included in "Long-term debt" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

In February 2003, the company renewed its asset securitization program (the "program"), extended the term of the program to February 2006, and made certain changes to the terms of the program, including amendments to covenants, elimination of a rating trigger that could have made the program unavailable for additional borrowing in the event that the company's senior unsecured credit rating fell below investment grade, and reduction in the size of the program from $750.0 million to $550.0 million. In February 2004, the company further amended certain financial covenants. The company entered into the asset securitization program as a means to maximize the company's borrowing flexibility. Since the company's business is working capital intensive, this program allows us to grow our borrowing capacity as our accounts receivable balance grows. This program also makes available funding at a lower cost than traditional unsecured borrowing arrangements. Under the program, the company can sell, on a revolving basis, an individual interest in a pool of certain North American trade accounts receivable and retain a subordinated interest and servicing rights to those receivables. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, there were no receivables sold to and held by third parties under the program, and as such, the company had no obligations outstanding under the program. The company has not utilized the program since June 2001.


23


During 2002, the company repurchased $398.2 million principal amount of its 6.45% and 8.2% senior notes, due in the fourth quarter of 2003. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt aggregated $20.9 million ($12.9 million net of related taxes or $.13 per share) and is recognized in the loss from continuing operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense was reduced by approximately $31.1 million from the dates of repurchase through the 2003 maturity date. As required by FASB Statement No. 145, the 2002 loss on extinguishment of debt, which was previously recorded as an extraordinary item, was reclassified as a component of the loss from continuing operations.

In August 2002, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the "2002 swaps") with third parties, with an aggregate notional amount of $250.0 million, in order to hedge the change in fair value of the company's 8.7% senior notes, due in 2005, as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in October 2005. The 2002 swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 8.7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (effective rate of 6.19% and 6.76% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively) through their maturities. The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133. The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustments for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other. The fair value of the 2002 swaps at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $8.4 million and $9.5 million, respectively, and is included in long-term "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the offsetting adjustment to the carrying value of the debt hedged is included in "Long-term debt" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. In January 2004, concurrently with the repurchase of $41.5 million of the 8.7% senior notes, an equivalent amount of the 2002 swaps were terminated.

During the first quarter of 2001, the company completed the sale of $1.5 billion principal amount at maturity of convertible debentures due February 21, 2021. The convertible debentures were priced with a yield to maturity, including the accretion of discount, of 4% per annum and may be converted into the company's common stock at a conversion ratio of 11.972 common shares per $1,000 of principal amount at maturity. The company, at its option, may redeem all or part of the convertible debentures (at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of redemption) any time on or after February 21, 2006. Holders of the convertible debentures may require the company to repurchase the convertible debentures (at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of repurchase) on February 21, 2006, 2011, or 2016. The net proceeds resulting from this transaction of $671.8 million were used to repay a $400.0 million short-term credit facility with the remaining amount principally utilized to repay amounts outstanding under the company's then existing global multi-currency credit facility.

The three-year revolving credit facility and the asset securitization program limit the incurrence of additional borrowings, limit the company's ability to issue cash dividends or repurchase stock, and require that certain financial ratios be maintained at designated levels. The company was in compliance with all of the covenants as of December 31, 2003. The company is currently not aware of any events which would cause non-compliance in the future.

Restructuring Activities

During 2003, the company implemented actions to become more effectively organized and to improve its operating efficiencies, with targeted annualized savings of $75.0 million, of which approximately $60.0 million was realized in 2003. The company has taken these steps in order to make its organizational structure, systems, and processes more efficient. The estimated restructuring charges associated with these actions total approximately $42.4 million, of which $37.9 million ($27.1 million net of related taxes or $.27 per share) was recorded in 2003. The remaining amount of approximately $4.5 million will be recorded over the next several quarters. Approximately $39.0 million of the total charge is expected to be spent in cash.


24


On February 17, 2004, the company announced, as part of on-going evaluations, a series of additional steps designed to enhance the company's operating efficiencies, primarily related to the elimination of corporate support functions. The net result is estimated to reduce the company's cost structure by an additional $15.0 million annually. Approximately 50% of this annual cost savings will begin in the first quarter of 2004, with the remaining 50% beginning late in the second quarter of 2004. The company expects to record a restructuring charge relating to these actions over several quarters in 2004 totaling $2.0 million to $5.0 million, before taxes.

Contractual Obligations

Payments due under contractual obligations at December 31, 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

Within

1-3

4-5

After

1 Year

Years

Years

5 Years

Total

Long-term debt

$

13,771

$

258,982

$

201,398

$

1,551,195

(a)

$

2,025,346

Capital leases

578

1,118

1,490

2,444

5,630

Operating leases

52,837

75,389

39,141

59,248

226,615

Purchase obligations (b)

1,109,518

31,387

2,548

1,461

1,144,914

Projected pension

  contributions (c)

-

8,046

2,209

-

10,255

Other long-term

  liabilities (d)

6,980

422

-

5,365

12,767

$

1,183,684

$

375,344

$

246,786

$

1,619,713

$

3,425,527

(a)

Includes convertible debentures of $601.6 million, which may be put to the company in 2006 at a future accreted value, including interest, of $654.8 million.

(b)

Most of the company's inventory purchases are pursuant to authorized distributor agreements, which are typically cancelable by either party at any time or on short notice, usually within a few months. The purchase obligations reflect an estimate of the non-cancelable inventory purchase orders and facilities and IT related contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003.

(c)

Amounts represent estimates of contributions required to meet the requirements of several defined benefit plans. Amounts are subject to change based upon the performance of plan assets, as well as the discount rate used to determine the obligation. The company is unable to estimate the projected contributions beyond 2009.

(d)

Amounts represent contractual commitments, as a result of restructuring and integration, relating to personnel, customer termination, and certain IT and other costs. Amounts resulting from restructuring and integration relating to facilities are included in operating leases.

Under the terms of various joint venture agreements, the company would be required to pay its pro-rata share, based upon its ownership interests, of the debt of the joint ventures in the event that the joint ventures were unable to meet their obligations. At December 31, 2003, the company's pro-rata share of this debt was $7.3 million. The company believes there is sufficient equity in the joint ventures to cover this potential liability.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

An off-balance sheet arrangement is any contractual arrangement involving an unconsolidated entity under which a company has (a) made guarantees, (b) a retained or a contingent interest in transferred assets, (c) any obligation under certain derivative instruments or (d) any obligation under a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk, or credit risk support to the company, or engages in leasing, hedging, or research and development services within the company.

The company does not have any off-balance sheet financing or unconsolidated special purpose entities.


25


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The company's financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires the company to make significant estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The company evaluates its estimates, including those related to uncollectible receivables, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, restructuring and integration costs, and contingencies and litigation, on an ongoing basis. The company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The company believes the following critical accounting policies, among others, involve the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements:

-

The company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, "Revenue Recognition" ("SAB 104"). Under SAB 104, revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price is determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue typically is recognized at time of shipment. Sales are recorded net of discounts, rebates, and returns.

A portion of the company's business involves shipments directly from its suppliers to its customers. In these transactions, the company is responsible for negotiating price both with the supplier and customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms with the customer, product returns, and has risk of loss if the customer does not make payment. As the principal with the customer, the company recognizes revenue when the company is notified by the supplier that the product has been shipped.

In addition, the company has certain business with select customers and suppliers that is accounted for on an agency basis (that is, the company recognizes the fees associated with serving as an agent in sales with no associated cost of sales) in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 99-19, "Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent." In such cases, the terms of the transactions govern revenue recognition.

-

The company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The allowances for doubtful accounts are determined using a combination of factors, including the length of time the receivables are outstanding, the current business environment, and historical experience. In addition, if the financial condition of the company's customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required.

-

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market. Write-downs of inventories to market value are based upon contractual provisions governing price protection, stock rotation, and obsolescence, as well as assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If assumptions about future demand change and/or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the company, additional write-downs of inventories may be required. Because of the large number of transactions and the complexity of managing the process around price protections and stock rotations, estimates are made regarding adjustments to the book cost of inventories. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated.


26


-

The company assesses its investments accounted for as available-for-sale on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market value below cost are other-than-temporary. When the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss is realized in the period in which it occurs. The company makes such determination based upon the quoted market price, financial condition, operating results of the investee, and the company's intent and ability to retain the investment over a period of time which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in market value. In addition, the company assesses the following factors:

   - broad economic factors impacting the investee's industry,

   - publicly available forecasts for sales and earnings growth for the industry and investee, and

   - the cyclical nature of the investee's industry.

The company could potentially have an impairment charge in future periods if, among other factors, the investee's future earnings differ from currently available forecasts.

-

The carrying value of the company's deferred tax assets is dependent upon the company's ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions. Should the company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance to the deferred tax assets would be established in the period such determination was made.

-

The company uses various financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for purposes other than trading. Derivatives used as part of the company's risk management strategy are designated at inception as hedges and measured for effectiveness both at inception and on an ongoing basis. The company has also entered into interest rate swap transactions that convert certain fixed rate debt to variable rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the fixed rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The fair value hedges and the hedged debt are adjusted to current market values through interest expense.

-

The company is subject to proceedings, lawsuits, and other claims related to environmental, labor, product and other matters. The company assesses the likelihood of an adverse judgment or outcomes for these matters, as well as the range of potential losses. A determination of the reserves required, if any, is made after careful analysis. The required reserves may change in the future due to new developments.

-

The company has recorded charges in connection with restructuring its businesses, as well as the integration of acquired businesses. These reserves principally include estimates related to employee separation costs, the consolidation of facilities (including estimates of sub-lease income), contractual obligations, and the valuation of certain assets including accounts receivable, inventories, and investments. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated.

-

The costs and obligations of the company's defined benefit pension plan are dependent on actuarial assumptions. The two critical assumptions used which impact the net periodic pension cost (income) and the benefit obligation are the discount rate and expected return on plan assets. The discount rate represents the market rate for a high quality corporate bond and the expected return on plan assets is based on current and expected asset allocations, historical trends, and expected returns on plan assets. These key assumptions are evaluated annually. Changes in these assumptions can result in different expense and liability amounts.

-

In assessing the recoverability of the company's goodwill, significant assumptions regarding the estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets must be made, as well as the related estimated useful lives. In determining the fair value, the company makes certain judgments, including the identification of reporting units and the selection of comparable companies. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future as a result of changes in strategy and/or market conditions, the company may be required to record impairment charges.


27


Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 145, "Recission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections." Statement No. 145 requires gains and losses on the extinguishment of debt to be classified as income or loss from continuing operations rather than as an extraordinary item as previously required. The company adopted this Statement effective January 1, 2003. All prior periods presented in the accompanying financial statements were restated to conform to the requirements of this Statement.

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities," which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." Statement No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The company adopted this Statement effective January 1, 2003. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others," ("FIN 45") which clarifies the required disclosures to be made by a guarantor in their interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. FIN 45 also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of the guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken. The company has adopted the disclosure requirements of FIN 45 for financial statements ending December 31, 2002 and has adopted prospectively the initial recognition and measurement provisions of this Interpretation for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," ("FIN 46") which provides guidance on identifying and assessing interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN 46 requires consolidation of existing unconsolidated variable interest entities if the entities do not effectively disperse risk among parties involved. On October 9, 2003, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 46-6, deferring the effective date for applying the provision of FIN 46 for variable interest entities created before February 1, 2003 to the fourth quarter of 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46R ("FIN 46R"), a revision which clarifies some provisions of FIN 46. The adoption of FIN 46R did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity." This Statement establishes standards regarding how an issuer classifies, measures, and discloses certain types of financial instruments having characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a freestanding financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability. The adoption of this provision in the third quarter of 2003 did not have an impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations. In addition, this Statement provides guidance on how to account for non-controlling interests of a limited-life subsidiary. This provision has been deferred and the company will continue to evaluate the impact upon further clarification from the FASB. The adoption of this provision is not anticipated to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.


28


Information Relating to Forward-Looking Statements

This report includes forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results or facts to differ materially from such statements for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to: industry conditions, changes in product supply, pricing and customer demand, competition, other vagaries in the electronic components and computer products markets, changes in relationships with key suppliers, the effects of additional actions taken to lower costs, and the company's ability to generate additional cash flow. Shareholders and other readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. The company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or revise any of the forward-looking statements.



Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

The company, as a large international organization, faces exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material impact on the company's financial results in the future. The company's primary exposure relates to transactions in which the currency collected from customers is different from the currency utilized to purchase the product sold in Europe, the Asia/Pacific region, and Latin and South America. The company's policy is to hedge substantially all currency exposures for which natural hedges do not exist. Natural hedges exist when purchases and sales within a specific country are both denominated in the same currency and therefore no exposure exists to hedge with a foreign exchange forward or option contract (collectively, "foreign exchange contracts"). In Asia, for example, sales and purchases are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, resulting in a "natural hedge." Natural hedges exist in most countries in which the company operates, although the percentage of natural offsets vs. offsets, which need to be hedged by foreign exchange contracts, will vary from country to country. The company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The risk of loss on a foreign exchange contract is the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties, which the company minimizes by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions. The fair value of the foreign exchange contracts is estimated using market quotes. The notional amount of the foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $222.7 million and $264.8 million, respectively. The carrying amounts, which are nominal, approximated fair value at December 31, 2003 and 2002. The translation of the financial statements of the non-North American operations is impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Had the various average foreign currency exchange rates remained the same during 2003 as compared with the average rates for 2002, sales and operating income would have been approximately $363.0 million and $17.5 million lower, respectively, than the reported results for 2003. Sales and operating income would have fluctuated by approximately $250.4 million and $9.8 million, respectively, if average foreign exchange rates changed by 10% in 2003. This amount was determined by considering the impact of a hypothetical foreign exchange rate on the sales and operating income of the company's international operations.

Interest Rate Risk

The company's interest expense, in part, is sensitive to the general level of interest rates in the Americas, Europe, and the Asia/Pacific region. The company historically has managed its exposure to interest rate risk through the proportion of fixed rate and floating rate debt in its total debt portfolio. In addition, the company has from time-to-time used interest rate swaps that convert certain fixed rate debt to floating rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the fixed rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, at December 31, 2003, approximately 76% of the company's debt was subject to fixed rates, and 24% of its debt was subject to floating rates. During 2002, as a result of


29


significant generation of operating cash flow, the company paid down nearly all of its floating rate debt. This reduction in floating rate debt was offset, in part, by the impact of the aforementioned swaps. As a result, at December 31, 2002, approximately 87% of the company's debt was subject to fixed rates, and 13% of its debt was subject to floating rates. Interest expense, net of interest income, would have fluctuated by approximately $2.8 million if average interest rates changed by one percentage point in 2003. This amount was determined by considering the impact of a hypothetical interest rate on the company's average floating rate on investments and outstanding debt. This analysis does not consider the effect of the level of overall economic activity that could exist. In the event of a change in the level of economic activity, which may adversely impact interest rates, the company could likely take actions to further mitigate any potential negative exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that might be taken and their possible effects, the sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in the company's financial structure.


30



Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Arrow Electronics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Arrow Electronics, Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and shareholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and the schedule are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Arrow Electronics, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2002, Arrow Electronics, Inc. adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets".



/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP



New York, New York
February 16, 2004, except for Note 19,
as to which the date is February 25, 2004


31


MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING

The consolidated financial statements of Arrow Electronics, Inc. have been prepared by the company, which is responsible for their integrity and objectivity. These statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, reflect our best use of judgment and estimates where appropriate. The company also prepared the other information in the annual report on Form 10-K and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

The company's system of internal controls is designed to provide reasonable assurance that company assets are safeguarded from loss or unauthorized use or disposition and that transactions are executed in accordance with management's authorization and are properly recorded. In establishing the basis for reasonable assurance, management balances the costs of the internal controls with the benefits they provide. The system contains self-monitoring mechanisms, and compliance is tested through an extensive program of site visits and audits by the company's operating controls (internal audit) staff.

The audit committee of the board of directors, consisting entirely of independent directors, meets regularly with the company's management, operating controls (internal audit) staff, and independent auditors and reviews audit plans and results, as well as management's actions taken in discharging its responsibilities for accounting, financial reporting, and internal controls. Members of management, the operating controls (internal audit) staff, and the independent auditors have direct and confidential access to the audit committee at all times.

The company's independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, were engaged to audit the consolidated financial statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. These standards include a study and evaluation of internal controls for the purpose of establishing a basis for reliance thereon relative to the scope of their audit of the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ William E. Mitchell              
William E. Mitchell
President and Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Paul J. Reilly                        
Paul J. Reilly
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


32



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands except per share data)

Years Ended December 31,

2003

2002

2001

Sales

$

8,679,313

$

7,390,154

$

9,487,292

Costs and expenses:

  Cost of products sold

7,258,360

6,130,581

8,004,657

  Selling, general and administrative expenses

1,112,192

1,020,527

1,125,099

  Depreciation and amortization

66,845

66,141

118,344

  Restructuring charges

37,965

-

77,147

  Acquisition indemnification charge

13,002

-

-

  Integration charges

6,904

-

9,375

  Severance charge

-

5,375

-

8,495,268

7,222,624

9,334,622

Operating income

184,045

167,530

152,670

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated

  companies

4,797

2,607

(1,203

)

Loss on prepayment of debt

6,571

20,887

-

Loss on investments

-

-

53,000

Interest expense (net of interest income of

  $11,278, $21,248, and $4,997 in

  2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively)

134,987

152,590

210,561

Income (loss) before income taxes and

  minority interest

47,284

(3,340

)

(112,094

)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  

21,206

(1,772

)

(35,228

)

Income (loss) before minority interest

26,078

(1,568

)

(76,866

)

Minority interest

378

(706

)

(1,279

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

25,700

(862

)

(75,587

)

Income (loss) from discontinued

  operations, net of taxes (including net

  loss from disposal of $6,120 in 2002)

-

(5,911

)

1,761

Income (loss) before cumulative effect

  of change in accounting principle

25,700

(6,773

)

(73,826

)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting

  principle

-

(603,709

)

-

Net income (loss)

$

25,700

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

Net income (loss) per basic share:

  Income (loss) from continuing operations

$

.26

$

(.01

)

$

(.77

)

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations

-

(.06

)

.02

  Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    principle

-

(6.05

)

-

  Net income (loss) per basic share

$

.26

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

Net income (loss) per diluted share:

  Income (loss) from continuing operations

$

.25

$

(.01

)

$

(.77

)

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations

-

(.06

)

.02

  Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    principle

-

(6.05

)

-

  Net income (loss) per diluted share

$

.25

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

Average number of shares outstanding:

  Basic

100,142

99,786

98,384

  Diluted

100,917

99,786

98,384

See accompanying notes.


33




ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSILIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(In thousands except per share data)

 

December 31,

2003

2002

ASSETS

Current assets:

 Cash and short-term investments

$

612,404

$

694,092

  Accounts receivable, net

1,770,690

1,378,562

  Inventories

1,327,523

1,201,271

  Prepaid expenses and other assets

59,030

59,810

Total current assets    

3,769,647

3,333,735

Property, plant and equipment at cost:

  Land

43,676

42,805

  Buildings and improvements

197,142

186,427

  Machinery and equipment

413,861

384,689

654,679

613,921

    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

(366,550

)

(314,403

)

288,129

299,518

Investments in affiliated companies

36,738

32,527

Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired

923,256

748,368

Other assets

315,218

253,457

$

5,332,988

$

4,667,605

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:

  Accounts payable

$

1,211,724

$

917,271

  Accrued expenses

414,551

258,774

  Short-term borrowings, including current

    portion of long-term debt

14,349

286,348

Total current liabilities

1,640,624

1,462,393

Long-term debt

2,016,627

1,807,113

Other liabilities

170,406

162,850

Shareholders' equity:

  Common stock, par value $1:

    Authorized - 160,000,000 shares in 2003 and 2002

    Issued - 103,878,000 shares in 2003 and 2002

103,878

103,878

  Capital in excess of par value

503,320

510,446

  Retained earnings

938,302

912,602

  Foreign currency translation adjustment

67,046

(145,231

)

1,612,546

1,381,695

  Less: Treasury stock (2,798,000 and 3,431,000

          shares in 2003 and 2002, respectively),

          at cost

(74,816

)

(91,775

)

        Unamortized employee stock awards

(8,074

)

(9,377

)

        Other

(24,325

)

(45,294

)

Total shareholders' equity

1,505,331

1,235,249

$

5,332,988

$

4,667,605

See accompanying notes.


34



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2003

2002

2001

Cash flows from operating activities:

  Net income (loss)

$

25,700

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

-

(5,911

)

1,761

  Net income (loss) from continuing operations

25,700

(604,571

)

(75,587

)

  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from

    continuing operations to net cash provided by

    operations:

      Minority interest

378

(706

)

(1,279

)

      Depreciation and amortization

73,913

78,783

132,157

      Accretion of discount on convertible debentures

27,906

28,840

23,781

      Equity in (earnings) loss of affiliated

        companies

(4,797

)

(2,607

)

1,203

      Deferred income taxes

12,187

(7,935

)

(21,619

)

      Restructuring charges, net of taxes

27,144

-

145,079

      Acquisition indemnification charge, net

13,002

-

-

      Integration charges, net of taxes  

4,822

-

5,719

      Severance charge, net of taxes

-

3,214

-

      Loss on prepayment of debt, net of taxes

3,930

12,949

-

      Cumulative effect of change in accounting

        principle

-

603,709

-

      Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects

        of acquired businesses and dispositions:

          Accounts receivable

(196,860

)

135,329

1,116,898

          Inventories

46,755

240,986

1,435,804

          Prepaid expenses and other assets

4,087

(3,986

)

26,334

          Accounts payable

213,251

251,153

(890,161

)

          Accrued expenses

25,794

(57,781

)

(197,160

)

          Other

14,346

(9,505

)

(23,417

)

  Net cash provided by operating activities

291,558

667,872

1,677,752

Cash flows from investing activities:

  Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, net

(32,046

)

(51,747

)

(64,355

)

  Cash consideration paid for acquired businesses

(231,288

)

(111,876

)

(27,268

)

  Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

1,025

41,081

-

  Investments

763

(5,832

)

(15,509

)

  Proceeds from sale of investments

-

6,953

-

  Proceeds from note receivable

-

41,667

-

  Net cash used for investing activities

(261,546

)

(79,754

)

(107,132

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

  Change in short-term borrowings

4,774

(81,321

)

(423,185

)

  Change in credit facilities

(1,127

)

(178

)

(392,396

)

  Change in long-term debt

(1,431

)

(6,019

)

(945,310

)

  Repurchase of senior notes

(282,207

)

(405,192

)

-

  Proceeds from senior note offering, net

346,286

-

-

  Proceeds from zero coupon convertible debentures,

    net

-

-

668,457

  Repurchase of zero coupon convertible debentures

(168,426

)

-

-

  Proceeds from exercise of stock options

5,442

8,408

21,972

  Sale of accounts receivable under securitization

    program

-

-

251,737

  Repayments under securitization program

-

-

(252,865

)

  Net cash used for financing activities

(96,689

)

(484,302

)

(1,071,590

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

(15,011

)

33,415

2,285

Net increase (decrease) in cash and short-term

    investments

(81,688

)

137,231

501,315

Cash and short-term investments at beginning of year

694,092

556,861

55,546

Cash and short-term investments at end of year

$

612,404

$

694,092

$

556,861

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

  Cash paid (refunded) during the year for:

    Income taxes

$

(48,967

)

$

(30,492

)

$

106,762

    Interest

102,221

129,833

195,778

See accompanying notes.


35



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)

Common Stock At Par Value

Capital In Excess of Par Value

Retained Earnings

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

Treasury Stock

Unamortized Employee Stock Awards

Other Comprehensive Income

Total

Balance at December 31, 2000

$

103,817

$

529,376

$

1,596,910

$

(160,914

)

$

(144,569

)

$

(10,872

)

$

-

$

1,913,748

Net loss

-

-

(73,826

)

-

-

-

-

(73,826

)

Translation adjustments

-

-

-

(98,780

)

-

-

-

(98,780

)

Unrealized loss on securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5,800

)

(5,800

)

  Comprehensive loss

(178,406

)

Exercise of stock options

-

(9,420

)

-

-

31,392

-

-

21,972

Tax benefits related to

  exercise of stock options

-

3,456

-

-

-

-

-

3,456

Restricted stock awards, net

39

802

-

-

6,256

(7,097

)

-

-

Amortization of employee

  stock awards

-

-

-

-

-

5,606

-

5,606

Other

-

85

-

-

-

-

-

85

Balance at December 31, 2001

103,856

524,299

1,523,084

(259,694

)

(106,921

)

(12,363

)

(5,800

)

1,766,461

Net loss

-

-

(610,482

)

-

-

-

(610,482

)

Translation adjustments

-

7

-

114,463

-

-

114,470

Unrealized loss on securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2,356

)

(2,356

)

Minimum pension liability

  adjustments

-

-

-

-

-

-

(37,138

)

(37,138

)

  Comprehensive loss

(535,506

)

Exercise of stock options

-

(3,158

)

-

-

11,566

-

-

8,408

Tax benefits related to

  exercise of stock options

-

1,470

-

-

-

-

-

1,470

Restricted stock awards, net

(2

)

98

-

-

3,640

(3,736

)

-

-

Amortization of employee

  stock awards

-

-

-

-

-

5,925

-

5,925

Other

24

(12,270

)

-

-

(60

)

797

-

(11,509

)

Balance at December 31, 2002

$

103,878

$

510,446

$

912,602

$

(145,231

)

$

(91,775

)

$

(9,377

)

$

(45,294

)

$

1,235,249


36



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued)
(In thousands)

Common Stock At Par Value

Capital In Excess of Par Value

Retained Earnings

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

Treasury Stock

Unamortized Employee Stock Awards

Other Comprehensive Income

Total

Balance at December 31, 2002

$

103,878

$

510,446

$

912,602

$

(145,231

)

$

(91,775

)

$

(9,377

)

$

(45,294

)

$

1,235,249

Net income

-

-

25,700

-

-

-

-

25,700

Translation adjustments

-

-

-

212,277

-

-

-

212,277

Unrealized gain on securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

915

915

Unrealized gain on options

-

-

-

-

-

-

612

612

Minimum pension liability

  adjustments

-

-

-

-

-

-

19,442

19,442

  Comprehensive income

258,946

Exercise of stock options

-

(2,741

)

-

-

8,183

-

-

5,442

Tax benefits related to

  exercise of stock options

-

518

-

-

-

-

-

518

Restricted stock awards, net

-

(4,890

)

-

-

8,798

(3,908

)

-

-

Amortization of employee

  stock awards

-

-

-

-

-

5,184

-

5,184

Other

-

(13

)

-

-

(22

)

27

-

(8

)

Balance at December 31, 2003

$

103,878

$

503,320

$

938,302

$

67,046

$

(74,816

)

$

(8,074

)

$

(24,325

)

$

1,505,331

See accompanying notes.


37



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Short-term Investments

Short-term investments which have a maturity of ninety days or less at time of purchase are considered cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows. The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheet for short-term investments approximates fair value.

Financial Instruments

The company uses various financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for purposes other than trading. Derivatives used as part of the company's risk management strategy are designated at inception as hedges and measured for effectiveness both at inception and on an ongoing basis. The company has also entered into interest rate swap transactions that convert certain fixed rate debt to variable rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the fixed rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The fair value hedges and the hedged debt are adjusted to current market values through interest expense.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost approximates the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and on accelerated methods for tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the life of the improvement. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances or events may indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference.

Investments

Investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting if the investment provides the company the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over an investee. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the company has an ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee of between 20% and 50%, although other factors, such as representation on the investee's Board of Directors, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. The company records its investments in equity method investees meeting these characteristics as "Investments in affiliated companies" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

All other equity investments, which consist of investments for which the company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the cost method, if private, or as available-for-sale, if public, and are included in "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated


38



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

balance sheet. Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at cost and are adjusted only for other-than-temporary declines in realizable value, distributions of earnings, and additional investments. If classified as available-for-sale, the company uses the fair value method with unrealized gains or losses reflected in the shareholders' equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet in "Other". The company assesses its investments accounted for as available-for-sale on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market value below cost are other-than-temporary. When the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss is realized in the period in which it occurs. When the decline is determined to be temporary, the unrealized losses are included in shareholders' equity. The company makes such determination based upon the quoted market price, financial condition, operating results of the investee, and the company's intent and ability to retain the investment over a period of time which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in market value. In addition, the company assesses the following factors:

   - broad economic factors impacting the investee's industry,

   - publicly available forecasts for sales and earnings growth for the industry and investee, and

   - the cyclical nature of the investee's industry.

The company could potentially have an impairment charge in future periods if, among other factors, the investee's future earnings differ from currently available forecasts.

Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Companies Acquired

The cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired was being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of 20 to 40 years through December 31, 2001. The company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," effective January 1, 2002. Statement No. 142, among other things, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires periodic tests for goodwill impairment. The company performs an annual impairment test on the first day of the fourth quarter. In addition, Statement No. 141, "Business Combinations," requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 be accounted for under the purchase method and that certain identifiable intangible assets be recognized as assets apart from goodwill. The company adopted Statement No. 141 as of January 1, 2002. The company has no identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill.

Foreign Currency Translation

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, with the related translation gains or losses reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity. The results of foreign operations are translated at the monthly average exchange rates.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred taxes reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts. The carrying value of the company's deferred tax assets is dependent upon the company's ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions. Should the company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance to the deferred tax assets would be established in the period such determination was made.

Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares


39



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the aggregate change in shareholders' equity excluding changes in ownership interests. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gain (loss) on securities, unrealized gain on foreign exchange options, and adjustments to minimum pension liabilities. The foreign currency translation adjustments included in comprehensive income (loss) have not been tax effected as investments in foreign affiliates are deemed to be permanent. No deferred income tax has been provided on the unrealized gain on securities as the company has sufficient capital loss carryforwards.

Stock-Based Compensation

The company accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 whereby the options are granted at market price, and therefore no compensation costs are recognized. FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. The company has elected to retain its current method of accounting as described above.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The company's operations are classified into two reportable business segments, the distribution of electronic components and the distribution of computer products.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, "Revenue Recognition" ("SAB 104"). Under SAB 104 revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price is determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue typically is recognized at time of shipment. Sales are recorded net of discounts, rebates, and returns.

A portion of the company's business involves shipments directly from its suppliers to its customers. In these transactions, the company is responsible for negotiating price both with the supplier and customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms with the customer, product returns, and has risk of loss if the customer does not make payment. As the principal with the customer the company recognizes revenue when the company is notified by the supplier that the product has been shipped.

In addition, the company has certain business with select customers and suppliers that is accounted for on an agency basis (that is, the company recognizes the fees associated with serving as an agent in sales with no associated cost of sales) in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 99-19, "Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent." In such cases, the contractual terms of the transactions govern revenue recognition.

Software Development Costs

The company capitalizes qualifying costs under FASB Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs to Develop or Obtain Software for Internal Use" including certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining


40



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

software for internal use. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 145, "Recission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections." Statement No. 145 requires gains and losses on the extinguishment of debt to be classified as income or loss from continuing operations rather than as an extraordinary item as previously required. The company adopted this Statement effective January 1, 2003. All prior periods presented in the accompanying financial statements were restated to conform to the requirements of this Statement.

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities," which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." Statement No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The company adopted this Statement effective January 1, 2003. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others," ("FIN 45") which clarifies the required disclosures to be made by a guarantor in their interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. FIN 45 also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of the guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken. The company has adopted the disclosure requirements of FIN 45 for financial statements ending December 31, 2002 and has adopted prospectively the initial recognition and measurement provisions of this Interpretation for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," ("FIN 46") which provides guidance on identifying and assessing interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN 46 requires consolidation of existing unconsolidated variable interest entities if the entities do not effectively disperse risk among parties involved. On October 9, 2003, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 46-6, deferring the effective date for applying the provision of FIN 46 for variable interest entities created before February 1, 2003 to the fourth quarter of 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46R ("FIN 46R"), a revision which clarifies some provisions of FIN 46. The adoption of FIN 46R did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity." This Statement establishes standards regarding how an issuer classifies, measures, and discloses certain types of financial instruments having characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a freestanding financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability. The adoption of this provision in the third quarter of 2003 did not have an impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations. In addition, this statement provides guidance on how to account for non-controlling interests of a limited-life subsidiary. This provision has been deferred and the company will continue to evaluate the impact upon further clarification from the FASB. The adoption of this


41



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

provision is not anticipated to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Reclassification

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.

2.  Acquisitions

In February 2003, the company acquired substantially all the assets of the Industrial Electronics Division ("IED") of Agilysys, Inc. (formerly Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc.). IED serves industrial original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and contract manufacturers ("CMs"). The net consideration paid for this acquisition was $238,132,000, of which $225,953,000 was paid through December 31, 2003. In order to ensure the best financial returns as a result of the acquisition, the company fully integrated the IED business into the North American Components group. The full integration included, among other actions, the conversion of data into the company's IT platform, the transfer and combination of the acquired inventories to the company's distribution centers, and the closing of duplicative facilities. As a result of these actions, the acquired business does not exist as a seperate division or profit and loss center. As the financial performance of the acquired business is no longer seperately identifiable, it is not possible to quantify the impact of the acquisition on operating income.

A summary of the allocation of the consideration paid for the IED business to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):

Current assets:

  Accounts receivable

$

102,723

  Inventories

113,957

  Prepaid expenses and other assets

461

    Total current assets

$

217,141

Property, plant and equipment

3,447

Cost in excess of net assets

75,127

Other assets

10,799

$

306,514

Current liabilities:

  Accounts payable

$

47,873

  Accrued expenses

20,509

    Total current liabilities

$

68,382

Net consideration paid

$

238,132

The $75,127,000 of cost in excess of net assets has been allocated to the electronic components segment. Of the total amount, $62,661,000 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

For financial reporting purposes, the acquisition is accounted for as a purchase transaction in accordance with FASB Statement No. 141, "Business Combinations." Accordingly, the consolidated results of the company in 2003 include IED's performance from the date of acquisition.

The unaudited pro forma summary of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, as though the acquisition of the IED business had occurred on January 1, is as follows (in thousands except per share data):


42



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2003

2002

Sales

$

8,775,313

$

7,966,154

Income before cumulative effect of

  change in accounting principle

28,777

10,963

Net income (loss)

28,777

(592,746

)

Net income (loss) per basic share

$ .29

$(5.94

)

Net income (loss) per diluted share

.29

(5.86

)

Average number of shares outstanding:

  Basic

100,142

99,786

  Diluted

100,917

101,068

The unaudited pro forma summary of operations does not purport to be indicative of the results which actually would have been obtained if the acquisitions had been made at the beginning of 2002 or of those results which may be obtained in the future. The company has achieved cost savings from the IED acquisition. The cost savings have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma summary of operations. In addition, the unaudited pro forma summary reflects sales attrition, which resulted from the combination.

During 2003, the company increased its ownership interest in Arrow Components (NZ) Limited from 75% to 100% and its interest in Components Agent (Cayman) Limited from 90% to 100%. In addition, the company increased its ownership interest in Dicopel US and Dicopel SA from 60% to 70%. The aggregate cost of these acquisitions, which resulted from contractual obligations to purchase remaining interests in majority (but less than 100%) owned subsidiaries, was $5,376,000.

During 2002, the company purchased 100% of a division of Adecom Srl and acquired a 51% interest in Adecom Services Srl. The company also increased its holdings in IR Electronic from 64% to 100% and increased the company's ownership in Arrow/Ally, Inc. from 75% to 97.4%. The aggregate cost of these acquisitions was $4,104,000.

During 2001, the company acquired the remaining 10% interest in Scientific and Business Minicomputers, Inc. The cost of this remaining interest was $27,268,000.

In connection with certain acquisitions, the company was required to make future payments that are contingent upon the acquired businesses' earnings and in certain instances, the achievements of operating goals. During 2002, the company made such payments aggregating $108,470,000, of which $95,659,000 was capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, and $12,811,000 was recorded as a reduction of capital in excess of par value. At December 31, 2003, the company did not have any further requirements to make additional payments.

As a result of certain acquisitions, the company may be contractually required to purchase the shareholder interest held by others in its majority (but less than 100%) owned subsidiaries. Such payments, which are dependent upon the exercise of a put or call option by either party, are based upon a multiple of earnings over a contractually determined period and, in certain instances, capital structure. There are no expiration dates for these agreements. The terms of these agreements provide no limitation to the maximum potential future payments; however, in most instances the amount to be paid will not be less than the pro-rata net book value (total assets minus total liabilities of the subsidiary). During 2003, the company made such payments of $5,376,000, which were principally capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired offset by the carrying value of the minority interest. If the put or call options on outstanding agreements were exercised at December 31, 2003, such payments would be approximately $6,000,000 ($13,000,000 at December 31, 2002), which would principally be capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired. As these payments are based on the future earnings of the acquired companies, the amounts will change as the performance of these subsidiaries change.


43



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  Investments

The company has a 50% interest in several joint ventures with Marubun Corporation, collectivley referred to as Marubun/Arrow, and a 50% interest in Altech Industries (Pty.) Ltd., a joint venture with Allied Technologies Limited, a South African electronics distributor. These investments are accounted for using the equity method and are comprised of the following at December 31, (in thousands):


Investments in affiliated companies

Equity in earnings(losses) of affiliated companies

2003

2002

2003

2002

Marubun/Arrow

$

15,364

$

11,971

$

3,967

$

2,241

Altech Industries

21,374

20,556

830

453

VCE

-

-

-

(87

)

$

36,738

$

32,527

$

4,797

$

2,607

Under the terms of various joint venture agreements, the company would be required to pay its pro-rata share, based upon its ownership interests, of the debt of the joint ventures in the event that the joint ventures were unable to meet their obligations. At December 31, 2003, the company's pro-rata share of this debt was $7,290,000. The company believes there is sufficient equity in the joint ventures to cover this potential liability.

At December 31, 2003, the company had an Internet investment of approximately $1,318,000, which represents a 5.6% ownership in Viacore, Inc. ("Viacore").

During 2003, in connection with the acquisition of IED, and included in the purchase price thereof, the company paid $10,799,000 to acquire a 5% interest in World Peace Industrial Co., Ltd. The company also has an 8.4% ownership interest in Marubun Corporation. These investments are accounted for as available-for-sale securities using the fair value method and are included in "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the cost basis, gross unrealized holding losses, and fair value of investments accounted for as available-for-sale were as follows (in thousands):

2003

2002

Cost basis

$

33,863

$

23,065

Net unrealized holding losses

(7,241

)

(13,195

)

Fair value

$

26,622

$

9,870

These investments are included in long-term "Other assets" and the related unrealized loss is included in the shareholders ' equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet in "Other".

At December 31, 2003, the cost of the company's investment in Marubun Corporation was $23,065,000, the fair value was $12,996,000, and the unrealized loss of $10,069,000 was recorded in the shareholders' equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet in "Other". The fair value of Marubun Corporation has been below carrying value since the second quarter of 2002. Although the fair value of the Marubun Corporation investment has been below the cost basis for more than 10 months, the company has concluded that an other-than-temporary decline has not occurred based upon its assesment of the following factors:

   - broad worldwide and Japan specific economic factors,

   - publicly available forecasts for sales and earnings growth for the industry and Marubun Corporation,

   - the cyclical nature of the technology industry, and

   - recent financial performance of Marubun Corporation.


44



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

While Marubun Corporation has experienced the effects of the same worldwide technology cyclical downturn as the rest of the electronics distribution industry, it has experienced growth in sales in its last reported fiscal year, remains profitable, and maintains a strong balance sheet. Its stock price has fluctuated over the last twelve months, with an increase of 32% compared with the year-earlier period. The company's intent and ability is to retain this investment over a period of time, which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in market value. The company could potentially have an impairment charge in future periods if, among other factors, Marubun Corporation's future earnings differ from currently available forecasts. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, such charge would have been $10,069,000 ($.10 per share) and $13,195,000 ($.13 per share), respectively.

4.  Discontinued Operations

In May 2002, the company sold substantially all of the assets of Gates/Arrow, a business unit within the company's North American Computer Products group ("NACP") that sold commodity computer products such as printers, monitors, other peripherals, and software to value-added resellers in North America. Total cash proceeds of $42,873,000, after price adjustments, have been collected. The assets sold consisted primarily of accounts receivable, inventories, and property and equipment. The buyer also assumed certain liabilities.

The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operation represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in FASB Statement No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." Accordingly, the company's consolidated financial statements and related notes have been presented to reflect Gates/Arrow as a discontinued operation for all periods.

The company recorded a loss of $10,234,000 ($6,120,000 net of related taxes or $.06 per share) on the disposal of Gates/Arrow. The loss consists of the following (in thousands):

Personnel costs

$

1,250

Facilities

3,144

Professional fees

599

Asset write-down

3,000

Other

2,241

$

10,234

The utilization of these charges as of December 31, 2003 is as follows (in thousands):

Personnel Costs

Facilities

Professional Fees

Asset Write-down

Other

Total

Original accrual

$

 1,250

$

3,144

$

 599

$

 3,000

$

2,241

$

10,234

2002 payments

(1,052

)

(227

)

(355

)

-

(168

)

(1,802

)

2002 non-cash usage

-

(904

)

-

(3,000

)

-

(3,904

)

December 31, 2002

198

2,013

244

-

2,073

4,528

Reclassification

-

(500

)

-

-

500

-

2003 payments

(73

)

(962

)

(43

)

-

(528

)

(1,606

)

2003 non-cash usage

-

-

-

-

(2,000

)

(2,000

)

December 31, 2003

$

125

$

551

$

201

$

-

$

45

$

922

Approximately $862,000 of the remaining balance will be spent before the end of 2004.


45



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Operating results of Gates/Arrow were as follows (in thousands):

2002(a)

2001

Net sales

$

180,534

$

640,312

Income (loss) from discontinued

  operations, net of taxes

$

(5,911

)

$

1,761

(a) Operating results for 2002 are through the disposition date of May 31, 2002.


5.  Accounts Receivable

In February 2003, the company renewed its asset securitization program (the "program"), extended the term of the program to February 2006, and made certain changes to the terms of the program, including amendments to covenants, elimination of a rating trigger that could have made the program unavailable for additional borrowing in the event that the company's senior unsecured credit rating fell below investment grade, and reduction in the size of the program from $750,000,000 to $550,000,000. In February 2004, the company further amended certain financial covenants. The company entered into the asset securitization program as a means to maximize the company's borrowing flexibility. Since the company's business is working capital intensive, this program allows us to grow our borrowing capacity as our accounts receivable balance grows. This program also makes available funding at a lower cost than traditional unsecured borrowing arrangements. Under the program, the company can sell, on a revolving basis, an individual interest in a pool of certain North American trade accounts receivable and retain a subordinated interest and servicing rights to those receivables. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, there were no receivables sold to and held by third parties under the program, and as such, the company had no obligations outstanding under the program. The company has not utilized the program since June 2001.

Accounts receivable consists of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

2003

2002

Accounts receivable

$

1,817,769

$

1,431,167

Allowance for doubtful accounts

(47,079

)

(52,605

)

$

1,770,690

$

1,378,562

6.  Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Companies Acquired

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." This Statement, among other things, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires annual tests for determining impairment of goodwill. On January 1, 2002, the company adopted Statement No. 142, and accordingly, discontinued the amortization of goodwill.

As required by Statement No. 142, the company completed the two steps required to identify and measure goodwill impairment for each reporting unit as of January 1, 2002. The first step involved identifying all reporting units with carrying values (including goodwill) in excess of fair value determined by reference to comparable businesses using a weighted average EBIT multiple. The reporting units identified from the first step were then measured for impairment by comparing the units' fair value to their carrying value. Those reporting units having a carrying value substantially exceeding their fair value were identified as being fully impaired, and the company fully wrote down the related goodwill. For reporting units with potential impairment, the company determined the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the unit and wrote down the goodwill to its implied fair value accordingly. The majority of the reporting units' assets and liabilities were inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, which are carried at fair value. No other impairment indicators have arisen since January 1, 2002.


46



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

All remaining and future acquired goodwill is subject to an annual impairment test on the first day of the fourth quarter of each year, or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist.

As a result of the evaluation process performed during the second quarter of 2002, the company recorded an impairment charge of $603,709,000 ($6.05 per share), which was recorded as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle at January 1, 2002.

As the amortization of the goodwill capitalized upon the acquisition of the companies was not deductible for income tax purposes, the company did not provide for a deferred benefit in the periods when the goodwill and/or amortization was recorded. As a result, the company did not provide for any benefit when the goodwill impairment was recorded.

The company's annual impairment tests in 2003 and 2002 did not result in any additional impairments to the carrying value of goodwill.

The following table presents the carrying amount of cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, allocated to reportable segments (in thousands):


Electronic

Computer

Components

Products

Total

Carrying value at December 31, 2001

$

902,093

$

322,190

$

1,224,283

Cumulative effect of change in

  accounting principle

(281,519

)

(322,190

)

(603,709

)

Additions

88,615

-

88,615

Other (principally foreign currency

  translation)

39,179

-

39,179

Carrying value at December 31, 2002

748,368

-

748,368

Additions

79,986

-

79,986

Other (principally foreign currency

  translation)

94,902

-

94,902

Carrying value at December 31, 2003

$

923,256

$

-

$

923,256

The company does not have any other intangible assets subject to valuation under Statement No. 142.

The following table provides a reconciliation of reported income (loss) from continuing operations, net income (loss), and income (loss) per share to the adjusted income (loss) from continuing operations, net income (loss), and income (loss) per share, which reflects the exclusion of goodwill amortization, net of related taxes for the years ended December 31 (in thousands except per share data):


47



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2003

2002(a)

2001

Income (loss) from continuing operations,

  as reported

$

25,700

$

(862

)

$

(75,587

)

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

-

41,601

Adjusted income (loss) from continuing

  operations

$

25,700

$

(862

)

$

(33,986

)

Net income (loss), as reported

$

25,700

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

-

41,601

Adjusted net income (loss)

$

25,700

$

(610,482

)

$

(32,225

)

Basic income (loss) per share:

Income (loss) per share from continuing

  operations, as reported

$

.26

$

(.01

)

$

(.77

)

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

-

.42

Adjusted income (loss) per basic share from

  continuing operations

$

.26

$

(.01

)

$

(.35

)

Net income (loss) per share, as reported

$

.26

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

-

.42

Adjusted income (loss) per basic share

$

.26

$

(6.12

)

$

(.33

)

Diluted income (loss) per share:

Income (loss) per share from continuing

  operations, as reported

$

.25

$

(.01

)

$

(.77

)

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

-

.42

Adjusted income (loss) per diluted share from

  continuing operations

$

.25

$

(.01

)

$

(.35

)

Net income (loss) per share, as reported

$

.25

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

Add: Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

-

-

.42

Adjusted income (loss) per diluted share

$

.25

$

(6.12

)

$

(.33

)

(a)

As a result of adopting FASB Statement No. 145 in 2003, the loss on extinguishment of debt, which was previously recorded as an extraordinary item, was reclassified to the loss from continuing operations.

7.  Debt

During 2003, the company repurchased $168,974,000 accreted value of its zero coupon convertible debentures (the "convertible debentures") due in 2021, which could have been put to the company in February 2006. The related loss on the repurchase aggregated $3,629,000 ($2,171,000 net of related taxes or $.02 per share), which includes the write-off of related deferred financing costs offset, in part, by the discount on the repurchase. The loss on the repurchase is recognized in income from continuing operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense will be reduced by approximately $5,000,000 annually from the dates of repurchase through the 2006 put date, if interest rates remain the same.

During 2003, the company repurchased, prior to maturity, $84,820,000 principal amount of its 8.2% senior notes, which matured in October 2003. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt aggregated $2,942,000 ($1,759,000 net of related taxes or $.02 per share), and is recognized in income from continuing operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense was reduced by approximately $3,300,000 from the dates of repurchase through the 2003 maturity date.


48



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In June 2003, the company completed the sale of $350,000,000 principal amount of 6 7/8% senior notes due in 2013. The net proceeds of the offering of $346,286,000 were used to repay the company's 8.2% senior notes, which matured in October 2003, and for general corporate purposes. The additional debt the company carried during the period between the sale of the 6 7/8% senior notes in June 2003 and the repayment of the 8.2% senior notes in October 2003 negatively impacted income by $4,700,000 ($2,900,000 net of related taxes).

The company utilized $192,010,000 of the proceeds from the 6 7/8% senior note offering to repay the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the 8.2% senior notes, which matured on October 1, 2003.

In December 2003, the company amended its three-year $450,000,000 revolving credit facility to make certain changes to the terms of the facility, including amendments to covenants, and extended the facility through December 2006. A provision was added which would allow the banks to terminate, under certain conditions, the credit facility in October 2005 should a liquidity test not be met. The three-year revolving credit facility, as amended, bears interest at the applicable Eurocurrency rate plus a margin which is based on facility utilization and other factors. The company pays the banks a facility fee of .25% per annum. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the company had no outstanding borrowings under this facility.

In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the "2003 swaps") with third parties, with an aggregate notional amount of $200,000,000, in order to hedge the change in fair value of the company's 7% senior notes, due in 2007, as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in January 2007. The 2003 swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (effective rate of 5.20% at December 31, 2003) through their maturities. The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustment for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other. The fair value of the 2003 swaps at December 31, 2003 was $1,649,000 and is included in long-term "Other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the offsetting adjustment to the carrying value of the debt hedged is included in "Long-term debt" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

During 2002, the company repurchased $398,170,000 principal amount of its 6.45% and 8.2% senior notes, due in the fourth quarter of 2003. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt aggregated $20,887,000 ($12,949,000 net of related taxes or $.13 per share) and is recognized in the loss from continuing operations in the company's consolidated statement of operations. As a result of these transactions, interest expense was reduced by approximately $31,080,000 from the dates of repurchase through the 2003 maturity date. As required by FASB Statement No. 145, the 2002 loss on extinguishment of debt, which was previously recorded as an extraordinary item, was reclassified as a component of the loss from continuing operations.

In August 2002, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the "2002 swaps") with third parties, with an aggregate notional amount of $250,000,000, in order to hedge the change in fair value of the company's 8.7% senior notes, due in 2005, as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in October 2005. The 2002 swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 8.7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (effective rate of 6.19% and 6.76% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively) through their maturities. The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133. The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustments for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other. The fair value of the 2002 swaps at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $8,421,000 and $9,519,000, respectively, and is included in long-term "Other assets" in


49



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the offsetting adjustment to the carrying value of the debt hedged is included in "Long-term debt" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. In January 2004, concurrently with the repurchase of $41,500,000 of the 8.7% senior notes, an equivalent amount of the 2002 swaps were terminated.

During the first quarter of 2001, the company completed the sale of $1,523,750,000 principal amount at maturity of convertible debentures due February 21, 2021. The convertible debentures were priced with a yield to maturity, including the accretion of discount, of 4% per annum and may be converted into the company's common stock at a conversion ratio of 11.972 common shares per $1,000 of principal amount at maturity. The company, at its option, may redeem all or part of the convertible debentures (at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of redemption) any time on or after February 21, 2006. Holders of the convertible debentures may require the company to repurchase the convertible debentures (at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of repurchase) on February 21, 2006, 2011, or 2016. The net proceeds resulting from this transaction of $671,839,000 were used to repay a $400,000,000 short-term credit facility with the remaining amount principally utilized to repay amounts outstanding under the company's then existing global multi-currency credit facility.

At December 31 short-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

2003

2002

Current maturities of 8.2%

  senior notes, due 2003

$

-

$

276,773

Various short-term borrowings

14,349

9,575

$

14,349

$

286,348

Various short-term borrowings are principally utilized to support the working capital requirements of certain foreign operations. The weighted average interest rates on these borrowings at December 31, 2003 and 2002 were 2.4% and 3.4%, respectively.


Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

2003

2002

8.2% senior notes, due 2003

$

-

$

276,773

8.7% senior notes, due 2005

249,998

249,997

7% senior notes, due 2007

199,230

198,978

9.15% senior notes, due 2010

199,977

199,974

6 7/8% senior notes, due 2013

349,355

-

6 7/8% senior debentures, due 2018

196,985

196,776

7 1/2% senior debentures, due 2027

196,771

196,631

Zero coupon convertible debentures, due 2021

601,643

742,712

Interest rate swaps

10,070

9,519

Other obligations with various

  interest rates and due dates

12,598

12,526

2,016,627

2,083,886

Less current maturities of long-term debt

-

276,773

$

2,016,627

$

1,807,113

The 7% senior notes and the 7 1/2% senior debentures are not redeemable prior to their maturity. The 8.7% senior notes, 9.15% senior notes, 6 7/8% senior notes, and 6 7/8% senior debentures may be prepaid at the option of the company subject to "make whole" clauses.

At December 31, 2003, the estimated fair market value of the 8.7% senior notes was 109% of par (101% of par at December 31, 2002), the 7% senior notes was 108% of par (98% of par at December 31, 2002), the 9.15% senior notes was 120% of par (102% of par at December 31, 2002), the 6 7/8% senior notes was 106% of par, the 6 7/8% senior debentures was 102% of par (88% of par at December 31, 2002), the 7 1/2% senior debentures was 103% of par (83% of par at December 31, 2002), and the convertible debentures was 54% of par (45% of par at


50



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2002). The estimated market value of the 8.2% senior notes was 104% of par at December 31, 2002. The balance of the company's borrowings approximates their fair value.

Annual payments of borrowings during each of the years 2004 through 2008 are $14,349,000, $259,234,000, $866,000, $201,805,000, and $1,083,000, respectively, and $1,553,639,000 for all years thereafter. Included in borrowings with maturities of greater than five years are the convertible debentures, which may be put to the company in 2006.

The three-year revolving credit facility and the asset securitization program limit the incurrence of additional borrowings, limit the company's ability to issue cash dividends or repurchase stock, and require that certain financial ratios be maintained at designated levels. The company was in compliance with all of the covenants as of December 31, 2003. The company is currently not aware of any events which would cause non-compliance in the future.

8.  Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31 consists of the following (in thousands):

2003

2002

2001

Current

  Federal

$

(582

)

$

(65,237)

$

(61,033

)

  State

-

(18,610)

(13,494

)

  Foreign

28,485

9,460

44,840

$

27,903

$

(74,387)

$

(29,687

)

Deferred

  Federal

$

(16,093

)

$

57,004

$

(10,209

)

  State

(3,998

)

9,790

(2,536

)

  Foreign

13,394

5,821

7,204

(6,697

)

72,615

(5,541

)

$

21,206

$

(1,772

)

$

(35,228

)

The principal causes of the difference between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35% and effective income tax rates for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

2003

2002

2001

Provision (benefit) at statutory rate

$

16,550

$

(1,168

)

$

(39,233

)

State taxes, net of federal benefit

(2,599

)

(5,733

)

(10,420

)

Foreign tax rate differential

611

(23,980

)

1,709

Non-deductible goodwill

-

-

11,639

Valuation allowance

-

17,600

-

Other non-deductible expenses

6,032

7,516

1,690

Other

612

3,993

(613

)

$

21,206

$

(1,772

)

$

(35,228

)

For financial reporting purposes, loss before income taxes attributable to the United States was $70,356,000 in 2003, $115,212,000 in 2002, and $230,128,000 in 2001, and income before income taxes attributable to foreign operations was $117,640,000 in 2003, $111,872,000 in 2002, and $118,034,000 in 2001.

Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated balance sheet. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years.

The significant components of the company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, included primarily in "Other Assets" and "Other Liabilities" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, consist of the following (in thousands):


51



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2003

2002

Deferred tax assets:

   Goodwill

$

15,794

$

37,981

   Net operating loss carryforwards

121,470

81,384

   Capital loss carryforwards

14,431

14,431

   Inventory adjustments

34,122

28,797

   Allowance for doubtful accounts

12,592

17,851

   Accrued expenses

17,982

11,246

   Pension costs

11,896

-

   Integration and restructuring reserves

6,022

14,160

   Other

5,671

627

239,980

206,477

   Valuation allowance

(45,441

)

(52,425

)

Total deferred tax assets

$

194,539

$

154,052

Deferred tax liabilities:

  Goodwill

(51,691

)

(36,244

)

  Depreciation

(1,445

)

(2,275

)

  Other

(1,666

)

(6,192

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

(54,802

)

(44,711

)

Total net deferred tax assets

$

139,737

$

109,341

At December 31, 2003, the company had available U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $63,906,000, expiring beginning in 2017. In addition, certain international subsidiaries had tax loss carryforwards of approximately $198,122,000 expiring in various years after 2003. Deferred tax assets related to the tax loss carryforwards of the international subsidiaries in the amount of $50,322,000 as of December 31, 2003 have been recorded with a corresponding valuation allowance of $31,010,000. The valuation allowance reflects the deferred tax benefits that management is uncertain of the ability to utilize in the future.

At December 31, 2003, the company had a pre-tax capital loss carryforward of approximately $35,900,000. This loss will expire through 2007. A full valuation allowance of $14,431,000 has been provided against the deferred tax asset relating to the capital loss carryforward.

Cumulative undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries were approximately $804,749,000 at December 31, 2003. No deferred U.S. federal income taxes have been provided for the undistributed earnings to the extent that they are permanently reinvested in the company's international operations.

9.  Shareholders' Equity

The activity in the number of shares outstanding is as follows (in thousands):

Common

Stock

Treasury

Common Stock

Issued

   Stock

 Outstanding

Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2000

103,817

5,406

98,411

  Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

-

(234

)

234

  Exercise of stock options

-

(1,174

)

1,174

  Other

39

-

39

Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2001

103,856

3,998

99,858

  Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

(2

)

(136

)

134

  Exercise of stock options

-

(433

)

433

  Other

24

2

22

Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2002

103,878

3,431

100,447

  Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

-

(327

)

327

  Exercise of stock options

-

(306

)

306

Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2003

103,878

2,798

101,080

The company has 2,000,000 authorized shares of serial preferred stock with a par value of $1.


52



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In 1988, the company paid a dividend of one preferred share purchase right on each outstanding share of common stock. Each right, as amended, entitles a shareholder to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of a new series of preferred stock at an exercise price of $50 (the "exercise price"). The rights are exercisable only if a person or group acquires 20% or more of the company's common stock or announces a tender or exchange offer that will result in such person or group acquiring 30% or more of the company's common stock. Rights owned by the person acquiring such stock or transferees thereof will automatically be void. Each other right will become a right to buy, at the exercise price, that number of shares of common stock having a market value of twice the exercise price. The rights, which do not have voting rights, may be redeemed by the company at a price of $.01 per right at any time until ten days after a 20% ownership position has been acquired. In the event that the company merges with, or transfers 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earnings power to, any person or group after the rights become exercisable, holders of the rights may purchase, at the exercise price, a number of shares of common stock of the acquiring entity having a market value equal to twice the exercise price. The rights, as amended, expire on March 1, 2008.


10.  Restructuring, Integration, and Other Charges

Restructuring

2003

During 2003, the company implemented actions to become more effectively organized and to improve its operating efficiencies, with targeted annualized savings of $75,000,000. The company has taken these steps in order to make its organizational structure, systems, and processes more efficient. The estimated restructuring charges associated with these actions total approximately $42,400,000, of which $37,965,000 ($27,144,000 net of related taxes or $.27 per share) was recorded in 2003. The remaining amount of approximately $4,500,000 will be recorded over the next several quarters. Approximately $39,000,000 of the total charge is expected to be spent in cash.

The company recorded a charge of $26,837,000 related to personnel costs as part of the 2003 restructuring. The total number of positions eliminated was approximately 1,085 positions, or 9%, out of prior year's ending worldwide total of 11,700 positions. There was no single group of employees impacted by these restructuring actions. Instead, it impacted both exempt and non-exempt employees across multiple locations, segments, and functions.

The company recorded a charge of $6,015,000 relating to facilities closed. As part of the physical logistics network rationalization, one primary distribution center in England was closed and another will be closed over the next several months, and their operations will be centralized in the newer, state-of-the-art, Pan-European facility in Venlo, the Netherlands. In addition, the primary distribution center in Brookhaven, New York was partially closed and the remaining operations will be closed over the next several months, and customers and suppliers will be serviced out of a newer, more efficient distribution center in Reno, Nevada. Further, the company exited its Nordic commodity computer products business serving hardware integrators and resellers in Norway, Sweden, Denmark, and Finland.

The company recorded a provision of $3,088,000 for asset write-downs. The provision was principally for fixed assets and was recorded in North America and Europe.

Also included in the charge was $2,025,000 for IT systems and other miscellaneous items related to the early termination of computer equipment, logistics support, and service commitments no longer being used.

On February 17, 2004, the company announced, as part of on-going evaluations, a series of additional steps designed to enhance the company's operating efficiencies, primarily related to the elimination of corporate support


53



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

functions. The net result is estimated to reduce the company's cost structure by an additional $15,000,000 annually. Approximately 50% of this annual cost savings will begin in the first quarter of 2004, with the remaining 50% beginning late in the second quarter of 2004. The company expects to record a restructuring charge relating to these actions over several quarters in 2004 totaling $2,000,000 to $5,000,000, before taxes.

The 2003 restructuring charges are comprised of the following at December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

Personnel Costs

Facilities

Asset
Write-Down

IT and other

Total

December 2002

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Additions

26,837

6,015

3,088

2,025

37,965

Payments

(23,598

)

(1,275

)

-

(534

)

(25,407

)

Foreign currency
  translation

(543

)

15

(14

)

(8

)

(550

)

Non-cash usage

-

-

(2,606

)

(115

)

(2,721

)

December 2003

$

2,696

$

4,755

$

468

$

1,368

$

9,287

2001 and prior

In mid-2001, the company took a number of significant steps, including a reduction in its worldwide workforce, salary freezes and furloughs, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, consolidation of facilities, and other major cost containment and cost reduction actions, to mitigate, in part, the impact of significantly reduced revenues. As a result of these actions, the company recorded restructuring costs and other charges of $227,622,000 ($145,079,000 net of related taxes or $1.47 per share). These charges include costs associated with headcount reductions, the consolidation or closing of facilities, valuation adjustments to inventory and Internet investments, the termination of certain customer engagements, and various other miscellaneous items. Of the total charge, $174,622,000 reduced operating income (including $97,475,000 in cost of products sold) and $53,000,000 was recorded as a loss on investments. There were no material revisions to these actions and their related costs.

The company recorded a charge of $15,200,000 related to personnel costs as part of the mid-2001 restructuring. The total number of positions eliminated was approximately 1,200, out of the then existing worldwide total of 14,150, or approximately 9%. The actual number of employees terminated approximated original estimates. The reduction in headcount was principally due to reduced activity levels across all functions throughout the company. There was no single group of employees or business segment that was impacted by this restructuring. Instead it impacted both exempt and non-exempt employees across a broad range of functions including sales and marketing, warehouse employees, employees working in value-added centers, finance personnel in credit/collections and accounts payable, human resources, and IT. The company's approach was to reduce its headcount in the areas with reduced activities.

The company also consolidated or closed 15 facilities and accordingly recorded a charge of $10,063,000 related to vacated leases, including write-offs of related leasehold improvements.

The company also terminated certain customer programs principally related to services not traditionally provided by the company because they were not profitable. The $38,800,000 provision included charges for inventory these customers no longer required, pricing disputes, non-cancelable purchase commitments, and value-added taxes.

The company recorded an inventory provision of $97,475,000, which was included in cost of products sold. The provision related to a substantial number of parts. In addition to North America, provisions were recorded in Europe and the Asia/Pacific region. The inventory charge was principally related to product purchased for single or limited customer engagements and in certain


54



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

instances from non-traditional, non-franchised sources for which no contractual protections such as return rights, scrap allowance, or price protection exist. The inventory provision was principally for electronic components. The parts were written down to estimated realizable value; in many cases to estimated scrap value or zero. At December 31, 2003, approximately 66% of the inventory for which a provision was made had been scrapped and approximately 34% of this inventory was sold at its reduced carrying value with minimal impact on gross margins.

Also included in the charge was $13,084,000 for IT systems and other miscellaneous items related to logistics support and service commitments no longer being used, hardware and software not utilized by the company, professional fees related to contractual obligations of certain customer terminations, and the write-off of an investment in an IT-related service provider.

The 2001 restructuring costs, excluding the Internet investment write-down discussed below, are comprised of the following as of December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

Personnel
Costs

Facilities

Customer Termination

Inventory Write-down

IT and other

Total

December 2000

$

-

$

2,052

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

2,052

Additions

15,200

10,063

38,800

97,475

13,084

174,622

Payments

(10,279

)

(1,008

)

-

-

(1,352

)

(12,639

)

Non-cash usage

-

(578

)

(14,600

)

(26,320

)

(5,976

)

(47,474

)

December 2001

4,921

10,529

24,200

71,155

5,756

116,561

Reversals

698

-

-

-

(698

)

-

Payments

(5,619

)

(1,945

)

-

-

(3,312

)

(10,876

)

Reclassification

-

-

(2,097

)

-

2,097

-

Non-cash usage

-

-

(16,738

)

(64,158

)

(864

)

(81,760

)

December 2002

-

8,584

5,365

6,997

2,979

23,925

Payments

-

(2,178

)

-

-

(1,307

)

(3,485

)

Non-cash usage

-

-

-

(6,997

)

(1,648

)

(8,645

)

December 2003

$

-

$

6,406

$

5,365

$

-

$

24

$

11,795

(a) The facilities opening balance as of December 2000 of $2,052,000 relates to real estate commitments as a result of the company's realignment in 1997. Approximately $1,256,000 is unused as of December 31, 2003.

In connection with the restructuring costs and other charges discussed above, operating expenses declined, in part, as a result of the reduction in workforce, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, and consolidation of facilities initiated in mid-2001 as a result of the significant reduction in sales and related activities. The financial impact of these actions, commencing in the second quarter of 2002, of approximately $100,000,000 for 2003 and $70,000,000 for 2002 is reflected as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses. These costs savings may not be permanent as increased activity levels resulting from, among other factors, increased revenues may require an increase in headcount and other increased spending.

Internet Investments Write-Down

As a result of the significant decline in the Internet sector during 2001, the company assessed the value of its investments early in the third quarter of 2001. In order to assess the value of its investments, the company selected a pool of comparable publicly traded companies and obtained the stock price of each company at the date of the company's original investment and in the third quarter of 2001. The percentage change in the average stock price was applied to the related investment to determine the change in the value of the investment, modified to the extent that the entity had cash to repay the investors. The company determined that certain of these investments had experienced an other-than-temporary decline in their realizable values. Accordingly, included in the $227,622,000 charge recorded in the third quarter


55



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

of 2001, the company recorded a charge of $53,000,000 to write various Internet investments down to their realizable values.

The following is an analysis of the charge recorded in 2001 and the percentage of ownership related to the Internet investments at December 31, 2003 ($ in thousands):

%

Charge

Ownership

eChips

  ChipCenter investment

$ 8,378

-

  Loans, included in other current assets

9,212

-

Econnections

19,500

-

Buckaroo

9,000

-

VCE

2,400

-

Viacore

4,510

5.6

$53,000

At December 31, 2003, the remaining book value of these investments was $1,318,000, which represents the company's interest in Viacore.

In connection with the restructuring costs and other charges discussed above, operating expenses declined, in part, as a result of the reduction in workforce, cutbacks in discretionary spending, deferral of non-strategic projects, and consolidation of facilities initiated in mid-2001 as a result of the significant reduction in sales and related activities. The financial impact of these actions, commencing in the second quarter of 2002, of approximately $100,000,000 for 2003 and $70,000,000 for 2002 is reflected as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses. These costs savings may not be permanent as increased activity levels resulting from, among other factors, increased revenues may require an increase in headcount and other increased spending.

Integration

2003

In the first quarter of 2003, the company recorded integration costs of $18,407,000 ($14,063,000 net of related taxes) related to the acquisition of IED. Of the total amount recorded, $6,904,000 ($4,822,000 net of related taxes or $.05 per share) relating primarily to severance costs for the company's employees was charged to income from continuing operations, and $11,503,000 ($9,241,000 net of related taxes) relating primarily to severance costs for IED employees and professional fees was recorded as additional goodwill. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $1,200,000 of this accrual was required to address remaining contractual obligations.

2001 and prior

In 2001, the company recorded an integration charge of $9,375,000 ($5,719,000 net of related taxes or $.06 per share) related to the acquisition of Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems (collectively, "Wyle"). Of the total amount recorded, $1,433,000 represented costs associated with the closing of various overlapping office facilities and distribution and value-added centers, $4,052,000 represented costs associated with the termination of certain personnel largely performing duplicate functions, $2,703,000 represented costs associated with outside services related to the conversion of systems and certain other costs of the integration of Wyle into the company, and $1,187,000 represented the write-down of property, plant and equipment to estimated fair value. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $1,800,000 of this accrual was required to address remaining contractual obligations.

During 1999, the company acquired Richey Electronics, Inc. ("Richey") and the electronics distribution group of Bell Industries, Inc. ("EDG"). As a result of these acquisitions, in 1999, the company recorded an integration charge of $24,560,000 ($16,480,000 net of related taxes or $.17 per share) and an additional $37,991,000 ($25,833,000 net of related taxes), as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, to integrate Richey and EDG into the company. Of the total amount recorded, $30,140,000 was associated with the closing of various office facilities and distribution and value-added centers with the remaining amounts associated with severance, the termination of certain supplier relationships, and professional fees. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $3,324,000 of this accrual was required to address remaining contractual obligations.

The remaining integration accrual as of December 31, 2003, of approximately $10,351,000, relates to numerous acquisitions made prior to 2000, which individually are not significant and principally represent payments for remaining contractual obligations.


56



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Total integration charges, comprised of the specific integrations discussed above, together with various previous acquisitions, are as follows at December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

Personnel
Costs

Facilities

Asset Write-down

IT and other

Total

December 2000

$

16,922

$

38,988

$

8,134

$

19,290

$

83,334

Additions (a)

4,789

(314

)

1,217

10,009

15,701

Reversals (b)

-

(11,814

)

-

(500

)

(12,314

)

Payments

(16,036

)

(7,721

)

(898

)

(13,184

)

(37,839

)

Foreign currency

  translation

50

282

101

(378

)

55

Non-cash usage

-

-

(6,132

)

-

(6,132

)

December 2001

5,725

19,421

2,422

15,237

42,805

Payments

(2,972

)

(3,079

)

(189

)

(5,308

)

(11,548

)

Reversals

-

(7

)

-

(407

)

(414

)

Foreign currency

  translation

259

(1,153

)

(223

)

1,108

(9

)

Non-cash usage

-

(30

)

(1,573

)

(2,406

)

(4,009

)

December 2002

3,012

15,152

437

8,224

26,825

Additions (c)

10,211

-

-

8,196

18,407

Payments

(11,164

)

(3,354

)

-

(7,047

)

(21,565

)

Reversals (d)

(2,311

)

(3,249

)

-

-

(5,560

)

Foreign currency

  translation

252

(429

)

(59

)

(327

)

(563

)

Non-cash usage

-

(424

)

(89

)

(356

)

(869

)

December 2003

$

-

$

7,696

$

289

$

8,690

$

16,675

(a)

Represents costs associated with the acquisition and integration of Wyle, the open computing alliance subsidiary of Merisel, Inc., and Jakob Hatteland.

(b)

Principally represents the reversal of charges to goodwill and operating income as a result of the re-negotiations of facilities related obligations.

(c)

Represents costs associated with the acquisition and integration of IED.

(d)

Represents reversals of charges to goodwill resulting from changes in estimates.

The remaining restructuring and integration charges of $37,757,000 as of December 31, 2003, of which $29,345,000 is expected to be spent in cash, will be utilized as follows:

-

The personnel accruals of $2,696,000 will be utilized to cover costs associated with the termination of personnel resulting from the 2003 restructurings which are expected to be spent by the end of 2004.

-

The facilities accruals totaling $18,857,000 relate to terminated leases with expiration dates through 2010. Approximately $9,800,000 will be paid in 2004. The minimum lease payments for these leases are approximately $4,928,000 in 2005, $3,250,000 in 2006, $480,000 in 2007, and $399,000 thereafter.

-

The customer termination accrual of $5,365,000 relates to costs associated with the termination of certain customer programs principally related to services not traditionally provided by the company and is expected to be utilized over several years.

-

Asset and inventory write-downs of $757,000 relate primarily to fixed assets, leasehold improvements, and inventory write-downs, the majority of which are expected to be utilized by the end of 2004.

-

IT and other of $10,082,000 primarily represents leases for hardware and software, consulting contracts for logistics services, and professional fees related to legal services with expected utilization dates through 2005. Approximately $8,145,000 is expected to be utilized in 2004 and $1,937,000 in 2005.


57



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The company's integration and restructuring programs principally impacted its electronic components operations.

Acquisition Indemnification

In 2000, the company purchased Tekelec Europe SA ("Tekelec"), a French company, from Tekelec Airtronic SA ("Airtronic") and certain other selling shareholders. Pursuant to the share purchase agreement, Airtronic agreed to indemnify the company against certain liabilities. Since the closing of the acquisition, Tekelec has received (i) claims by the French tax authorities relating to alleged fraudulent activities intended to avoid the payment of value-added tax in respect of periods prior to closing in the amount of €11,327,000 ($14,248,000 at the year-end foreign exchange rate), including penalties and interest (the "VAT Matter"); (ii) a product liability claim in the amount of €11,333,000 ($14,256,000 at the year-end exchange rate); and (iii) claims for damages from certain former employees of Tekelec for wrongful dismissal or additional compensation in the amount of €467,000 ($587,000 at the year-end exchange rate). Tekelec has notified Airtronic of these claims and invoked its right to indemnification under the purchase agreement.

The VAT Matter is currently the subject of administrative proceedings in France. Airtronic elected to assume the defense of this claim, in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, and asserted certain defenses to the claim. In September 2003, the French courts confirmed the criminal conviction of the son of the former president of Airtronic, who was an employee of Tekelec prior to the acquisition, for tax fraud involving conduct similar in part to that alleged in connection with the tax claim against Tekelec.

The product liability claim is subject to French legal proceedings under which separate determinations are made as to whether the products were defective and the amount of damages sustained by the purchaser. The manufacturer of the product is also a party to these proceedings. The company believes that it has valid defenses to this claim and intends to contest it vigorously.

During 2003, judgments were rendered in favor of the former employees, and Tekelec, while appealing, has been ordered to pay damages in the amount of €364,000 ($458,000 at the year-end exchange rate). This amount has previously been accrued by the company in connection with the accounting for the acquisition of Tekelec. Tekelec has demanded payment of this amount from Airtronic and received in response a letter, dated October 8, 2003, asserting that the indemnification provisions of the purchase agreement are not enforceable. The company has been advised by counsel that the indemnification provisions are enforceable and intends to pursue its rights vigorously. Based on Airtronic's position on the enforceability of the indemnity, which the company believes creates a conflict of interest on the part of Airtronic's lawyer in representing Tekelec before the tax authorities, Tekelec has dismissed Airtronic's counsel in favor of retaining its own tax lawyer and intends to pursue separate discussions with the tax authorities. Were Tekelec to enter into a settlement of this matter without the consent of Airtronic, the company's right to claim against Airtronic under the indemnification provisions could be impaired.

In light of the company's inability to assess Airtronic's ability and intent to fulfill its obligations under the indemnity with respect to the VAT Matter, an acquisition indemnification charge of €11,327,000 ($13,002,000 or $.13 per share at the September 30, 2003 foreign exchange rate) was recognized in the third quarter of 2003.

Severance

During 2002, the company's former chief executive officer resigned. As a result, the company recorded a severance charge totaling $5,375,000 ($3,214,000 net of related taxes or $.03 per share) principally based on the terms of his employment agreement. Included therein are provisions principally related to salary continuation, retirement benefits, and the vesting of restricted stock and options.


58



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


11.  Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share ("EPS") for the years ended December 31 (in thousands except per share data):

2003 (a)

2002 (b)

2001 (c)

Income (loss) from continuing operations used for

  basic EPS

$

25,700

$

(862

)

$

(75,587

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations,

  net of taxes

-

(5,911

)

1,761

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

25,700

(6,773

)

(73,826

)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

-

(603,709

)

-

Net income (loss)

$

25,700

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS

100,142

99,786

98,384

Net effect of dilutive stock options and restricted

  stock awards

775

-

-

Weighted average shares outstanding for diluted EPS

100,917

99,786

98,384

Net income (loss) per basic share:

  Income (loss) from continuing operations

$

.26

$

(.01

)

$

(.77

)

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations

-

(.06

)

.02

  Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    principle

-

(6.05

)

-

Net income (loss) per basic share

$

.26

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

Net income (loss) per diluted share:

  Income (loss) from continuing operations

$

.25

$

(.01

)

$

(.77

)

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations

-

(.06

)

.02

  Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    principle

-

(6.05

)

-

Net income (loss) per diluted share (d)

$

.25

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

(a)

Includes an acquisition indemnification charge of $13,002,000 ($.13 per share), restructuring charges of $37,965,000 ($27,144,000 net of related taxes or $.27 per share), an integration charge of $6,904,000 ($4,822,000 net of related taxes or $.05 per share), and a loss on prepayment of debt of $6,571,000 ($3,930,000 net of related taxes or $.04 per share).

(b)

Includes a severance charge of $5,375,000 ($3,214,000 net of related taxes or $.03 per share). As a result of adopting FASB Statement No. 145, the loss on extinguishment of debt, which was previously recorded as an extraordinary item, was reclassified to the loss from continuing operations during 2003. Accordingly, the loss from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $20,887,000 ($12,949,000 net of related taxes or $.13 per share).

(c)

Includes the restructuring costs and other charges of $227,622,000 ($145,079,000 net of related taxes or $1.47 per share) and an integration charge of $9,375,000 ($5,719,000 net of related taxes or $.06 per share).

(d)

Net income (loss) per diluted share for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 exclude the effect of 16,853,000, 18,242,000, and 15,587,000 shares, respectively, related to convertible debentures. In addition, the effect of options to purchase 7,723,879, 6,817,730, and 1,136,000 shares for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, were excluded from the computation. The impact of such common stock equivalents are excluded from the calculation of net income (loss) per share on a diluted basis as their effect is anti-dilutive.


59



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


12.
  Employee Stock Plans

Restricted Stock Plan

Under the terms of the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan (the "Plan"), a maximum of 4,760,000 shares of common stock may be awarded at the discretion of the board of directors to key employees of the company.

Shares awarded under the Plan may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of, except as provided in the Plan. Shares awarded become free of forfeiture restrictions (i.e., vest) generally over a four-year period. The company awarded 72,000 shares of common stock to 70 employees in respect of 2003, 378,250 shares of common stock to 145 employees in respect of 2002, and 243,615 shares of common stock to 145 employees in respect of 2001.

Forfeitures of shares awarded under the Plan were 48,313 during 2003, 81,229 during 2002, and 45,679 during 2001, respectively. The aggregate market value of outstanding awards under the Plan at the respective dates of award is being amortized over the vesting period, and the unamortized balance is included in shareholders' equity as unamortized employee stock awards.

Stock Option Plans

Under the terms of various Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plans (the "Option Plans"), both nonqualified and incentive stock options for an aggregate of 23,900,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant to directors, employees, and eligible non-employees. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The nonqualified stock options to employees are granted at prices determined by the board of directors at its discretion, provided, however that the purchase price may not be less than the fair market value of the shares at the dates of grant. The nonqualified stock options granted to directors and incentive stock options are granted at prices equal to the fair market value of the shares at the dates of grant. Options granted under the Option Plans after May 1997 become exercisable in equal installments over a four-year period, except for the stock options authorized for grant to directors which become exercisable in equal installments over a two-year period. Previously, options became exercisable over a two- or three-year period. Options currently outstanding have terms of ten years.

The following information relates to the Option Plans for the years ended December 31:

Average

Average

Average

Exercise

Exercise

Exercise

2003

Price

2002

Price

2001

Price

Options outstanding

 at beginning of year

10,569,096

$22.94

9,925,622

$23.94

10,405,615

$23.22

Granted

1,611,900

22.46

1,605,300

16.05

1,149,250

25.00

Exercised

(305,999

)

17.79

(435,289

)

19.47

(1,173,868

)

18.72

Forfeited

(540,519

)

24.01

(526,537

)

23.53

(455,375

)

23.72

Options outstanding

  at end of year

11,334,478

$22.96

10,569,096

$22.94

9,925,622

$23.94

Prices per share of

  options outstanding

$11.94-41.25

$11.94-41.25

$11.94-41.25

Options available for future grants:

  Beginning of year

4,250,306

2,929,069

3,622,944

  End of year

3,178,925

4,250,306

2,929,069


60



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2003:

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Weighted

Weighted

Weighted

Maximum

Average

Average

Average

Exercise

Number

Remaining

Exercise

Number

Exercise

Price

Outstanding

Contractual Life

Price

Exercisable

Price

$20

2,387,713

85 months

$14.58

924,888

$15.92

 25

4,066,037

67 months

22.30

2,704,887

21.18

 30

3,744,730

71 months

26.20

2,303,404

26.18

  35+

1,135,998

52 months

32.31

1,120,049

32.29

  All

11,334,478

71 months

22.96

7,053,228

23.89

FASB Statement No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure" amended FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" to provide alternative methods of transition to FASB Statement No. 123's fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and requires disclosure of the pro forma impact on net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share as if a fair value method was applied.

The company applies APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations in accounting for the Option Plans. If compensation expense for the company's various stock option plans had been determined based upon fair value at the grant dates for awards under those plans in accordance with FASB Statement No. 123, the company's pro forma net earnings (loss), basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share would have been as follows for the years ended December 31 (in thousands except per share data):

2003

2002

2001

Net income (loss), as reported

$

25,700

$

(610,482

)

$

(73,826

)

Deduct: Impact of stock-based employee

  compensation expense determined under

  fair value method for all awards, net of

  related taxes

(10,020

)

(10,131

)

(9,139

)

Pro forma net income (loss)

$

15,680

$

(620,613

)

$

(82,965

)

Earnings (loss) per share:

  Basic-as reported

$

.26

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

  Basic-pro forma

$

.16

$

(6.22

)

$

(.84

)

  Diluted-as reported

$

.25

$

(6.12

)

$

(.75

)

  Diluted-pro forma

$

.16

$

(6.22

)

$

(.84

)

The estimated weighted average fair value, utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, at the date of option grant, during 2003, 2002, and 2001 was $9.62, $7.77, and $12.30 per share, respectively. The weighted average fair value was estimated using the following assumptions:

2003

2002

2001

Expected life (months)

48

48

48

Risk-free interest rate (percent)

2.5

2.7

3.6

Expected volatility (percent)

55

60

55

There is no expected dividend yield.

Stock Ownership Plan

The company maintains a noncontributory employee stock ownership plan, which enables most North American employees to acquire shares of the company's common stock. Contributions, which are determined by the board of directors, are in the form of common stock or cash, which is used to purchase the company's common stock for the benefit of participating employees. Contributions to the plan for 2003, 2002, and 2001 amounted to $10,428,000, $10,388,000, and $10,040,000, respectively.


61



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13.  Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan

The company has a defined contribution plan for eligible employees which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The company's contribution to the plan, which is based on a specified percentage of employee contributions, amounted to $8,699,588, $8,577,000, and $9,026,000 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. Certain domestic and foreign subsidiaries maintain separate defined contribution plans for their employees and made contributions thereunder which amounted to $3,643,000, $3,466,000, and $2,836,000 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

The company maintains an unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP") under which the company will pay supplemental pension benefits to certain employees upon retirement. There are 21 current and former corporate officers participating in this plan. The board of directors determines those employees who are eligible to participate in the SERP.

In 2002, the company amended the plan to provide for the pension benefits to be based on a percentage of average final compensation, based on years of participation in the SERP, rather than following the prior practice of a fixed dollar amount per year of service or in certain instances the board of directors determining the annual benefit. As amended, the SERP permits early retirement, with payments at a reduced rate, based on age and years of service subject to a minimum retirement age of 55 (formerly 50). Participants whose accrued rights under the SERP prior to this amendment would have been adversely affected by the amendment will continue to be entitled to such greater rights. In addition, if there is a change of control of the company within 24 months after such change and the employment of a participant, who is at least age 50, is involuntarily terminated other than for cause or disability, or such participant terminates employment for good reason, the participant will receive the annual pension accrued through the date of termination commencing at age 60. Previously this would have resulted in the payment of the full pension amount commencing immediately.

The benefit obligation at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $35,757,000 and $32,376,000, respectively. The assumptions utilized in determining this amount include a discount rate of 5.5% in 2003 and 2002.

Wyle also sponsored a supplemental executive retirement plan ("Wyle SERP plan") for certain of its executives. Benefit accruals for the Wyle SERP plan were frozen as of December 31, 2000. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the benefit obligation was $7,673,000 and $6,965,000, respectively. The assumptions utilized in determining this amount include a discount rate of 6.25% and 6.75% in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Expenses relating to the plans were $5,017,000, $4,972,000, and $3,548,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

Defined Benefit Plan

Wyle provided retirement benefits for certain employees under a defined benefit plan. Benefits under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2000 and former participants may now participate in the company's employee stock ownership plan. The company uses a December 31 measurement date to determine pension measurements for this plan. Pension information for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):


62



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2003

2002

Accumulated benefit obligation

$

89,103

$

82,560

Changes in projected benefit obligation:

  Projected benefit obligation at beginning

    of year

$

82,560

$

75,866

  Interest cost

5,459

5,423

  Actuarial loss

5,721

5,988

  Benefits paid

(4,637

)

(4,717

)

  Projected benefits obligation at end of year

$

89,103

$

82,560

Changes in plan assets:

  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

$

65,020

$

76,564

  Actual return on plan assets

14,873

(7,674

)

  Company contributions

-

847

  Benefits paid

(4,637

)

(4,717

)

  Fair value of plan assets at end of year

$

75,256

$

65,020

Funded status of the plan:

  Funded status

$

(13,847

)

$

(17,540

)

  Unamortized net loss

21,908

27,392

  Net amount recognized

$

8,061

$

9,852

Components of net periodic pension cost (income):

  Interest cost

$

5,459

$

5,423

  Expected return on plan assets

(5,334

)

(6,362

)

  Amortization of unrecognized net loss

1,666

78

  Net periodic pension cost (income)

$

1,791

$

(861

)

Weighted average assumptions used to determine

  benefit obligation:

  Discount rate

6.25

%

6.75

%

  Expected return on assets

8.50

%

8.50

%

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net

  periodic pension cost (income):

  Discount rate

6.75

%

7.25

%

  Expected return on assets

8.50

%

8.50

%

The amounts reported for net periodic pension cost (income) and the respective benefit obligation amounts are dependent upon the actuarial assumptions used. The company reviews historical trends, future expectations, current market conditions, and external data to determine the assumptions. The discount rate represents the market rate for a high quality corporate bond. The company reduced the assumed discount rate in 2003 to reflect overall market conditions. The expected return on assets is based on current and expected asset allocations, historical trends, and expected returns on plan assets. Based upon the above factors and the long-term nature of the returns, the company did not change the 2003 assumption from prior year. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost (income) are based upon the prior year's assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation.

The plan asset allocations at December 31 are as follows:

2003

2002

  Equities

59

%

54

%

  Fixed income

39

45

  Other

2

1

100

%

100

%

The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of common stocks, bonds, cash equivalents and other investments, which may reflect varying rates of return. The investments are further diversified within each asset classification. The portfolio diversification provides protection against a single security or class of securities having a disproportionate impact on


63



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

aggregate performance. The target allocations for plan assets are 55% in equities and 45% in fixed income, although the actual plan asset allocations may be within a range around these targets. The actual asset allocations are reviewed and rebalanced on a regular basis to maintain the target allocations.

The company makes contributions to the plan so that minimum contribution requirements, as determined by government regulations, are met. Based upon the strong performance of plan assets, the company does not anticipate a contribution to this plan in 2004.

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the company had minimum gross pension liabilities of $29,592,000 and $37,138,000, respectively, related to the SERP plan, Wyle SERP plan, and the defined benefit plan, which are recorded in the shareholders' equity section in "Other", with an offset to "Other liabilities" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2003, the company recorded deferred taxes of $11,896,000 related to the minimum pension liability. Minimum pension liability adjustments were required to recognize a liability equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation based principally on the market value of the plan assets that decreased in 2002 due to asset performance.

14.  Lease Commitments

The company leases certain office, distribution, and other property under noncancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2053. Rental expense under noncancelable operating leases, net of sublease income of $3,931,000, $4,339,000, and $3,943,000 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively, amounted to $62,985,000 in 2003, $62,543,000 in 2002, and $66,215,000 in 2001. Aggregate minimum rental commitments under all noncancelable operating leases, exclusive of real estate taxes, insurance, and leases related to facilities closed as a result of the integration of acquired businesses and the restructuring of the company, are $45,160,000 in 2004, $38,450,000 in 2005, $28,696,000 in 2006, $20,211,000 in 2007, $16,828,000 in 2008, and $58,172,000 thereafter. Minimum rental commitments for leases related to facilities closed as a result of the integration of acquired businesses and the restructuring of the company are $7,677,000 in 2004, $4,469,000 in 2005, $3,774,000 in 2006, $1,240,000 in 2007, $862,000 in 2008, and $1,076,000 thereafter.


15.  Contingencies

In 2000, the company purchased Tekelec, a French company, from Airtronic and certain other selling shareholders. Pursuant to the share purchase agreement, Airtronic agreed to indemnify the company against certain liabilities. Since the closing of the acquisition, Tekelec has received (i) claims by the French tax authorities relating to alleged fraudulent activities intended to avoid the payment of value-added tax in respect of periods prior to closing in the amount of €11,327,000 ($14,248,000 at the year-end foreign exchange rate), including penalties and interest (the "VAT Matter"); (ii) a product liability claim in the amount of €11,333,000 ($14,256,000 at the year-end exchange rate); and (iii) claims for damages from certain former employees of Tekelec for wrongful dismissal or additional compensation in the amount of €467,000 ($587,000 at the year-end exchange rate). Tekelec has notified Airtronic of these claims and invoked its right to indemnification under the purchase agreement.

The VAT Matter is currently the subject of administrative proceedings in France. Airtronic elected to assume the defense of this claim, in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, and asserted certain defenses to the claim. In September 2003, the French courts confirmed the criminal conviction of the son of the former president of Airtronic, who was an employee of Tekelec prior to the acquisition, for tax fraud involving conduct similar in part to that alleged in connection with the tax claim against Tekelec.

The product liability claim is subject to French legal proceedings under which separate determinations are made as to whether the products were defective and the amount of damages sustained by the purchaser. The manufacturer of the


64



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

product is also a party to these proceedings. The company believes that it has valid defenses to this claim and intends to contest it vigorously.

During 2003, judgments were rendered in favor of the former employees, and Tekelec, while appealing, has been ordered to pay damages in the amount of €364,000 ($458,000 at the year-end exchange rate). This amount has previously been accrued by the company in connection with the accounting for the acquisition of Tekelec. Tekelec has demanded payment of this amount from Airtronic and received in response a letter, dated October 8, 2003, asserting that the indemnification provisions of the purchase agreement are not enforceable. The company has been advised by counsel that the indemnification provisions are enforceable and intends to pursue its rights vigorously. Based on Airtronic's position on the enforceability of the indemnity, which the company believes creates a conflict of interest on the part of Airtronic's lawyer in representing Tekelec before the tax authorities, Tekelec has dismissed Airtronic's counsel in favor of retaining its own tax lawyer and intends to pursue separate discussions with the tax authorities. Were Tekelec to enter into a settlement of this matter without the consent of Airtronic, the company's right to claim against Airtronic under the indemnification provisions could be impaired.

In light of the company's inability to assess Airtronic's ability and intent to fulfill its obligations under the indemnity with respect to the VAT Matter, an acquisition indemnification charge of €11,327,000 ($13,002,000 or $.13 per share at the September 30, 2003 foreign exchange rate) was recognized in the third quarter of 2003.

In connection with the purchase of Wyle Electronics ("Wyle") from the VEBA group in 2000, the company assumed the then outstanding obligations of Wyle. In 1994, Wyle sold one of its divisions, Wyle Laboratories, an engineering unit specializing in the testing of military, aerospace, and commercial products. As a result, among the Wyle obligations the company assumed was Wyle's indemnification of the purchasers of Wyle Laboratories for any environmental clean-up costs associated with then existing contamination or violation of environmental regulations. Under the terms of the company's subsequent purchase of Wyle from VEBA, VEBA agreed to indemnify the company for costs related to environmental pollution associated with Wyle, including those associated with its prior sale of Wyle Laboratories.

The company is aware of two Wyle Laboratories facilities at which contaminated groundwater has been identified, with respect to each of which remediation, in form and cost as yet undetermined, may be required. In addition, Wyle Laboratories has been named a defendant in a putative class action regarding, among other things, the environmental impact of its past operations at one of those sites, at Norco, California. In October of 2003, the company and Wyle Laboratories entered into a voluntary consent decree with the California Department of Toxic Substance Control regarding the clean up at Norco. The complete scope of work under the consent decree, which includes the characterization of pollutants at the site and the design and implementation of remedial actions in connection therewith, has not yet been finalized and the associated costs have therefore not yet been determined. Wyle Laboratories has demanded indemnification with respect to the sites and the litigation, and the company has, in turn, demanded indemnification from VEBA. VEBA merged with another large German publicly traded conglomerate in June 2000 and the combined entity is now known as E.ON AG, which remains responsible for VEBA's liabilities. In 2003, E.ON AG had sales of €46,000,000,000 (approximately $52,067,000,000 at the 2003 average exchange rate) and assets in excess of €112,000,000,000 (approximately $140,885,000,000 at the year-end exchange rate). E.ON AG has, subject to the terms of its contract with the company, acknowledged liability in respect to the Wyle sites and made partial payments.

In addition, the company has accepted an offer of settlement from the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in connection with the company's role as a de minimis potentially responsible party at a Superfund site in Whittier California in connection with Wyle's transmission of certain materials to a recycling operation prior to 1995. The de minimis settlement will resolve the matter at an immaterial cost.


65



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The company believes that any cost which it may incur in connection with potential remediation at the Wyle Laboratories sites (including the Whittier Superfund site) and any related litigation is covered by the VEBA indemnification (except, under the terms thereof, for 15% of the first $3,000,000 of all environmental claims in the aggregate, or $450,000). Though the VEBA indemnification applies, the company believes that even in the absence of such indemnification, potential remediation costs associated with the sites would not have a material adverse impact on the company's financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.

From time to time in the normal course of business the company may become liable with respect to other pending and threatened litigation, environmental, and tax matters. It is not anticipated that any such matters will have a material adverse impact on the company's financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.

16.  Financial Instruments

The company enters into foreign exchange forward or option contracts (collectively, the "foreign exchange contracts") to mitigate the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, principally the Euro. These contracts are executed to facilitate the hedging of foreign currency exposures resulting from inventory purchases and sales and generally have terms of no more than six months. Gains or losses on these contracts are deferred and recognized when the underlying future purchase or sale is recognized or when the corresponding asset or liability is revalued. The company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The risk of loss on a foreign exchange contract is the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties, which the company minimizes by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions. The fair value of the foreign exchange contracts is estimated using market quotes. The notional amount of the foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $222,695,000 and $264,795,000, respectively. The carrying amounts, which are nominal, approximated fair value at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the "2003 swaps") with third parties, with an aggregate notional amount of $200,000,000, in order to hedge the change in fair value of the company's 7% senior notes, due in 2007, as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in January 2007. The 2003 swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (effective rate of 5.20% at December 31, 2003) through their maturities. The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133. The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustment for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other.

In August 2002, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the "2002 swaps") with third parties, with an aggregate notional amount of $250,000,000, in order to hedge the change in fair value of the company's 8.7% senior notes, due in 2005, as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature in October 2005. The 2002 swaps modify the company's interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 8.7% senior notes to a floating rate based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (effective rate of 6.19% and 6.76% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively) through their maturities. The company accounts for these fair value hedges in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133. The hedges were assessed as effective as the market value adjustments for the hedged notes and the swaps directly offset each other.

17.  Segment and Geographic Information

The company is engaged in the distribution of electronic components to OEMs and CMs and computer products to value-added resellers and OEMs. As a result


66



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

of the company's philosophy of maximizing operating efficiencies through the centralization of certain functions, selected fixed assets and related depreciation, as well as borrowings and goodwill amortization (prior to 2002), are not directly attributable to the individual operating segments. Computer products includes NACP together with UK Microtronica, Nordic Microtronica, ATD (in Iberia), and Arrow Computer Products (in France).

Revenue and operating income, by segment, are as follows (in thousands):

Electronic

Computer

Components

Products

Corporate

Total

2003

Revenue from external

  customers

$

6,419,537

$

2,259,776

$

-

$

8,679,313

Operating income (loss)

237,930

78,180

(132,065

)

(a)

184,045

(a)

Total assets

3,987,398

678,353

667,237

5,332,988

2002

Revenue from external

  customers

$

5,322,196

$

2,067,958

$

-

$

7,390,154

Operating income (loss)

183,680

58,501

(74,651

)

(b)

167,530

(b)

Total assets

3,404,156

609,652

653,797

4,667,605

2001

Revenue from external

  customers

$

7,153,171

$

2,334,121

$

-

$

9,487,292

Operating income (loss)

415,966

43,912

(307,208

)

(c)

152,670

(c)

Total assets

3,767,595

929,240

662,149

5,358,984

(a)

Includes an acquisition indemnification charge of $13,002,000, restructuring charges of $37,965,000, and an integration charge of $6,904,000.

(b)

Includes a severance charge of $5,375,000.

(c)

Includes restructuring costs and other charges of $174,622,000 and an integration charge of $9,375,000.

Revenues, by geographic area, for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

2003

2002

2001

Americas (d)

$

5,101,624

$

4,302,008

$

5,642,413

Europe

2,757,341

2,430,549

2,974,837

Asia/Pacific

820,348

657,597

870,042

$

8,679,313

$

7,390,154

$

9,487,292

(d)

Included in revenues for the Americas in 2003, 2002, and 2001 is $4,767,210, $4,031,028, and $5,224,176, respectively, related to the United States.

Total assets, by geographic area, at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

2003

2002

2001

Americas (e)

$

2,969,483

$

2,619,996

$

3,253,575

Europe

1,943,522

1,717,709

1,771,137

Asia/Pacific

419,983

329,900

334,272

$

5,332,988

$

4,667,605

$

5,358,984

(e)

Included in total assets for the Americas in 2003, 2002, and 2001 is $2,787,141, $2,538,286, and $3,146,012, respectively, related to the United States.


67



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


18.  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

A summary of the company's quarterly results of operations follows (in thousands except per share data):

First

Second

Third

Fourth

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

2003

Sales

$

1,980,105

$

2,123,139

$

2,095,245

$

2,480,824

Gross profit

335,057

355,103

343,565

387,228

Net income (loss)

(905

)

(c)

6,827

(d)

(6,234

)

(e)

26,012

(f)

Net income (loss) per

  share (a):

  Basic

$

(.01

)

(c)

$

.07

(d)

$

(.06

)

(e)

$

.26

(f)

  Diluted

(.01

)

(c)

.07

(d)

(.06

)

(e)

.26

(f)

2002 (b)

Sales

$

1,844,539

$

1,843,317

$

1,811,339

$

1,890,959

Gross profit

314,532

319,588

308,622

316,831

Income (loss) from

  continuing operations

2,085

576

(h)

(11,117

)

(j)

7,594

(k)

Income (loss) from

  discontinued operations

699

(6,610

)

-

-

Income (loss) before

  cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

2,784

(6,034

)

(11,117

)

7,594

Cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

(603,709

)

-

-

-

Net income (loss)

$

(600,925

)

(g)

$

(6,034

)

(i)

$

(11,117

)

(j)

$

7,594

(k)

Net income (loss) per basic

  share (a):

Income (loss) from

  continuing operations

$

.02

$

.01

(h)

$

(.11

)

(j)

$

.08

(k)

Income (loss) from

  discontinued operations

.01

(.07

)

-

-

Cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

(6.07

)

-

-

-

Net income (loss) per basic

  share

$

(6.04

)

(g)

$

(.06

)

(i)

$

(.11

)

(j)

$

.08

(k)

Net income (loss) per diluted

  share (a):

Income (loss) from

  continuing operations

$

.02

$

.01

(h)

$

(.11

)

(j)

$

.08

(k)

Income (loss) from

  discontinued operations

.01

(.07

)

-

-

Cumulative effect of change

  in accounting principle

(5.96

)

-

-

-

Net income (loss) per

  diluted share

$

(5.93

)

(g)

$

(.06

)

(i)

$

(.11

)

(j)

$

.08

(k)


68



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(a)

Quarterly EPS amounts are calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each quarterly period, while EPS for the full year is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Therefore, the sum of the EPS for each of the four quarters may not equal the EPS for the full year.

(b)

The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operation in the second quarter of 2002 represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in FASB Statement No. 144. Accordingly, all amounts prior to the disposition have been restated to reflect Gates/Arrow as a discontinued operation. In addition, as a result of adopting FASB Statement No. 145 in 2003, the loss on extinguishment of debt, which was previously recorded as an extraordinary item, was reclassified to the income (loss) from continuing operations.

(c)

Includes a restructuring charge of $6,690,000 ($4,673,000 net of related taxes or $.05 per share), an integration charge of $6,904,000 ($4,822,000 net of related taxes or $.05 per share), and a loss on prepayment of debt of $2,552,000 ($1,526,000 net of related taxes or $.01 per share).

(d)

Includes a restructuring charge of $14,552,000 ($9,734,000 net of related taxes or $.10 per share) and a loss on prepayment of debt of $390,000 ($233,000 net of related taxes).

(e)

Includes an acquisition indemnification charge of $13,002,000 ($.13 per share), a restructuring charge of $9,100,000 ($6,325,000 net of related taxes or $.06 per share), and a loss on prepayment of debt of $3,292,000 ($1,969,000 net of related taxes or $.02 per share).

(f)

Includes a restructuring charge of $7,623,000 ($6,412,000 net of related taxes or $.07 and $.05 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) and a loss on prepayment of debt of $337,000 ($202,000 net of related taxes).

(g)

The company adopted Statement No. 142 as of January 1, 2002 and recorded an impairment charge of $603,709,000 ($6.07 and $5.96 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. The impairment charge was determined by the company in the second quarter of 2002; however, in accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 142, the charge is reflected in the first quarter. Net loss also includes income from discontinued operations of $699,000, net of taxes, ($.01 per share).

(h)

Income from continuing operations includes a severance charge of $5,375,000 ($3,214,000 net of related taxes or $.03 per share).

(i)

Net loss includes a severance charge of $5,375,000 ($3,214,000 net of related taxes or $.03 per share), and a loss from discontinued operations of $6,610,000, net of taxes, ($.07 per share).

(j)

Includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $18,776,000 ($11,641,000 net of related taxes or $.11 per share).

(k)

Includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $2,111,000 ($1,308,000 net of related taxes or $.01 per share).

19.  Subsequent Events

In January 2004, the company repurchased $41,500,000 principal amount of its 8.7% senior notes, due in October 2005. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, net of the gain recognized by terminating the corresponding interest rate swaps, aggregated approximately $3,200,000 pre-tax and will be recorded as a loss on prepayment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2004. As a result of these transactions, interest expense will be reduced by approximately $3,700,000 from the dates of repurchase through the 2005 maturity date.

In February 2004, the company sold 13,800,000 shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering, including 1,800,000 shares of common stock subject to a customary over-allotment option exercised by the underwriters.


69



ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The net proceeds from this offering of approximately $313,000,000, including the shares purchased pursuant to the over-allotment option, will be used to redeem the company's outstanding 8.7% senior notes due in 2005 (principal amount of $208,500,000) and for general corporate purposes, which may include the redemption or repurchase of other outstanding indebtedness from time to time. Until the redemption of the 8.7% senior notes, the net proceeds will be maintained as cash and short-term investments.

In February 2004, the company amended certain financial covenants of the asset securitization program.

In February 2004, the company repurchased an additional $89,312,000 accreted value of its convertible debentures due in 2021, which could have been put to the company in 2006. The related pre-tax loss on the repurchase aggregated approximately $4,700,000, which includes the premium paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, and will be recorded as a loss on prepayment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2004. As a result of these transactions, interest expense will be reduced by approximately $2,700,000 annually from the dates of repurchase through the 2006 put date, if interest rates remain the same.


70



Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
           Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures.

The company's chief executive officer and chief financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")) as of December 31, 2003. Based on such evaluation, they have concluded that, as of December 31, 2003, the company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. However, in evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

There were no changes in the company's internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that has or is reasonably likely to materially affect the company's internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this quarterly report.


71



Part III

Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

See "Executive Officers" in Item 1 above. In addition, the information set forth under the heading "Election of Directors" in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 27, 2004 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.


Information about the company's audit committee financial experts set forth under the heading "Committees of the Board" in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 27, 2004 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

The company adopted a code of ethics governing the chief executive officer, chief financial officer and controller known as the "Finance Code of Ethics", as well as a code of ethics governing all employees, known as the "Worldwide Code of Business Conduct and Ethics". Each of these documents is available free-of-charge on the company's website at http://www.arrow.com and is available in print to any shareholder who requests it.

The company has also adopted "Corporate Governance Guidelines" and written committee charters for each of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Corporate Governance Committee. Each of these documents is available free-of-charge on the company's website at http://www.arrow.com and is available in print to any shareholder who requests it.

Item 11.   Executive Compensation.

The information set forth under the heading "Executive Compensation and Other Matters" in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 27, 2004 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

The information required by Item 12 is included in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 27, 2004 and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.


Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

The information required by Item 13 is included in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 27, 2004 and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information set forth under the heading "Principal Accounting Firm Fees" in the company's Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 27, 2004 and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.


72



Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:


1.


Financial Statements.

Page

  Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

31

  Management's Responsibility for Financial Reporting

32

  Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended

    December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001

33

  Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2003 and 2002

34

  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended

    December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001

35

  Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity for the years

    ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001

36

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years

    ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001

38

2.

Financial Statement Schedule.

  Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

81

All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

3.

Exhibits.

See index of Exhibits included on pages 74 - 80.

(b)

Reports on Form 8-K.

The company filed the following Current Reports on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2003.


Date of Report

Item Reported

October 17, 2003

Notice of temporary suspension of trading under the company's Employee Benefit Plans.

October 23, 2003

Press Release announcing the company's third quarter 2003 results.


73



(a)3. Exhibits.

              (2) (a)        Shareholder's Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1991, among EDI Electronics Distribution International B.V., Giorgio Ghezzi, Germano Fanelli, and Renzo Ghezzi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(f)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (b)        Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2000, by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc., Tekelec Airtronic, Zedtek, Investitech, and Natec (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(g) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                   (c)        Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Shares of Jakob Hatteland Electronic AS, dated as of April 20, 2000, between Jakob Hatteland Holding AS, Jakob Hatteland, and Arrow Electronics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(h) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (d)        Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2000, among VEBA Electronics GmbH, EBV Verwaltungs GmbH i.L., Viterra Grundstucke Verwaltungs GmbH, VEBA Electronics LLC, VEBA Electronics Beteiligungs GmbH, VEBA Electronics (UK) Plc, Raab Karcher Electronics Systems Plc and E.ON AG and Arrow Electronics, Inc., Avnet, Inc., and Cherrybright Limited regarding the sale and purchase of the VEBA electronics distribution group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (e)        Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2003, by and between the company and Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc., Pioneer-Standard Illinois, Inc., Pioneer-Standard Minnesota, Inc., Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Ltd., and Pioneer-Standard Canada, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(e) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

              (3) (a)(i)     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (ii)    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Arrow Electronics, Inc., dated as of August 30, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996, Commission File No.
1-4482).

                     (iii)   Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the company, dated as of October 12, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No.
1-4482).

                  (b)        By-Laws of the company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986, Commission File No. 1-4482).

              (4) (a)(i)     Rights Agreement dated as of March 2, 1988 between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, as Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit A a Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation for Arrow Electronics, Inc. for the Participating Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B a letter to shareholders describing the Rights and a summary of the provisions of the Rights Agreement and as Exhibit C the forms of Rights Certificate and Election to Exercise (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 3, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).


74



                     (ii)    First Amendment, dated June 30, 1989, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 1989, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iii)   Second Amendment, dated June 8, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iv)    Third Amendment, dated July 19, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (v)     Fourth Amendment, dated August 26, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(v) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (vi)    Fifth Amendment, dated February 25, 1998, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-A/A dated March 2, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (b)(i)     Indenture, dated as of January 15, 1997, between the company and the Bank of Montreal Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (ii)    Officers' Certificate, as defined by the Indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated as of January 22, 1997, with respect to the company's $200,000,000 7% Senior Notes due 2007 and $200,000,000 7 1/2% Senior Debentures due 2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(ii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iii)   Officers' Certificate, as defined by the indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated as of January 15, 1997, with respect to the $200,000,000 6 7/8% Senior Debentures due 2018, dated as of May 29, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iv)    Officers' Certificate, as defined by the indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated as of January 15, 1997, with respect to the $250,000,000 6.45% Senior Notes due 2003, dated October 21, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (v)     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2001, between the company and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 15, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (vi)    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2001, between the company and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(vi) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

              (10)(a)        Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, as amended and restated on February 15, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).


75


                  (b)        Wyle Electronics Retirement Plan, as amended and restated March 17, 2003.

                  (c)         Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated on February 15, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (d) (i)     Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated, effective February 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (ii)    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 10(d)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(ii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (iii)   Paying Agency Agreement, dated November 11, 2003, by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A.

                  (e) (i)     Restricted Stock Plan of Arrow Electronics, Inc., as amended and restated effective February 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (ii)    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 10(e)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(ii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (f)         2002 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan as of May 23, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (g)         Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan as of May 15, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99(d) to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-45631).

                  (h)         Arrow Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended effective January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                  (i) (i)     Consulting Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2003 between the company and Robert E. Klatell.

                      (ii)    Form of agreement between the company and the employee party to the Employment Agreement listed in 10(i)(i) above, providing extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (iii)   Consulting Agreement dated as of June 3, 2002, between the company and Stephen P. Kaufman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (iv)    Amended and Restated Agreement dated as of June 13, 2002, between the company and Francis M. Scricco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (v)     Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1997, between the company and Jan M. Salsgiver (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(vi) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, Commission File No. 1-4482).


76


                      (vi)    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2001, by and between the company and Michael J. Long (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(v) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (vii)   Employment Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2002, by and between the company and Peter S. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(vii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (viii)  Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2003, by and between the company and Mark F. Settle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(ix) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (ix)    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2003, by and between the company and Paul J. Reilly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(x) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (x)    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2003, by and between the company and William E. Mitchell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(xi) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (xi)  Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2003, by and between the company and Betty Jane Scheihing.

                      (xii)   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2004, by and between the company and Germano Fanelli.

                      (xiii)  Form of agreement between the company and all corporate officers, including the employees parties to the Employment Agreements listed in 10(i)(v)-(xii) above, and excluding the party listed in 10(i)(i) above, providing extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(ix) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (xiv)   Consulting Agreement, dated January 1, 2003, by and between the company and Steven W. Menefee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(xiii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                      (xv)    Form of agreement between the company and non-corporate officers providing extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(x) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (xvi)  English translation of the Service Agreement, dated January 19, 1993, between Spoerle Electronic and Carlo Giersch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f)(v) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (xvii)  Grantor Trust Agreement, as amended and restated on November 11, 2003, by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A.

                 (j) (i)     Amended and Restated 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2001, among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks from time to time parties hereto, Banc of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Fleet National Bank, as documentation agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).


77


                     (ii)    First Amendment, dated as of November 29, 2001, to the Amended and Restated 364-Day Credit Agreement in (10)(e)(i) above among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Banc of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Fleet National Bank, as documentation agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                 (k)         Commercial Paper Private Placement Agreement, dated as of November 9, 1999, among Arrow Electronics, Inc., as issuer, and Chase Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated as placement agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                 (l) (i)     8.20% Senior Exchange Notes due October 1, 2003, dated as of October 6, 2000, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-51100).

                     (ii)    8.70% Senior Exchange Notes due October 1, 2005, dated as of October 6, 2000, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-51100).

                     (iii)   9.15% Senior Exchange Notes due October 1, 2010, dated as of October 6, 2000, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-51100).

                     (iv)    6.875% Senior Exchange Notes due 2013, dated as of June 25, 2003, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., JPMorgan, and Banc of America Securities LLC as joint book-running managers; Credit Suisse First Boston as lead manager; and Fleet Securities, Inc., HSBC, Scotia Capital, and Wachovia Securities as co-managers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).

           

                 (m)    Amended and Restated Three Year Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2003, among Arrow Electronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, the several banks from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., Bank of Nova Scotia, BNP Paribas and Fleet National Bank, as syndication agents, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 20, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                 (n) (i)     Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2001, by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc., individually and as Master Servicer, the several Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors and Funding Agents and Bank of America, National Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(i) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).


78


                     (ii)    Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2001, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(ii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iii)   Amendment No. 2 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2001, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(iii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (iv)    Amendment No. 3 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(iv) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (v)     Amendment No. 4 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(v) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (vi)    Amendment No. 5 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(vi) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (vii)   Amendment No. 6 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(vii) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (viii)  Amendment No. 7 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).

                     (ix)   Amendment No. 8 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above.

                     (x) Amendment No. 9 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above.

                     (xi)   Amendment No. 10 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2004, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(n)(i) above.

                 (o)         Form of Indemnification Agreement between the company and each director (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986, Commission File No. 1-4482).

               (21)          Subsidiary Listing.

               (23)          Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

               (31)  (i)     Certification of William E. Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer, under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

                     (ii)    Certification of Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer, under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


79


               (32)  (i)     Certification of William E. Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer, under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

                     (ii)    Certification of Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer, under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.



80


ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the three years ended December 31, 2003

(In thousands)

Balance

Balance

beginning

Charged

at end

of year

to income

Other (b)

Write-down

of year

Allowance for doubtful

  accounts (a)

2003

$

52,605

$

1,046

$

20,532

$

27,104

$

47,079

2002

$

80,970

$

12,622

$

-

$

40,987

$

52,605

2001

$

108,142

$

62,736

$

-

$

89,908

$

80,970

(a)

The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operations represents a disposal of a "component of an entity" as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144. Accordingly, all periods have been restated to reflect Gates/Arrow as a discontinued operation.

(b)

Represents the allowance for doubtful accounts of the businesses acquired by the company during 2003.


81



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                 ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

                                                 By:   /s/ Peter S. Brown
                                                      Peter S. Brown
                                                      Senior Vice President
                                                      March 15, 2004

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

By: /s/ Daniel W. Duval                                          March 15, 2004
    Daniel W. Duval, Chairman

By: /s/ William E. Mitchell                                      March 15, 2004
    William E. Mitchell, President and Chief
     Executive Officer

By: /s/ Paul J. Reilly                                           March 15, 2004
    Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer

By: /s/ Carmelo Seguinot                                         March 15, 2004
    Carmelo Seguinot, Controller

By: /s/ John N. Hanson                                           March 15, 2004
    John N. Hanson, Director

By: /s/ Roger King                                               March 15, 2004
    Roger King, Director

By: /s/ Karen Gordon Mills                                       March 15, 2004
    Karen Gordon Mills, Director

By: /s/ Stephen C. Patrick                                       March 15, 2004
    Stephen C. Patrick, Director

By: /s/ Barry W. Perry                                           March 15, 2004
    Barry W. Perry, Director

By: /s/ Richard S. Rosenbloom                                    March 15, 2004
    Richard S. Rosenbloom, Director

By: /s/ John C. Waddell                                          March 15, 2004
    John C. Waddell, Director


82


Exhibit 10 (c)

WYLE ELECTRONICS RETIREMENT PLAN

(as amended and restated March 17, 2003)


ARTICLE I PURPOSES AND LIMITATIONS 3

1.1 Purposes 3

1.2 Limitation on Reversionary Right 3

1.3 Limitation on Employee Rights 3

ARTICLE II DEFINITION OF TERMS 4

2.1 Actuarial Value or Equivalent 4

2.2 Affiliate 4

2.3 Annuity Commencement Date 4

2.4 Armed Forces Services 5

2.5 Board of Directors 5

2.6 Code 5

2.7 Committee 5

2.8 Company 6

2.9 Company Representative 6

2.10 Credited Service 6

2.11 Defined Benefit Plan 7

2.12 Defined Contribution Plan 7

2.13 Effective Date 8

2.14 Employee 8

2.15 Employer 9

2.16 ERISA 9

2.17 Final Average Earnings. 9

2.18 Highly Compensated Employee 13

2.19 Hours of Service 14

2.20 Leave of Absence 16

2.21 Participant 17

2.22 Participating Units. 17

2.23 Plan Year 19

2.24 Termination of Employment 19

2.25 Trustee 19

2.26 Year of Vesting Credit Service 19

ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY 21

ARTICLE IV RETIREMENT DATE 22

4.1 Normal Retirement Date 22

4.2 Early Retirement Date 22

4.3 Deferred Retirement Date 23

4.4 Effect of Reemployment upon Payment and Amount of Benefits: Additional Rule for Deferred Retirement. 24

4.5 Retirement Window 25

ARTICLE V TRANSFER OF EMPLOYEES 27

ARTICLE VI AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT INCOME 28

6.1 Amount of Retirement Benefit 28

6.2 Payment of Benefit 30

6.3 Statutory Limitations. 30

6.4 Participation in Defined Contribution Plan 39

6.5 Other Definitions 42

ARTICLE VII PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS 44

7.1 Commencement of Payment 44

7.2 Absent Participant 45

ARTICLE VIII FORM OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS 46

8.1 Forms of Payment 46

8.2 Other Rules 48

8.3 Preretirement Spousal Death Benefit 50

8.4 Small Benefit 50

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION OF SERVICE 53

9.1 Vesting Requirement 53

9.2 Accrued Benefit. 54

9.3 Reemployment After Distribution 54

9.4 Repayment Privilege 55

9.5 Direct Rollover Option. 55

ARTICLE X COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS 58

10.1 Conditions on Contributions 58

10.2 Uses of Forfeitures 59

10.3 Limitations on Obligation to Contribute 59

ARTICLE XI COMMITTEE 60

11.1 Committee 60

11.2 Named Fiduciary 60

11.3 Powers and Discretion of the Named Fiduciary 61

11.4 Advisers 63

11.5 Service in Multiple Capacities 64

11.6 Limitation of Liability; Indemnity. 64

11.7 Reliance on Information 65

11.8 Subcommittees Counsel and Agents 65

11.9 Funding Policy 66

11.10 Proper Proof 66

11.11 Genuineness of Documents 66

11.12 Records and Reports 66

11.13 Recovery of Overpayments 66

11.14 Professional Assistance 67

11.15 Spousal Claims 67

11.16 Claims 67

ARTICLE XII FUNDING 69

12.1 Funding Agent 69

12.2 Procedure for Payment of Benefits 69

12.3 Status of Funding Agent 69

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS TO PLAN 71

ARTICLE XIV [RESERVED] 72

ARTICLE XV TERMINATION OF THE PLAN 73

15.1 Right to Terminate - Procedure 73

15.2 Method of Settlement 78

15.3 Merger 78

ARTICLE XVI Leased Employees 79

16.1 Definitions 79

16.2 Treatment of Leased Employees 79

16.3 Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization 80

16.4 Construction 80

ARTICLE XVII MISCELLANEOUS 81

17.1 Antialienation 81

17.2 Applicable Law 81

17.3 Look Back Year 81

ARTICLE XVIII [RESERVED] 83

ARTICLE XIX TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS 84

19.1 Rules Prior to 2002 84

19.2 Modification of Top-Heavy Rules 87

ARTICLE XX SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MEMEC LLC AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 90

20.1 Special Definitions 90

20.2 "Memec Employees" 90

20.3 Memec Employees No Longer Active Participants Under the Plan 90

ARTICLE XXI Benefit Freeze 91

ARTICLE XXII Applicable Mortality Table on and After December 31, 2002 92


WYLE ELECTRONICS RETIREMENT PLAN

PREAMBLE

The Wyle Electronics Retirement Plan set forth herein (the "Plan") was initially adopted effective February 1, 1973. The Plan was amended and restated effective February 1, 1989 and was subsequently amended and restated effective December 17, 1993 to reflect, in each case, amendments adopted since the prior restatement, to conform with applicable statutes and regulatory requirements, and to make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan.

On February 15, 2002, the Plan was further restated to incorporate amendments adopted through December 31, 2000 and in order to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in applicable law, including those necessary to comply with the provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, as well as other amendments determined by the Company to be appropriate to further the purposes of the Plan, effective as of the dates required by such provisions of law or as expressly set forth provided that clarifications of existing provisions are effective as of the same dates as the provisions which they clarify).

The Plan is now restated to read as set forth below, generally effective as of January 1, 2002 in order to comply with the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (also referred to as EGTRRA) and to reflect certain Plan governance changes adopted July 17, 2002. References herein to Paragraphs whose numbering changed since the prior Plan restatement shall, where the context so requires, refer to corresponding Paragraphs of the Plan as previously in effect.




  1. PURPOSES AND LIMITATIONS

    1. Purposes . The Company, in order to encourage the loyalty, efficiency, continuity of service and productivity of its Employees, heretofore established the WYLE ELECTRONICS RETIREMENT PLAN, which is sometimes referred to herein as the "Plan".

    2. Limitation on Reversionary Right . Prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Employees and their beneficiaries under the Plan, and, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.1 hereof permitting the refund of nondeductible contributions, no part of the principal or income which is to be contributed as hereinafter described is to be used for or diverted to purposes other than those which are for the exclusive benefit of such Employees or their beneficiaries.

    3. Limitation on Employee Rights . The establishment of this Plan shall not be construed as giving any Employee or any person any legal or equitable right as against the Company or any other Employer or the Committee, unless such right is specifically provided for in this document, nor shall it be construed as giving any Employee the right to be retained in the service of any Employer.




  2. DEFINITION OF TERMS

The following terms shall have the meaning set forth below unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

    1. Actuarial Value or Equivalent . References to the value of benefits or their actuarial equivalent shall mean the dollar value or amount of such benefits in the form and at the applicable time computed on the basis of the actuarial factors or assumptions (including interest and mortality) specified in the Plan.

    2. Affiliate . Any trade or business (other than an Employer), whether or not incorporated, which at the time of reference controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an Employer within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code (including any division of an Employer not participating in the Plan) and, for purposes of Article VI, section 415(h) of the Code. The term Affiliate shall also mean any member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code, that includes an Employer, or organization aggregated with an Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code, to the extent required by such sections. No entity shall be treated as an Affiliate for any period prior to the date on which its relationship with the Employers described in the foregoing two sentences begins, nor any period after such relationship ends.

    3. Annuity Commencement Date . The first day of the first period for which a benefit under this Plan is paid as an annuity or, in the case of a lump sum distribution, the scheduled date of distribution (determined in either case without regard to administrative delays in the making or commencement of payment). Where applicable, the Annuity Commencement Date with respect to an annuity shall be the date duly elected by the Participant, such as an Early Retirement Date as described in Paragraph 4.2, or the Normal Retirement Date (as defined in Paragraph 4.1) for a Participant who has terminated employment and has not deferred commencement of payment to a later date (not later than the date provided in Paragraph 7.1(b)), by either affirmative election or failure to elect his form of benefit or to provide the information necessary for payment to commence.

    4. Armed Forces Services . Effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code. Service credits so required that are based on Hours of Service shall be determined by crediting forty (40) Hours of Service for each week of such absence for service in the Armed Forces of the United States. If a Participant shall die or become disabled during his absence for military service as set forth herein, his term of employment shall be considered as having continued up to the date of his death or disability.

    5. Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company, or any duly authorized committee thereof.

    6. Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

    7. Committee . Effective July 17, 2002, the Management Pension Investment and Oversight Committee appointed pursuant to Article XI and prior thereto, the Employee Benefits Committee as defined in the Plan as then in effect.

    8. Company . Prior to January 1, 1995, Wyle Laboratories. Effective January 1, 1995 to October 16, 2000, Wyle Electronics, a corporation organized and existing pursuant to the laws of the State of California, and thereafter, Arrow Electronics, Inc. (successor by merger to Wyle Electronics).

    1. Company Representative . The individuals serving from time to time as members of the Committee, but acting as the representative of the Company in exercising the rights of the Company as settlor and plan sponsor. Such individuals shall not be deemed to be fiduciaries with respect to the Plan when carrying out responsibilities assigned to the Company Representative under the Plan, even though, where applicable, the same individuals may be fiduciaries when carrying out their responsibilities as members of the Committee.

    2. Credited Service . Credited Service shall consist of the number of years and full calendar months during which a person shall have served as an Employee as defined in Paragraph 2.14 with (i) any Original Participating Unit or Units designated as such under Paragraph 2.22(a) hereof, or (ii) any other Participating Unit, but only with respect to such service as shall be rendered after the date specified regarding such Unit in Paragraph 2.22(b). Any calendar month during which an Employee shall have served more than fifteen days shall be deemed to be a full month and any month during he shall have served less than sixteen days shall be disregarded.

After 1994 Credited Service shall consist of all periods during which a person shall have served as an Employee as defined in Paragraph 2.14 with (i) any Original Participating Unit or Units designated as such under Paragraph 2.22(a) hereof, or (ii) any other Participating Unit, but only with respect to such service as shall be rendered after the date specified regarding such Unit in Paragraph 2.22(b); provided that Credited Service for any Employee hired after such date, or after the Effective Date in the case of an Employee of any Original Participating Unit, shall commence on the date of such Employee's commencement of participation under the Plan as provided in Article III. For these purposes, an Employee's period of severance following a separation from service shall not be considered as a period of employment, but any absence not occurring as consequence of a separation from service shall be considered as a period of employment. An Employee shall be credited with a full month of service for the month in which his or her separation from service shall occur. With respect to Participants who do not complete an Hour of Service after January 31, 1988, Credited Service shall not include any service rendered by an Employee after (i) the date on which he shall have attained sixty-five (65) years of age if such date shall be the first day of a calendar month or (ii) in all other cases, after the calendar month during which he or she shall have attained sixty-five (65) years of age. Credited Service for a Participant who transfers from employment with another Employer to employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc. between October 16, 2000 and December 31, 2000 shall include the period of such employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc through December 31, 2000. In accordance with Article XXI, no period after December 31, 2000 shall be includible in Credited Service.

    1. Defined Benefit Plan . The term "Defined Benefit Plan" shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 3(35) of ERISA.

    2. Defined Contribution Plan . The term "Defined Contribution Plan" shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 3(34) of ERISA.

    3. Effective Date . The original effective date of the Plan was February 1, 1973.

    4. Employee . Every employee of an Employer who is employed in a Participating Unit (as defined in Paragraph 2.22) excluding, however, the following employees:

      1. Any employee of the Electronics Enclosures Division who is a member of a bargaining unit.

      2. Any employee of the Angle Products Division, the Lewis Machine Division, or the Central Petroleum Division, who is a member of any union bargaining unit.

      3. Any employee of Pal-Vin Machine Division who is compensated on an hourly basis.

      4. Any employee of Redwing Carriers, Inc. who is compensated other than on a salaried basis.

      5. Any person employed by an Employer exclusively on an "on call" basis.

      6. Effective October 1, 1995, any nonresident alien who receives no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from an Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).

Service with an Employer in any of the categories described in this Paragraph 2.14 (or with an Affiliate), shall in all circumstances be taken into account in calculating the Years of Vesting Credit Service under Paragraph 2.26 hereof.

An individual who performs services for an Employer under an agreement or arrangement (which may be written, oral, and/or evidenced by the Employer's payroll practice) with such individual or with another organization that provides the services of such individual to the Employer, pursuant to which such individual is treated as a consultant or an independent contractor or is otherwise treated as an employee of an entity other than the Employer, shall not be an Employee, irrespective of whether such individual is treated as an employee of the Employer under common-law employment principles or pursuant to the provisions of Section 414(m), 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code.

    1. Employer . The Company and any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company which has adopted the Plan with the approval of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Company upon the participation in the Plan of such adopting Employer.

    2. ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

    3. Final Average Earnings .

      1. Participant's Final Average Earnings . A Participant's Final Average Earnings shall be his average monthly compensation for the five years in his Final Employment Period during which he shall have been most highly compensated or, if his Final Employment period shall be less than five years, his average monthly compensation during his Final Employment Period.

For purposes of this Article, the five years referred to above shall be Plan Years to the extent that they are years beginning before February, 1989, and shall be calendar years to the extent that they are years beginning after 1988.

      1. Final Employment Period . A Participant's Final Employment Period shall be the most recent ten-year period of service with an Employer or any Affiliate as of December 31, 2000. Such ten-year period shall be determined in accordance with the following table:


First Day of Employment

Most Recent Ten-Year Period

of Service Commences

Terminates

Before

February, 1989

Later of:

(a) Plan Year commencing in ninth calendar year prior to calendar year of termination of employment

or

(b) Plan Year in which first day of employment occurred

Calendar Year

of termination

of employment

February, 1989

or later

Later of:

(a) Calendar Year commencing in ninth calendar year prior to calendar year of termination of employment,

or

(b) Calendar Year in which first day of employment occurred

Calendar Year

of termination

of employment

Effective January 1, 1989, "Calendar Year" shall be substituted for "Plan Year".

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the accrued benefit of any Employee who was a Participant on January 31, 1989, shall never be less than the amount of such benefit calculated by applying the definition of Final Average Earnings and Final Employment Period in effect on January 31, 1989, the date on which the Plan was amended to provide the definitions contained in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph.

      1. Compensation . The Compensation to be taken into account is the salary, wage or commission paid to the Employee, including overtime pay, vacation pay and bonuses, exclusive of expenses, subsistence allowance or any other extra payments in a Plan Year. Furthermore, compensation for those personnel who are compensated on a commission basis and who are required to pay their own expenses from such commissions shall be an amount equal to the total commissions paid or accrued to such personnel. Compensation shall be determined before giving effect to any elective reductions described in Section 401(k) of the Code, or pursuant to a cafeteria plan described in Section 125 of the Code or in accordance with Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.

Compensation of any Participant in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars in any Plan Year commencing prior to January 1, 1994, shall not be taken into account, nor Compensation in excess of the following limits for any later year:

Years

Compensation Limit

1994-1996

$150,000

1997-1999

$160,000

2000 and 2001

(if required under top heavy rules)

$170,000

In the event that the Plan should become top-heavy for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2002 and it is therefore necessary to determine compensation for purposes of computing any top-heavy minimum benefit accrual, the limit on such compensation shall be $200,000 for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, as such limit may be adjusted thereafter for cost of living increases pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The family aggregation rules in effect prior to January 1, 1997 are repealed as of that date.

With respect only to each Participant who is a Section 401(a)(17) Employee as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e)(2)(i), the preceding provisions of this subparagraph shall be applied so that such Participant's accrued benefit in each Year, commencing with the Year beginning February 1, 1989 (the statutory effective date as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(d)(1)(i)), shall consist of the greater of (A) the Participant's Section 401(a)(17) frozen accrued benefit, as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e)(2)(iv), plus the Participant's accrued benefit determined under the formula applicable to benefit accruals in the current Plan Year as applied to Years of service after the Section 401(a)(17) fresh start date (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e)(2)(ii), or (B) the greater of (i) the Participant's Section 401(a)(17) frozen accrued benefit, as defined hereinbefore, or (ii) the benefit calculated under the terms of the Plan as though the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(17) had always been in force.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, after June 30, 1996, the additional benefit accrued in any Year (hereinafter the "Current Year") for any Participant hereunder shall be calculated without taking into account with respect to any Year any compensation in excess of the amount determined under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Current Year as set forth above; provided, however, that no Participant shall, by reason of the foregoing, enjoy a benefit that is less than the benefit accrued for such Participant as of June 30, 1996.

    1. Highly Compensated Employee . Effective from January 1, 1997 "Highly Compensated Employee" shall have the meaning set forth in the Veba Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan prior to January 1, 2001, and thereafter shall have the meaning set forth in the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan.

    2. Hours of Service . Whenever Hours of Service shall be taken into account in determining the rights or benefits hereunder with respect to any employee, such hours shall be computed in accordance with the following rules:

      1. An Hour of Service is each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer or Affiliate for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period. These hours shall be credited for the computation period or periods in which the duties were performed.

      2. An Hour of Service is each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or Affiliate. These hours shall be credited for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. Hours shall not be credited under both subparagraph (a) and this subparagraph (b). Thus, for example, an employee who receives a back pay award following a determination that he or she was paid at an unlawful rate for Hours of Service previously credited will not be entitled to additional credit for the same Hours of Service.

      3. An Hour of Service is, in addition to Hours of Service as defined in subparagraphs (a) and (b), each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to such payment, by an Employer or Affiliate for reasons (such as vacation, sickness or Disability) other than for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period. For purposes of this subparagraph (c), irrespective of whether these hours have accrued in other computation periods, these hours shall be counted in the computation period in which either payment is actually made or amounts payable to the Employee come due. Thus, an employee who does not perform duties during a computation period because of a prolonged illness which is compensable by sick pay, whether previously or currently accrued, would be credited currently with Hours of Service irrespective of whether the sick pay was actually paid. For purposes of this subparagraph (c), Hours of Service shall be determined by dividing the payments received or due for reasons other than the performance of duties by the lesser of:

        1. The employee's most recent hourly rate of compensation for the performance of duties; or

        2. The employee's average hourly rate of compensation for performance of duties for the most recent computation period in which the employee completed more than five hundred Hours of Service.

The method of determining the number of Hours of Service to be credited and to which computation period hours will be credited for periods during which no duties are performed shall be in conformity with Sections 2530.200b-2(b), (c), and (f) of Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

      1. When it shall be necessary to calculate Hours of Service for any employee who is not compensated on an hourly basis, such employee shall be credited with forty-five hours for each week during which such employee shall have been directly or indirectly compensated by an Employer or Affiliate or shall have been performing duties for an Employer or Affiliate. Such employee shall also be credited with Hours of Service for designated absences in the same manner as provided herein with respect to hourly Employees.

      2. Special Rule for Maternity or Paternity Absence .

        1. In the case of each individual who is absent from work for any period (A) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (B) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (C) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual, or (D) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement, this Plan shall treat as Hours of Service, for the purpose of determining under this Plan whether a Break-in-Service has occurred, the hours described in Subsection (ii) of this subparagraph.

        2. The hours described herein are (A) the Hours of Service which otherwise would normally have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or (B) in any case where the hours described in subsection (i) of this subparagraph cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence, except that the total number of hours treated as Hours of Service under this clause by reason of any such pregnancy or placement shall not exceed five hundred one hours.

        3. The hours described hereinabove shall be treated as Hours of Service as provided herein: (A) Only in the Year in which the absence from work begins, if a Participant would be prevented from incurring a Break-in-Service in such Year solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service as provided in subsection (i) of this Paragraph; or (B) in any other case, in the immediately following year.

    1. Leave of Absence . Any absence of an employee from active service with an Employer or Affiliate which is not treated by the Employer or Affiliate as a Termination of Employment. Determinations by the Employer or Affiliate of Leaves of Absence shall be on a like basis to all Employees and shall not be discriminatory.

    2. Participant . An Employee who on or after February 1, 1973, has met all the requirements of the Plan and who continues to have rights or contingent rights to benefits under the Plan.

    3. Participating Units .

      1. Original Participating Unit : Each of the following units of the Employer is an originally designated Participating Unit for the purposes of this Plan so that service with such unit or its predecessor as provided in Paragraph 2.10 rendered prior to January 1, 2001 shall be taken into account in calculating Credited Service.

        1. The Company's Corporate Offices as constituted from time to time prior to January 1, 2001;

        2. The Scientific Services and Systems Group;

        3. Wyle Distribution Group - Los Angeles;

        4. Wyle Distribution Group - Seattle;

        5. Wyle Distribution Group - Phoenix;

        6. Burton Electrical Engineering, El Segundo, California;

        7. | Electronic Enclosures, El Segundo, California, and Pennsauken, New Jersey.

      1. Other Participating Units . Each of the following units of the Company (or any other Employer) is designated as a Participating Unit for purposes of this Plan, and service with such unit from and after the date indicated below and prior to January 1, 2001 (or earlier termination of such unit's status as a member of a controlled group (within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code) which includes the Company) shall be taken into account in calculating Credited Service as provided in Paragraph 2.10 hereof:

        1. Angle Products Division - October 31, 1968;

        2. Lewis Machine Division - October 31, 1968;

        3. Pal-Vin Machine Division - October 31, 1968;

        4. Wyle Distribution Group, San Diego - February 28, 1969;

        5. Central Petroleum Division - October 31, 1968;

        6. Wyle Data Services - July 9, 1977;

        7. Wyle Distribution Group Denver - February 1, 1980;

        8. Wyle Distribution Group - Santa Clara, Inc. - February 1, 1980;

        9. Applied Research Division - May 1, 1985;

        10. Sylvan Ginsbury, Ltd. - January 1, 1997.

        11. Puerto Rico Operations - January 1, 1998

        12. VEBA Electronics, Inc. - February 1, 1998

      2. Arrow Electronics, Inc. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, effective October 16, 2000, employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc. shall be treated as employment in a Participating Unit and as Credited Service if the Employee was employed in a Participating Unit immediately before his transfer to employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc. No other employment with Arrow Electronics, Inc. shall be treated as employment in a Participating Unit or be included in calculating Credited Service.

    1. Plan Year . The twelve-month period beginning on February 1 and ending on January 31 of the following year. After January 31, 1993, the Plan Year shall be the eleven-month period ending December 31, 1993, and each calendar year thereafter.

    2. Termination of Employment . (a) A dismissal for any reason; (b) a refusal or failure to return to work within five (5) working days after the date requested by an Employer or Affiliate in a notice mailed to an employee's last known address, postage prepaid; (c) a failure to return to work at the conclusion of a Leave of Absence; (d) voluntary termination; or (e) termination by reason of death or disability.

    3. Trustee. The trustee or trustees from time to time designated under a trust agreement under which this Plan is funded, as described in Paragraph 12.4. Where the context so requires, the term Trustee shall also mean or include the Funding Agent as defined in Paragraph 12.1.

    4. Year of Vesting Credit Service . Any calendar year during which the Participant has completed one thousand or more Hours of Service with an Employer or its predecessor, or with an Affiliate, whether or not such service shall have been completed with a Participating Unit. In calculating a Participant's vested interest hereunder, all Years of Vesting Credit Service, even though not consecutive, shall be taken into account; except that if a Participant (a) shall incur a period of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service at least equal to the greater of (i) five such One-Year Breaks or (ii) the aggregate number of Years of Vesting Credit Service before such period, and (b) shall have had no vested interest hereunder at the commencement of said period, then Years of Vesting Credit Service prior to such period shall not be taken into account unless such Participant shall have returned to service prior to February 1, 1990. A one-Year Break in Service is any Plan Year during which a Participant shall complete less than five hundred Hours of Service with an Employer or Affiliate.

For periods prior to January 1, 1992, the term "Plan Year" is substituted for the term "calendar year" in the first sentence of this Section. Any Employee who completes one thousand Hours of Service during the Plan Year ending January 31, 1992, and who also completes one thousand or more Hours of Service for the calendar year ending December 31, 1992, shall receive credit for two (2) Years of Vesting Credit Service hereunder as provided in Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.203-2(c).

No amendment to the Plan shall cause any person who is an Employee on the effective date of the amendment to enjoy fewer years of Vesting Credit than he shall have enjoyed prior to such amendment.




  1. ELIGIBILITY

All Employees shall participate in the Plan on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following their dates of hire.

Effective January 1, 1999, no Employee who performed his or her first Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1999 shall participate in the Plan.




  1. RETIREMENT DATE

    1. Normal Retirement Date . A Participant's Normal Retirement Date shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

A Participant shall be fully vested upon attaining his Normal Retirement Age; viz., the date on which he or she attains sixty-five (65) years of age, but not before the fifth anniversary of first day of the Plan Year in which he or she commenced participating in the Plan or, if earlier, his completion of five Years of Vesting Credit Service.

    1. Early Retirement Date . A Participant may elect an Early Retirement Date as of the first day of any month after the date of such election and on or after his termination of employment, provided that he is, by such date, at least fifty-five years of age and provided that (i) he has completed ten Years of Vesting Credit Service or (ii) that his benefit hereunder has become fully vested by reason of a partial termination of the Plan. The Participant's Early Retirement Benefit shall be a monthly lifetime income to commence on his Early Retirement Date in an amount equal to (a) his benefit earned to the date on which he shall have terminated his employment (calculated as provided in Paragraph 9.2), reduced by (b) an amount calculated by multiplying such accrued benefit by the percentage determined in the following sentence. The percentage referred to in the preceding sentence shall be the number of months by which the Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes his sixty-fifth birthday anniversary multiplied by one-twelfth of five percent.

If a Participant shall separate from the service of an Employer after having completed ten Years of Vesting Credit Service, but before attaining fifty-five years of age, such Participant shall be entitled to elect that his benefit shall be paid to him in conformity with the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 4.2, commencing as of the first day of any month coinciding with or following the date on which he shall attain fifty-five years of age.

    1. Deferred Retirement Date . A Participant may continue in active service beyond his Normal Retirement Date until his Deferred Retirement Date, which shall be the first day of the calendar month following actual termination of service. No retirement income shall be paid to such a Participant until his actual retirement.

Upon his Deferred Retirement Date, a Participant shall be entitled to receive a monthly retirement income calculated as provided herein, but if such Participant shall have completed an Hour of Service after January 31, 1988, and if such Participant's Normal Retirement Date shall have occurred before January 31, 1989, he shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the greater of the benefit as so calculated or the benefit to which he would have been entitled had he actually retired on January 31, 1989 (or to the benefit to which he was actually entitled if he in fact retired before January 31, 1989), pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 as in effect on January 31, 1989, which provided as follows:

Upon his Deferred Retirement Date, a Participant shall be entitled to receive a monthly retirement income which shall be equal to (a) the monthly retirement income which he was entitled to receive as of his Normal Retirement Date increased by (b) an amount calculated by multiplying such monthly income by the percentage determined in the following sentence. The percentage referred to in the preceding sentence shall be the number of months by which the Participant's Deferred Retirement Date follows his sixty-fifth birthday anniversary multiplied by one-twelfth of five percent.

    1. Effect of Reemployment upon Payment and Amount of Benefits: Additional Rule for Deferred Retirement .

      1. Reemployment Prior to Payment or Benefit Commencement . If a Participant is reemployed by the Employer before the payment of his retirement income has commenced, payment of such benefit shall not commence prior to his subsequent termination of his employment, and shall then be calculated with reference to all of his years of Credited Service.

      2. Reemployment While Receiving Benefits . If any Participant who is receiving benefits under the Plan returns to employment and if such employment is substantial as defined in subparagraph (d), then his retirement income shall be suspended during each calendar month of such employment. Upon his subsequent retirement, his retirement income shall be recomputed, based on his Credited Service prior and subsequent to such return to employment and his then attained age and reduced on an actuarial basis to take account of monthly payments previously received by him prior to his Normal Retirement Date. The Committee shall prepare and deliver the notice required by subparagraph (c) to each Participant whose retirement income is to be suspended pursuant to this Paragraph and to each Participant whose benefit payments are deferred pursuant to Paragraph 4.3.

      3. Notice . The Committee shall prepare and deliver to each Participant whose retirement income is postponed as provided in Paragraph 4.3 or suspended pursuant to subparagraph (b), a notice containing (i) a description of the specific reasons for the deferral or suspension of benefit payments; (ii) a general description of the Plan provisions relating to the deferral or suspension; (iii) a copy of such provisions; (iv) a statement to the effect that applicable Department of Labor regulations may be found in Section 2530.203-3 of the Code of Federal Regulations; and (v) a description of the Plan's claim procedures. Such notice shall be furnished to the Participant by personal delivery or first class mail: (1) during the calendar month in which occurs his Normal Retirement Date, if his benefits are being deferred pursuant to Paragraph 4.3, or (2) during the first calendar month in which his benefits are suspended pursuant to subsection (b), whichever is applicable.

      1. Substantial Service . Service is "substantial" only if it is Section 203(a)(3)(B) service as defined in Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.203-3(c). No suspension of benefits shall occur under the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 or this Paragraph 4.4 for any period during which service is not substantial as defined herein.

    1. Retirement Window . The benefit payable to a Qualified Retiree as hereinafter defined shall be calculated by adding three years to such Retiree's Age and three Years of Credited Service to such Retiree's actual Years of Credited Service as of November 1, 1992 (but the aggregate Years of Credited Service shall not exceed 30). In addition thereto, (a) the benefit payable from the date on which such Retiree actually retires until the Qualified Retiree attains the age of 65 years shall be calculated without applying the reduction otherwise imposed under the provisions of Paragraph 6.1, and (b) the benefit (calculated as provided in this Paragraph) of any Qualified Retiree who attained at least 65 years of age on November 1, 1992, shall be increased by 15%. For purposes of applying the provisions of Paragraph 8.1(a), a Participant's "monthly retirement income" does not include the adjustment provided in clause (a) of the preceding sentence. A Qualified Retiree is a Participant:

        1. Who on September 1, 1992, was an active employee in the Scientific Services and Systems Group of the Company in a position junior to Group Vice-President or General Manager;

        2. Who attained 55 years of age and had completed 10 Years of Credited Service on or before November 1, 1992;

        3. Who retired from the Company as of November 1, 1992;

        4. Who was living on November 1, 1992;

        5. Who executed an agreement with the Company waiving any claims arising out of his employment with the Company or the termination thereof and any claims arising prior to the date of the waiver arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act; and

        6. The sum of whose age and Years of Credited Service as of the date on which he actually retired equaled not less than 80 years.

The term "Company" in the foregoing definition shall have the same meaning as under the Plan in effect on November 1, 1992.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Paragraph shall be applied subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.3 hereof. Under no circumstances shall the benefit enhancement provided under the provisions of this Paragraph be accorded to any person who retires after November 1, 1992.



  1. TRANSFER OF EMPLOYEES

The transfer of a Participant to a division, Affiliate or subsidiary which is not a Participating Unit shall not diminish the retirement benefits accrued to the credit of such Participant as of the date of such transfer. All Years of Vesting Credit Service, whether or not accrued in a Participating Unit, shall be included in calculating the vesting percentage calculated under the provisions of Article IX hereof.




  1. AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT INCOME

    1. Amount of Retirement Benefit . Each Participant shall upon his Normal Retirement Date be entitled to a monthly retirement income for life equal to the product of (a) forty percent (40%) of his Final Average Earnings, as defined in Paragraph 2.17, less forty percent (40%) of his Primary Insurance Amount, multiplied by (b) a fraction the numerator of which is such Participant's Credited Service (not in excess of 30) and the denominator of which is 30. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any person who was an Employee and a Participant in the Plan on September 30, 1980, and who continued to be an Employee and Participant thereafter shall enjoy a benefit at least as great as that determined as of September 30, 1980, under the provisions of the Plan as of said date; (ii) the benefit of any Participant who shall have retired or separated on or before September 30, 1980, and who shall not have been employed thereafter shall be determined under the provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of such Employee's separation or retirement; (iii) subject to the provisions of Article IX, no Participant shall enjoy a benefit that shall be less than the benefit he shall have earned as of June 30, 1996, under the terms of the Plan as then in effect; and (iv) any Employee who was a Participant on January 1, 1996, and who shall have completed at least ten (10) Years of Vesting Credit Service and shall have attained at least fifty (50) years of age on or before that date shall be entitled to a benefit calculated by substituting the applicable percentage from the table set forth below for the percentages stated in the first sentence of this Paragraph:


Age Attained On or

Before January 1, 1996

Applicable

Percentage

50

40.67%

51

41.33%

52

42.00%

53

42.67%

54

43.33%

55

44.00%

56

44.67%

57

45.33%

58

46.00%

59

46.67%

60

47.33%

61

48.00%

62

48.67%

63

49.33%

64

50.00%

A Participant who separates from service with an Employer after January 1, 1989 with a vested right to benefits hereunder shall be entitled to a minimum retirement income of $50.00 a month (if paid as a single life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Date).

The term "Primary Insurance Amount" shall mean the monthly primary old-age insurance benefit available to a Participant at age sixty-five under the provisions of Title II of the Social Security Act in effect at the earliest of his termination of employment, attainment of age sixty-five or December 31, 2000, without regard to any increases in the Social Security wage base or benefit levels that take effect after the earliest of such dates. If an Employee terminates employment prior to age sixty-five, his Primary Insurance Amount shall be estimated by assuming continuation of his annual compensation (taking into account the compensation described in subparagraph (c) of Paragraph 2.17) until age sixty-five in the same amount as his annual Compensation for the Plan Year in which the date of his termination of employment occurs.

Notwithstanding the foregoing in calculating the amount of offset, a Participant's actual wage history shall be used to the extent that it is available. If such actual wage record shall not be available for all or any part of the Participant's history of employment, an estimated wage history shall be used for those periods with respect to which the actual wage history is not available. Such estimated wages shall be calculated in conformity with any regulations or rulings that may be applicable. Furthermore, any offset calculated on the basis of an entirely or partially estimated salary history shall be recalculated on the basis of the actual salary history, if the Participant shall provide the Company with documentation of his actual salary history within a reasonable time, but not more than nine months, after the later of the date on which he is separated from the service of his Employer or is notified of the amount of his benefit.

    1. Payment of Benefit . The Participant's retirement benefits shall be paid to him pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof.

    2. Statutory Limitations .

      1. General Rules . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the annual benefit for any Participant under this Plan for any Plan Year shall never exceed the lesser of:

        1. One hundred percent (100%) of the Participant's average annual Compensation (calculated by taking into account those elements specified in Paragraph 2.16(c) for the three consecutive years of service during which he shall have been most highly compensated); or

        2. The sum of ninety thousand dollars or such greater amount as may be specified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue pursuant to Code Section 415(d) for the calendar year within which the last day of the Plan Year falls; provided, however, that if the current accrued benefit of a Participant hereunder as of January 31, 1983 shall have exceeded ninety thousand dollars, the amount of such current accrued benefit shall be substituted for the sum of ninety thousand dollars in applying only to the interest of such Participant hereunder the provisions of this Paragraph 6.3 and the provisions of Paragraph 6.4. The term "current accrued benefit" means such Participant's accrued benefit, expressed as an annual benefit (within the meaning of Section 415(b)(2) of the Code as in effect immediately before enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (hereinafter "TEFRA"), without taking into account any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after July 1, 1983, or any cost-of-living adjustment occurring after July 1, 1983.

      2. Alternative Form of Payment . If a benefit shall be paid in a form other than a life annuity or a form that meets the requirements of a qualified joint and survivor annuity (as defined in Section 417(b) of the Code), then an adjustment shall be made so that the benefit payable shall not exceed the actuarial equivalent of a life annuity that would meet the requirements of this Paragraph 6.3. In determining actuarial equivalents under the preceding sentence, the interest rate assumption shall not be less than five percent (5%) per year; provided, that in the case of a lump sum distribution on or after July 7, 1995, the annual interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities, as specified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code, for the second month preceding the first day of the Plan year in which the Participant's distribution is to be made or begin shall apply in lieu of five percent (5%) per year. Effective July 7, 1995, the mortality assumption shall be determined according to the table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of section 417(e) of the Code.

      3. Adjustment for Early Retirement . If the retirement benefit of a Participant commences before the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age, the benefit payable shall not exceed the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation reduced (i) in the case of a Participant whose Social Security Retirement Age is sixty-five (65) years, by five-ninths (5/9) of one percent (1%) for each month by which benefits commence before the month in which the Participant attains sixty-five (65) years of age or (ii) in the case of a Participant whose Social Security Retirement Age is greater than sixty-five (65) years, by five-ninths (5/9) of one percent (1%) for each of the first thirty-six (36) months and five-twelfths (5/12) of one percent (1%) for each of the additional months (up to twenty-four (24)) by which benefits commence before the month in which the Participant attains his or her Social Security Retirement Age. If the benefit begins before the Participant attains sixty-two (62) years of age, the benefit shall be limited to the actuarial equivalent of the Participant's limitation for benefits commencing at sixty-two (62) years of age, with the reduced dollar limitation for such benefits further reduced for each month by which benefits commence before the month in which the Participant attains sixty-two years of age. Effective July 7, 1995, actuarial equivalents for this purpose shall be determined by using which of the following two actuarial factors produce the lower maximum benefit:

        1. The factor determined by an interest rate assumption of five percent (5%) per year and the mortality assumption determined according to the table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code.

        2. The factor determined by multiplying the number of months by which the Participant's Early Retirement Date (as described in Paragraph 4.2) precedes his sixty-second birthday by one-twelfth of five percent.

The Social Security Retirement Age is age sixty-five (65) if the Participant was born before January 1, 1938, sixty-six (66) years of age if born before January 1, 1955, and sixty-seven (67) years of age if born after December 31, 1954.

      1. Adjustment for Deferred Retirement . If the retirement benefit of a Participant commences after the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted so that it is the actuarial equivalent of a benefit of ninety thousand dollars beginning at the Social Security Retirement Age, multiplied by the Adjustment Factor as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury. Effective July 7, 1995, equivalency shall be based an interest rate assumption of five percent (5%) per year and the mortality assumption shall be determined according to the table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code.

      2. [Reserved].

      3. Small Benefit Exclusion . The provisions of this Paragraph 6.3 shall not apply to any Participant who has not at any time participated in any Defined Contribution Plan maintained by an Employer or Affiliate if his total annual benefit under this Plan and any other Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer or Affiliate shall in the aggregate not be in excess of ten thousand dollars for the Plan Year.

      4. Adjustment of Limitation for Years of Service or Participation

        1. Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation . If a Participant has completed less than ten years of participation, the Participant's accrued benefit shall not exceed the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation as adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's number of years (or part thereof) of participation in the Plan, and the denominator of which is 10.

        2. Other Defined Benefit Limitation . If a Participant has completed less than ten years of service with the Affiliates, the limitations described in Sections 415(b)(1)(B) and 415(b)(4) of the Code shall be adjusted by multiplying such amounts by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's number of years of service (or part thereof), and the denominator of which is 10.

        3. Limitations on Reductions . In no event shall Sections (i) and (ii) reduce the limitations provided under Sections 415(b)(1) and (4) of the Code to an amount less than one-tenth of the applicable limitation (as determined without regard to this subparagraph (g)).

        4. Application to Changes in Benefit Structure . To the extent provided by the Secretary of the Treasury, this subparagraph (g) shall be applied separately with respect to each change in the benefit structure of the Plan.

      5. Preservation of Current Accrued Benefit Under Defined Benefit Plan . If the Current Accrued Benefit of an individual who is a Participant as of the first day of the Year beginning on February 1, 1987, exceeds the benefit limitations under Section 415(b) of the Code (as modified by subparagraphs (c), (d) and (g) of this Paragraph 6.3, then, for purposes of Code Section 415(b) and (e), the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation with respect to such individual shall not be less than such Current Accrued Benefit.

      1. Multiple Plan Participation . If any Participant hereunder shall also be a Participant under any other Defined Benefit Plan maintained by an Employer or by any Affiliate, the following rules shall apply:

        1. The annual benefits under all such Defined Benefit Plans shall be aggregated for purposes of applying the provisions of this Paragraph 6.3.

        2. If, with respect to any Plan Year, the aggregate benefit so determined shall exceed the limitations set forth herein, the benefits under such other plans shall be abated to the extent necessary to meet the limitations set forth herein.

For purposes of applying the provisions of this Paragraph 6.3 and of Paragraph 6.4, the term "Compensation" means a Participant's wages, salaries, and bonuses, including overtime, vacation pay, and commissions for services actually rendered in the course of employment with an Employer, but excluding the following:

          1. Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not included in the Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which contributed or Employer contributions under a simplified Employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

          2. Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to as substantial risk or forfeiture;

          3. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a Qualified stock option:

          4. Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

Compensation for any limitation year is the compensation actually paid or includible in gross income during such year.

      1. Transitional Rule for 1993 . For the Plan Year ending December 31, 1993, the provisions of this Paragraph 6.3 shall be applied by converting the dollar limitations referred to in clause (ii) of subparagraph (a) and in subparagraph (h) to amounts equal to eleven-twelfths of the limitations so stipulated.

      2. Limitations on Benefits for Plan Years Ending After December 31, 2001.

        1. Effective date . This subparagraph (k) shall be effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002.

        2. Effect on Participants . Nothing in this subparagraph (k) shall amend or override the provisions of Article XXI under which all benefits under the Plan were frozen effective December 31, 2000. Accordingly, the provisions of this subparagraph (k) shall not apply to increase any benefits for any participant accrued prior to January 1, 2002. The sole purpose of this subparagraph (k) is to define limitations on any benefits that might accrue, notwithstanding Article XXI, in the event that the Plan were to become top-heavy and additional benefits were required to accrue by reason thereof.

        3. Definitions.

          1. Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation . The "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" is $160,000, as adjusted, effective January 1 of each year, under section 415(d) of the Code in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. A limitation as adjusted under section 415(d) will apply to Plan Years ending with or within the calendar year for which the adjustment applies.

          2. Maximum Permissible Benefit . The "maximum permissible benefit" is the lesser of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation or the defined benefit compensation limitation (both adjusted where required, as provided in (a) and, if applicable, in (b) or (c) below).

            1. If the Participant has fewer than 10 years of participation in the plan, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (1) the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof) of participation in the plan and (2) the denominator of which is 10. In the case of a Participant who has fewer than 10 years of service with the employer, the defined benefit compensation limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (1) the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof) of service with the employer and (2) the denominator of which is 10.

            2. If the benefit of a Participant begins prior to age 62, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at such earlier age is an annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the earlier age that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at age 62 (adjusted under (a) above, if required). The Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable at an age prior to age 62 is determined as the lesser of (1) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation computed after the reduction provided for in Paragraph 4.2 and (2) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation computed using a 5 percent interest rate and the applicable mortality table as defined in Article XXII. Any decrease in the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation determined in accordance with this paragraph (b) shall not reflect a mortality decrement if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant. If any benefits are forfeited upon death, the full mortality decrement is taken into account.

            3. If the benefit of a Participant begins after the Participant attains age 65, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at the later age is the annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the later age that is actuarially equivalent to the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at age 65 (adjusted under (a) above, if required). The actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age after age 65 is determined as (1) the lesser of the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation computed using the mortality table defined in Article XXII and the interest rate specified in Exhibit A (i.e., 7% per year), and (2) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in Article XXII. For these purposes, mortality between age 65 and the age at which benefits commence shall be ignored.

    1. Participation in Defined Contribution Plan . The following rules shall apply for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1, 2000 with respect to any Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and who is or at any time has been a Participant in any Defined Contribution Plan maintained by an Employer or by an Affiliate:

      1. Basic Limitation . In the case of an Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and such Defined Contribution Plan (or Plans), the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan fraction for any Plan Year shall not exceed 1.0. In the event the sum of such fractions shall exceed 1.0 for any Plan Year, then the projected annual benefit under this Plan shall be reduced for such Year so that neither Plan is disqualified under the Code.

      2. Defined Benefit Fraction Definition . The Defined Benefit Plan fraction for any Plan Year is a fraction the numerator of which is the Participant's projected annual benefit under the Plan (determined as of the close of the Year and the denominator of which is the smaller of (i) one hundred forty percent (140%) of the amount which may be taken into account for such Year with respect to such Participant under the provisions of Section 415(b)(1)(B) of the Code, or (ii) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation in effect for such Year under Section 415(b)(1)(A). If a Participant shall have participated in more than one Defined Benefit Plan, the numerator of the fraction shall be the sum of the projected benefits under all such Plans.

A Participant's projected annual benefit shall be an annuity, payable on a monthly basis for the Participant's lifetime commencing on the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant shall attain his Normal Retirement Age calculated on the assumptions that he continues to earn compensation at the same rate as in effect in the Plan Year under consideration until the date of his Normal Retirement Age and that all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan remain constant as of the current Plan Year for all future Plan Years.

      1. Defined Contribution Fraction Definition . The Defined Contribution Plan fraction for any Plan Year is a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions to the Participant's account in such Plan Year and for all prior Plan Years, and the denominator of which is the sum of the applicable "Defined Contribution Maximum" amounts for the Plan Year and each prior Plan Year during which the Participant was an Employee. The "Defined Contribution Maximum" amount for a Year is the lesser of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation in effect for any Year under Section 415(c)(l)(A) or one hundred forty percent (140%) of the amount which may be taken into account for such Year under Section 415(c)(1)(B). In making such calculation the aggregate amount of annual additions for Plan Years before January 1, 1976, shall not exceed the maximum amount of such additions which could have been made under Section 415(c) for such Years. Furthermore, the Committee may calculate the Defined Contribution Plan fraction for any Participant by applying either or both transitional rules specified in Section 415(e)(6) of the Code or Section 235(g)(3) of TEFRA.

For purposes of computing the Defined Contribution Plan fraction of Section 415(e)(1) of the Code, "Annual Addition" shall mean the amount allocated to a Participant's account during the Limitation Year as a result of:

        1. Employer contributions,

        2. Employee contributions,

        3. Forfeitures, and

        4. Amounts described in Sections 415(1)(l) and 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee Contributions as an Annual Addition.

If the Plan satisfied the applicable requirements of Section 415 of the Code as in effect for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987, an amount shall be subtracted from the numerator of the Defined Contribution Plan fraction (not exceeding such numerator) as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury so that the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan fraction and Defined Contribution Plan fraction computed under Section 415(e)(1) of the Code (as revised by this subparagraph (c)) does not exceed 1.0 for such Limitation Year.

    1. Other Definitions . For purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall apply:

      1. Adjustment Factor : The cost-of-living adjustment factor prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 415(d) of the Code for years beginning after December 31, 1987, applied to such items and in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe.

      2. Current Accrued Benefit : A Participant's accrued benefit under the Plan, determined as if the Participant had separated from service as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, when expressed as an annual benefit within the meaning of Section 415(b)(2) of the Code. In determining the amount of a Participant's Current Accrued Benefit, the following shall be disregarded:

        1. any change in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986; and

        2. any cost of living adjustment occurring after May 5, 1986.

      3. Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation : The limitation set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code.

      4. Employee Contributions : Contributions to the Plan made by a Participant during the Plan year.

      5. Social Security Retirement Age : The age used as the retirement age for the Participant under Section 216(1) of the Social Security Act, except that such section shall be applied without regard to the age increase factor, and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(1)(2) of such Act were sixty-two years.




  1. PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS

    1. Commencement of Payment . A Participant's retirement benefits hereunder shall commence as of his Normal Retirement Date, except as follows:

      1. A Participant who has met the requirement therefor may elect to receive benefits commencing as of an Early Retirement Date in accordance with Paragraph 4.2; and a Participant who has met such requirements other than attainment of age fifty-five (55), and who has terminated with vested rights under Article IX and completed at least ten Years of Vesting Service, shall have the same right to elect an Early Retirement Date on or after his attainment of age fifty-five (55).

      2. If the Participant does not make an election with respect to his form of benefits in accordance with Article VIII, benefits shall not begin until such election and the information required in connection therewith are provided; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in a qualified election, benefit payments shall in all events commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant shall attain the age of seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years. A qualified election is an election duly made before January 1, 1984, in conformity with rules set forth in Internal Revenue Service Notice 83-23. Unless the Participant otherwise elects or fails to make an appropriate claim, payments shall in no event commence later than the sixtieth day after the last day of the Plan Year during which the later of the following events shall occur:

        1. The date on which the Employee shall have actually terminated his service; or

        2. The date on which he shall have attained the age of sixty-five (65) years.

      3. No benefits shall be paid to any Participant while he is employed by an Employer except as specifically provided herein. No benefits shall be paid to any Participant prior to his Normal Retirement Age while he is employed by any Affiliate.

    2. Absent Participant . If on the due date of any payment hereunder, the recipient of such payment cannot be located, the payment due to such person shall be retained by the Funding Agent until delivery of such payment may be made. If the person to whom payment is to be made is not located within one year after the due date of such payment, the amount payable shall be treated as forfeited as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1-411(a)-4(b)(6); provided, however, that such forfeited benefit shall be reinstated and paid in full if such person shall thereafter make a claim for it.




  2. FORM OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS

    1. Forms of Payment . A Participant who retires, or otherwise terminates employment with vested rights as provided in Article IX, shall receive his retirement benefit in conformity with the following provisions:

      1. Ordinary Form of Payment . The retirement income payable to a Participant who is legally married on the Annuity Commencement Date shall, unless the Participant otherwise elects, be a monthly retirement income calculated as provided herein and payable for the lifetime of the Participant, with one-half of the amount payable to the Participant continued thereafter for the lifetime of his spouse. The amount of the monthly retirement income payable under such joint and survivor annuity form shall be the amount of income payable as a life income pursuant to Paragraph 6.1 of Article VI adjusted by taking into account the Joint and Survivor Factors set forth in Exhibit A.

The retirement income payable to any Participant who is not legally married at the Annuity Commencement Date and who does not otherwise elect shall be the retirement income calculated under the provisions of Article VI payable as provided therein. A Participant may elect during the election period applicable described in Paragraph 8.2(c) to cause his retirement income to be payable under the provisions of subparagraph (b) or (c) of this Paragraph 8.1.

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, as a result of the merger of this Plan and the Sylvan Ginsbury, Ltd. Pension Plan, all optional forms of benefits available to the Participants of the Sylvan Ginsbury, Ltd. Pension Plan as of January 1, 1997 shall continue to apply with respect to those accrued benefits earned under the terms of that Plan.

      1. Other Spousal Benefit Arrangements . In lieu of the form of benefit described in subparagraph (a), the Participant may elect to receive a monthly pension payable to the Participant during the joint lifetime of the Participant and his or her spouse with one hundred percent (100%), or at his election sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%), of such monthly pension payable at the death of the Participant to such spouse. Calculation of the amount of the benefit so payable shall be made in conformity with the Joint and Survivor Factors set forth in Exhibit A.

      2. Life Annuity . In lieu of the form of benefit described in subparagraph (a), the Participant may elect to receive an annuity payable for his lifetime without a survivor benefit (i.e., the normal form of retirement benefit).

      3. "Spouse" Defined . The term "spouse" as used in this Paragraph 8.1 and in Paragraph 8.3 shall mean the person to whom the Participant is married at the time of his death, and who was married to the Participant on the Annuity Commencement Date if such date shall have preceded the Participant's death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant has previously begun to receive a qualified joint and survivor annuity with respect to a former spouse, or to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) applicable to a former spouse, the term "spouse" or "surviving spouse" shall include such former spouse.

      4. Spousal Election - Requirements . An election to take benefits other than in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity as provided in subparagraph (a) or (b) shall not be effective unless the spouse of the Participant shall consent to such election in a written instrument witnessed by a Notary Public or a Plan official. In all cases under the provisions of this Plan, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that written consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or because the spouse cannot be located, because the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, or because of such other circumstances as may be prescribed by applicable law, then the consent of the spouse shall be deemed to have been obtained for all purposes hereunder. Any consent of a spouse under the provisions of this Plan will be valid only with respect to the spouse who signs the consent or in the event of a "deemed consent", the designated spouse.

      5. Restriction on Early Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no distribution hereunder shall commence prior to the date on which the Participant shall attain (or would have attained if he shall be deceased) his Normal Retirement Age (or age sixty-two (62) if later), unless the Participant shall consent in writing to the earlier distribution of benefits and such consent shall be given within ninety (90) days of the commencement of such distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if benefit payments have not commenced, if the value of the Participant's entire interest hereunder shall be less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) (Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) for distributions prior to January 1, 2000), and if benefits are otherwise distributable, the Participant's benefit hereunder may be distributed to the Participant in a single sum.

    1. Other Rules . The provisions of Paragraph 8.1 shall be subject to the following additional terms:

      1. Participant's Death Before Annuity Commencement Date . If a Participant dies prior to his Annuity Commencement Date, no benefit will be payable to any person, except as provided in Paragraph 8.3.

      1. Joint Pensioner's Death Before Annuity Commencement Date . If the joint pensioner dies before the Participant's Annuity Commencement Date, a retirement income in the normal form (i.e., a lifetime annuity without a survivor benefit) and amount will be payable to the Participant upon his Annuity Commencement Date.

      2. Notice . Within the period beginning no more than 90 days before the Annuity Commencement Date, a Participant shall be provided by mail or personal delivery with a nontechnical description of the qualified joint and survivor annuity described in Paragraph 8.1(a) hereof, the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive the qualified joint and survivor form; the rights of the Participant's spouse as set forth in Paragraph 8.1(e); and the right to make and the effect of a revocation of a previous election to waive the joint and survivor annuity; the circumstances under which such annuity will be paid if elected, and a general explanation of the financial effect of such election. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Participant may be provided with the nontechnical description described above at a later date, which may be after the Participant's Annuity Commencement Date, provided that the election period will not end until the 30th day after the nontechnical description is provided and payments do not begin until 7 days thereafter. Any Participant may, after receiving the information described herein, elect to receive his retirement benefits in one of the forms described in subparagraph (b) or (c) of Paragraph 8.1 rather than the form described in Paragraph 8.1(a) hereof. Such election may be made at any time during the applicable election period, namely, the 90-day period preceding the Annuity Commencement Date; but such election period shall in no event be less than 90 days after the date on which the information described herein shall have been furnished to the Participant. The election shall be made in a written instrument subscribed by the Participant and delivered to the Committee. Any election so made may be revoked by a written instrument subscribed by the Participant and delivered to the Committee before the last day of the period during which such election may be made as hereinabove provided.

    1. Preretirement Spousal Death Benefit . In the case of a Participant's death prior to his Annuity Commencement Date, the Participant's spouse (as defined in Paragraph 8.1(d)) shall be entitled to receive a pension in the same amount as the retirement income that would have been payable under the provisions of Paragraph 8.1(a) (or, if an election had been made under Paragraph 8.1(b), the retirement that would have been payable under such Paragraph) had the Participant separated from service on the date of death, survived to Normal Retirement Age, and retired with an immediate qualified joint and survivor annuity at such age. The benefit payable to the surviving spouse under this Paragraph 8.3 shall commence with the month in which the Participant would have reached Normal Retirement Age. The Participant's spouse may direct that payment of the benefit shall commence at an earlier date but not earlier than the month in which the Participant would have attained the earliest retirement date hereunder, in which case the benefit shall be reduced as provided in Paragraph 4.2. For the purpose of this Paragraph only, a Participant means any vested participant whether or not an Employee who has a nonforfeitable right to any portion of his accrued benefit.

    2. Small Benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if the value of the Participant's vested entire interest hereunder shall be no more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) (Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) for distributions prior to January 1, 2000), the Participant's vested benefit hereunder upon retirement or other termination of employment shall be distributed to the Participant in a single sum upon his separation from service. Effective January 1, 2000, if (a) a Participant's accrued vested benefit exceeds such amount, (b) before such Participant's Annuity Commencement Date the actuarial assumptions used under this Paragraph 8.4 have changed, and (c) the Participant's accrued vested benefit as redetermined under such assumptions does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), such benefit shall thereupon be distributed under this Paragraph 8.4. The value of a Participant's benefit for purposes of this Paragraph 8.4 shall be determined based on the following actuarial assumptions:

      1. For distributions made prior to January 1, 2000, the interest rate or rates which would be used as of the first day of the Plan Year in which distribution occurs by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for purposes of determining the present value of that Participant's benefits under the Plan if the Plan had terminated on the date distribution commences with insufficient assets to provide benefits guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on that Date, and Mortality Table UP 1984.

      2. For distributions made on or after January 1, 2000 and prior to February 15, 2002 , either the interest rate and mortality assumptions determined in accordance with subparagraph (a) or the interest rate and mortality assumptions determined in accordance with subparagraph (c), whichever yields a greater benefit.

      3. For distributions made on or after February 15, 2002, the annual interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities, as specified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code, for the second month preceding the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant's distribution is to be made, and the mortality table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of a terminated Participant's vested benefit shall not be less than the value of such Participant's vested benefit on January 31, 1989 calculated by applying the Lump Sum Factors set forth in Exhibit A (which appear in Exhibit A for the sole purpose of calculating a terminated Participant's vested benefit under this Paragraph 8.4(c) and no other purpose). Distribution, in accordance with this Paragraph 8.4, is referred to as a "Termination Distribution".




  1. TERMINATION OF SERVICE

    1. Vesting Requirement . If for any reason, other than death or Early, Normal or late Retirement, the employment of a Participant is terminated, such Participant shall be entitled to receive a retirement income commencing on his Normal Retirement Date in an amount equal to such Participant's retirement income benefits earned as of his date of termination if (and only if) such Participant shall have accumulated not less than five Years of Vesting Credit Service as of such date (or was affected by a partial termination of the Plan within the meaning of Section 411(d)(3) of the Code). Any Participant who shall separate from the service of an Employer or Affiliate prior to accumulating five (5) Years of Vesting Credit Service (other than as a result of such a partial termination) shall be deemed to have received all benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan and forfeit all rights hereunder provided, however, that such Participant shall be credited for benefit accrual purposes with all service completed prior to such separation if such Participant shall return to employment with an Employer or Affiliate subsequent to such separation and prior to incurring a period of One-Year Breaks in Service equal to the greater of (i) five (5) such One-Year Breaks or (ii) the aggregate number of Years of Credited Service before such period (and prior to complete termination of the Plan).

A terminating Participant who shall have completed at least ten Years of Vesting Credit Service may elect an Early Retirement Date for the commencement of benefits as provided in Paragraph 4.2.

    1. Accrued Benefit .

      1. Amount . A Participant's benefit earned to the date of his termination of employment for purposes of this Article IX is equal to the Normal Retirement benefit to which he is entitled under the provisions of Paragraph 6.1 of Article VI hereof on the basis of the number of years of Credited Service of such Employee as of the date of such termination of employment. In calculating a Participant's accrued benefit as of any date all Years of Credited Service through December 31, 2000 shall be taken into account; except that if a Participant (a) shall incur a period of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service at least equal to the greater of (i) five such One-Year Breaks or (ii) the aggregate number of years of Credited Service before such period, and (b) shall have had no vested interest hereunder at the commencement of said period, then Years of Credited Service prior to such period shall not be taken into account unless such Participant shall have returned to service prior to February 1, 1990.

      2. Benefits from Merged Plans . Effective as of January 1, 1997, a Participant's accrued benefit shall also include, for any plan previously maintained by a Participating Unit that has been merged to this Plan, the benefits accrued under such other plan as of the date of merger.

      3. Method of Payment . The benefit payable to a terminating Participant shall be paid in conformity with the provisions of Articles VII and VIII.

    2. Reemployment After Distribution . If an Employee who has received a Termination Distribution (as defined in Paragraph 8.4) subsequently becomes a Participant hereunder, such Employee's benefits shall be determined without reference to service performed and Compensation earned prior to such Termination Distribution; provided, however, that the benefits of any such Participant shall be computed without regard to the preceding provisions of this Paragraph and as though such Participant had not received a Termination Distribution if such Participant shall make the payment described in Paragraph 9.4.

    3. Repayment Privilege . When an employee who has received a Termination Distribution (as defined in Paragraph 8.4) is reemployed by an Employer, he may at his option and under the conditions specified herein repay to the Funding Agent designated by the Committee an amount equal to the amount of such Termination Distribution plus interest thereon (calculated as hereinafter described) to be commingled with and held as part of all other funds held under the Contract. Such payment may be referred to herein as a "Paragraph 9.4 Payment". Interest payable as a part of the Paragraph 9.4 Payment shall be calculated on the amount of the Termination Distribution for the period beginning on the date of such distribution and ending on the date of the payment at the rate used in making actuarial computations under this Plan during such period. The interest rate referred to in the preceding sentence for any Year shall not exceed the amount determined for such Year pursuant to the provisions of Section 411(c)(2)(C) of the Code. In any event, any payment made pursuant to this Paragraph 9.4 shall be made in a single sum not later than the date on which the Participant shall incur five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

    1. Direct Rollover Option .

      1. Election Conferred . This Section applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the plan administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover.

      2. Definitions .

        1. Eligible Rollover Distribution : An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: Any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the portion of any distribution prior to January 1, 2002 that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities).

        2. Eligible Retirement Plan : An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. Effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. In the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, prior to January 1, 2002 an Eligible Retirement Plan shall only be an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

        3. Distributee : A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee is or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

        4. Direct Rollover : A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.




  1. COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

    1. Conditions on Contributions . Any and all contributions made to the Plan by an Employer shall be irrevocable and shall be transferred by the Employer to the Funding Agent under the Plan to be used in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Contract to provide the benefits of the Plan, and neither such contribution nor income therefrom shall be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants, retired Participants, their contingent annuitants, or other beneficiaries under the Plan prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan with respect to such Participants, retired Participants, their contingent annuitants or other beneficiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision hereof, any contribution made by an Employer under this Plan is conditioned upon its being deductible by the Employer under Section 404 of the Code. Consequently, if by reason of a good faith mistake in calculating the amount allowable as a deduction for any year, an amount in excess of such amount shall have been contributed by an Employer for such year, then upon demand by the Employer, such excess amount shall be repaid to the Employer. Such repayment shall not be made later than one year after the date on which the deduction shall have been disallowed by the Internal Revenue Service. Furthermore, if an Employer shall have made a contribution by reason of a good faith mistake of fact, the Funding Agent shall repay to the Employer the amount attributable to such mistake, but such repayment shall not be made later than one year after the date on which the mistaken contribution shall have been made. In any event, the amount which may be returned shall never be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (a) the amount contributed over (b) the amount that would have been contributed had there not occurred a mistake of fact or a mistake in determining the deduction. Earnings attributable to the excess contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but losses thereto must reduce the amount to be so returned.

    1. Uses of Forfeitures . Forfeitures under the Plan with respect to any Participant who ceases to be an Employee of the Employer whether by death, discharge, or otherwise, and who is not then entitled to any benefits under the Plan, will not be applied to increase the benefits any Employee would otherwise receive under the Plan.

    2. Limitations on Obligation to Contribute . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof and regardless of whether an Employer shall previously have failed to make any contribution otherwise required hereunder, an Employer shall have no obligation to make contributions under this Plan in the event of its termination, or to fund benefits which become vested or payable by reason of a partial termination, except to the extent required by ERISA.




  1. COMMITTEE

    1. Committee. The provisions of this Article XI are effective July 17, 2002. The Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors shall appoint a Management Pension Investment and Oversight Committee (the "Committee"), which shall consist of not less than three persons to serve at the pleasure of the Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy on the Committee, arising for any reason whatsoever, shall be filled by the Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such place or places, at such time or times and in such manner (including, meetings in which members may participate through teleconferencing or similar means) as it may from time to time determine. A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and action by a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee. The Committee may also act without a meeting by instrument in writing signed by a majority of the members of the Committee, or by one or more members to whom the Committee has previously delegated the authority to take such action.

    2. Named Fiduciary. The named fiduciary under the Plan shall be the Committee, which shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan except that the Committee shall have no authority or responsibility with respect to those matters which under any applicable trust agreement, insurance policy or similar contract are the responsibility, or subject to the authority of the Trustee or any Funding Agent described in Article XII, any insurance company or similar organization. The members of the Committee shall have the right, by written instrument executed by them or otherwise, to allocate fiduciary responsibilities among themselves, and to designate other persons to carry out fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan.

    3. Powers and Discretion of the Named Fiduciary. The Committee shall have all powers and discretion necessary or helpful for carrying out its responsibilities, including, without limitation, the power and complete discretion:

      1. to establish such rules or procedures as it may deem necessary or desirable;

      2. to employ such persons as it shall deem necessary or desirable to assist in the administration of the Plan;

      3. to determine any question arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including without limitation questions of fact and of construction;

      4. to correct defects, rectify errors, supply omissions, clarify ambiguities, and reconcile inconsistencies to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to effectuate the Plan or preserve qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code;

      5. to decide all questions relating to eligibility and payment of benefits hereunder, including, without limitation, the power and discretion to determine the eligibility of persons to receive benefits hereunder;

      6. to establish procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order ("QDRO") as described in Section 414(p) of the Code and for complying with any such QDRO;

      7. to direct the Trustee or Funding Agent with respect to benefits payable under the Plan (including, without limitation, the persons to be paid or methods of payment) and all distributions of the assets of the Plan;

      8. to make a determination as to the rights of any person to a benefit and to afford any person dissatisfied with such determination the right to an appeal;

      9. to determine the character and amount of expenses that are properly payable by the Plan as reasonable administration expenses, and to direct the Trustee with respect to the payment thereof (including, without limitation, the persons to be paid and the method of payment);

      10. to compromise or settle claims against the Plan and to direct the Trustee to pay amounts required in any such settlements or compromise;

      11. to determine the method of making corrections necessary or advisable as a result of operating defects in order to preserve qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code pursuant to procedures of the Internal Revenue Service applicable in such cases (such as those set forth in Revenue Procedure 2002-47 and similar guidance);

      1. to make appropriate provision for the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Plan, including, as named fiduciary with respect to the control and management of the assets of the Plan, to appoint in its discretion an investment manager or managers (as defined in section 3(38) of ERISA) to manage (including the power to acquire and dispose of) any assets of the Plan;

      2. to determine all questions relating to the administration of the Plan (1) when disputes arise between an Employer and a Participant or his beneficiary, spouse or legal representatives, and (2) in order to promote the uniform administration of the Plan for the benefit of all parties concerned;

      3. to compute the amount of retirement income and any other benefits payable, and direct the Trustee or Funding Agent as to the method by which and persons to whom benefits or expenses hereunder will be paid; and

      4. to adopt from time to time assumptions for use in all actuarial calculations required in connection with the Plan, and determine with the advice of its actuarial consultant the minimum contribution required to be paid by an Employer, as provided in Article X.

The determinations of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons to the maximum extent permitted by law.

All expenses of the Committee shall be paid by the Fund to the extent not paid by the Company, and such expenses shall include any expenses authorized by the Board of Directors as necessary or desirable in the administration of the Plan.

    1. Advisers. Any named fiduciary under the Plan, and any fiduciary designated by a named fiduciary to whom such power is granted by a named fiduciary under the Plan, may employ one or more persons to carry out such responsibilities as may be specified by such fiduciary and to render advice with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the Plan.

    2. Service in Multiple Capacities. Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

    3. Limitation of Liability; Indemnity.

      1. Except as otherwise provided by law, if any duty or responsibility of a named fiduciary has been allocated or delegated to any other person in accordance with any provision of this Plan, then such named fiduciary shall not be liable for any act or omission of such person in carrying out such duty or responsibility.

      2. Except as otherwise provided by law, no person who is a member of the Committee or is an employee, director or officer of any Employer who is a fiduciary under the Plan or trust, or otherwise has responsibility with respect to administration of the Plan or trust, shall incur any liability whatsoever on account of any matter connected with or related to the Plan or trust or the administration thereof, unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in respect of the Plan or trust.

      3. The Company shall indemnify and save harmless each Committee member and each employee, director or officer of any Employer serving as a trustee or other fiduciary from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, cost and expense which may arise by reason of, or be based upon, any matter connected with or related to the Plan or trust or the administration thereof (including, but not limited to, any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or in settlement of any such claim whatsoever), unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in respect of the Plan or trust.

    4. Reliance on Information. The Committee and any Employer and its officers, directors and employees shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any accountant, trustee, insurance company, counsel or other expert who shall be engaged by an Employer or the Committee, and the Committee and any Employer and its officers, directors and employees shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon all persons affected thereby.

    5. Subcommittees Counsel and Agents . The Committee may appoint from its members such subcommittees (of one or more such members), with such powers, as the Committee shall determine. The Committee may employ such counsel (including legal counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or an Employer), accountants, and agents and such clerical and other services as either may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan, and may charge the fees, charges and costs resulting from such employment as an expense to the Plan to the extent not paid by the Company. Unless otherwise required by law, persons employed by the Committee as counsel, or as its agents or otherwise, may include members of the Committee, or employees of the Company. Persons serving on the Committee, or on any such subcommittee shall be fully protected in acting or refraining to act in accordance with the advice of legal or other counsel.

    6. Funding Policy. The Committee shall establish and carry out, or cause to be established and carried out by those persons (including, without limitation, the Trustee or Funding Agent) to whom responsibility or authority therefor has been allocated or delegated in accordance with the Plan or trust agreement thereunder or any similar contract, a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA.

    7. Proper Proof. In any case in which an Employer or the Committee shall be required under the Plan to take action upon the occurrence of any event, they shall be under no obligation to take such action unless and until proper and satisfactory evidence of such occurrence shall have been received by them.

    8. Genuineness of Documents. The Committee, and any Employer and its respective officers, directors and employees, shall be entitled to rely upon any notice, request, consent, letter, telegram or other paper or document believed by them or any of them to be genuine, and to have been signed or sent by the proper person, and shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon.

    9. Records and Reports. The Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained such records, as it deems necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of the Plan.

    10. Recovery of Overpayments. Without limiting the generality of the Committee's power and discretion under Section 11.3(d) to rectify errors and supply omissions, in the event that the Committee determines that overpayments have been made to a Participant or his spouse or beneficiary, the Committee shall take such steps as it shall deem appropriate under the relevant facts and circumstances to recover such payments, with or without interest, and in case repayment is not otherwise made, to offset the amount to be recovered against subsequent payments otherwise becoming due to or in respect of such Participant, spouse or beneficiary at such time and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate.

    11. Professional Assistance . The Committee shall be entitled to rely upon tables, valuation certificates, and reports furnished by the Enrolled Actuary for the Plan and upon certificates, reports and opinions made or given by any accountant or investment counsel selected or approved by the Committee; and the members of the Committee, the Board of Directors, the Company, and the officers of the Company shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by them in good faith, or for any such action in reliance upon any such actuary, accountant, or counsel.

    12. Spousal Claims . If the Committee shall receive written notice that the spouse, former spouse, or successor in interest of a spouse or former spouse of a Participant claims a right to receive any amount otherwise distributable to the Participant, the Committee shall have the power to take such action as, in its discretion, it shall determine to be necessary or appropriate to ascertain and resolve the interests of the parties involved. To this end, the Committee may in writing direct the Trustee or Funding Agent to withhold payment of any benefits the disposition of which is subject to a bona fide dispute, and may through its authorized agents enter into negotiations and agreements with all interested parties in order to make a determination of the amount and manner of payment of any benefits or funds to any such spouse, former spouse or successor.

    13. Claims . Any person who believes he is entitled to a benefit under the Plan may file a claim in writing for such benefit with the Committee in accordance with the claims review procedure established by the Committee. Any action (whether at law, in equity or otherwise) must be commenced within three (3) years from the earlier of (a) the date a final determination denying such benefit, in whole or in part, is issued under the Plan's claim review procedure and (b) the date such person's cause of action first accrued.




  1. FUNDING

    1. Funding Agent . The Company has heretofore entered into a contract with THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP, Des Moines, Iowa ("the Principal"), to provide for the investment of funds held hereunder and to facilitate payment of the benefits described herein. The contract provides for the establishment and maintenance of a fund or funds by the Principal to which amounts will be credited and from which will be withdrawn the sums necessary to pay the pension benefits provided hereunder. The Committee may enter into such contracts or agreements as it may deem appropriate with any other insurance company, trust company, institution, person or persons designated by it to facilitate the investment of funds and the payment of benefits hereunder, and such designated party or parties may act in addition to or in place of the Principal. Thereupon and thereafter an Employer may make all or any part of the contributions required to be made hereunder to such designated person, persons, or entity, and the funds so contributed and the earnings thereon shall be held, managed, and invested as provided in such contract or agreement. The Principal or any such designated person, persons, or entity shall be referred to as the Funding Agent.

    1. Procedure for Payment of Benefits . When any benefits shall become payable to any Participant hereunder, the Committee shall notify the Funding Agent designated by it, and such Agent shall take such action as is necessary to provide for the payment of such benefits out of the funds held by it, and in accordance with the terms of the contract or other instrument establishing the arrangement.

    2. Status of Funding Agent . The Funding Agent shall not be a party to this Plan and shall not have any responsibility for the validity of the Plan or for any action taken by the Committee. The Funding Agent shall be fully protected in dealing with the Committee in all matters and in accepting contributions from an Employer, and in making payments to or on direction of the Committee or the Company, without liability as to the application of such payments.

    3. The Trust Agreement . Effective July 17, 2002, the Committee, on behalf of itself and each other Employer, shall have the power to appoint and remove a Trustee and enter into or amend a trust agreement with the Trustee providing for the establishment of a fund hereunder. The trust agreement shall be deemed to form a part of this Plan, and any and all rights which may accrue to any person under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of such trust agreement. Copies of the trust agreement shall be filed with the Committee and, upon reasonable application and notice, shall be made available for inspection by any Participant.




  1. AMENDMENTS TO PLAN

The Plan may be amended in whole or in part at any time, and from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors, by action of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or effective July 17, 2002, by written action of the Company Representative, and all Employers and Participants (and their spouse or beneficiaries) shall be bound thereby, provided that:

      1. No amendment shall be effective unless the Plan, as so amended, shall be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants, retired Participants, their contingent annuitants, or other beneficiaries;

      2. No amendment shall operate to deprive any of the foregoing persons of any rights or benefits irrevocably vested in them under the Plan prior to such amendment, except that the Company may make any and all changes or modifications necessary to qualify the Plan or to keep the Plan qualified under the Code and the regulations thereunder, or any amendment thereto;

      3. No amendment shall result in discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees; and

      4. The power to amend the Plan to provide additional benefits shall be reserved solely to the Board of Directors.




  1. [RESERVED]




  2. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

    1. Right to Terminate - Procedure . The Company may at any time, by action of its Board of Directors, terminate the Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan, each Participant's rights to accrued benefits hereunder shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable to the extent funded on the date of such termination. In the event of a partial termination of the Plan, the rights of each Participant affected by such termination to accrued benefits hereunder shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable to the extent funded on the date of such partial termination. No person shall upon such complete or partial termination be entitled to seek satisfaction of any benefit provided hereunder except as provided by the funds held pursuant hereto at the time of said termination or as otherwise provided by law including Title IV of ERISA.

      1. Allocation of Assets . Upon the termination of the Plan, the assets of the Plan shall be allocated for the purpose of paying benefits to the Participants and beneficiaries in the following order of precedence:

        1. To each benefit payable as an annuity which was in pay status as of the beginning of the three-year period ending on the Plan Termination Date (at the lowest level of benefit in pay status in that period and based on the provisions of the Plan as in effect during the five years prior to the Plan Termination Date under which such benefit would be the least);

        2. To each benefit payable as an annuity which would have been in pay status within three years prior to the Plan Termination Date had the Participant then been retired and had his benefits commenced then (based on provisions of the Plan as in effect during the five years prior to Plan Termination Date under which such benefit would be the least);

        3. To each benefit guaranteed under Title IV of ERISA (determined without regard to Section 4022g(b)(5) relating to certain limitations on benefits);

        4. To each benefit which would be guaranteed under Title IV of ERISA if neither Section 4022(b)(5) nor Section 4022(b)(6), relating to certain guaranty limitations, applied;

        5. To all other vested benefits under the Plan;

        6. To all other benefits under the Plan.

      2. Sequential Adjustment . The amount allocated with respect to any benefit under subparagraph (a), above, shall be properly adjusted for any allocation of assets with respect to that benefit under a prior category of benefits described in subparagraph (a).

      3. Lateral Adjustment . If the assets available for allocation under any clause of subparagraph (a), above, are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals who are described in such clause. the assets shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the basis of the present value (as of the Plan Termination Date) of their respective benefits described therein.

      4. Category (v) Adjustment . If the assets available for allocation under section (v) of subparagraph (a) are not sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of individuals described therein, then such assets shall be allocated in the following manner:

        1. The assets shall be allocated to the benefits of individuals described in said section (v) on the basis of the benefits of individuals who would have been described in said section (v) under the Plan as in effect at the beginning of the five-year period ending on the Plan Termination Date

        2. If the assets available for allocation under section (i) of this subparagraph (d) are sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits described therein (without regard to this section (ii), then for purposes of said section (i), benefits of individuals described therein shall be determined on the basis of the Plan as amended by the most recent Plan amendment effective during such five-year period under which the assets available for allocation are sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of individuals described in said section (i) and any assets remaining to be allocated under such section shall be allocated thereunder on the basis of the Plan as amended by the next succeeding Plan amendment effective during such period.

      5. Adjustment to Prevent Discrimination . If the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the allocation made pursuant to this Paragraph (without regard to this subparagraph (e)) results in discrimination prohibited by the Code, then, if required to prevent disqualification of the Plan under the Code, the assets allocated under sections (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of subparagraph (a) shall be reallocated to the extent necessary to avoid such discrimination.

Further, in the event the Plan is terminated, the benefit of any Highly Compensated Employee (or any former Highly Compensated Employee), as determined under the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(17), shall be limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Section 401(a)(4).

      1. Residual Assets . Following termination, any residual assets of the Plan shall be distributed to the Company after all liabilities of the Plan to Participants and their beneficiaries have been satisfied, provided that the distribution does not contravene any provision of law.

      2. Limitation on Reversion . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan is terminated after a "Change in Control" shall have occurred, then:

(i) The retirement benefits provided under the Plan shall be increased upon such termination in a manner that precludes discrimination in favor of highly compensated employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code) to the maximum extent possible without causing the Plan to lose its qualified status under Section 401 of the Code and without causing a funding deficiency to occur by reason of such termination;

(ii) In implementing such termination, each Plan Participant shall be entitled to receive distribution of such Participant's benefit in cash (and such cash amount shall be determined on the assumption that the Participant retires at the earliest possible date under the Plan) or an annuity contract which may be issued only by an insurance company enjoying the highest rating accorded by both Standard & Poor's and Moody's;

(iii) Any assets remaining after the satisfaction of all liabilities shall be applied by the Trustees directly for the exclusive benefit of Participants in the Plan and other employees of the Company who may be participants in the plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code (the "401(k) Plan") by adding such assets to the 401(k) Plan, or by using such assets as an initial contribution to establish one or more plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code (including but not limited to one or more defined contribution plans as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA; and, to the extent that the Trustees determine that all or any part of such remaining assets cannot be so applied within a reasonable time after such termination, they shall apply the balance of such remaining assets to augment or establish one or more employee welfare benefit plans, as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, for the benefit of employees of the Company as the Trustees shall determine in their discretion; and

(iv) A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and (14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, hereinafter the "Exchange Act") is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding securities; or (B) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors (the "Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Corporation's shareholders of each new Board member was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths of the Board members then still in office who were Board members at the beginning of such period.

      1. Termination Date . The Plan Termination Date, as used in this Article XV, shall be:

        1. The date established by the Company and agreed to by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, if the Plan is terminated in accordance with Section 4041 of ERISA;

        2. The date established by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in accordance with Section 4042 of ERISA; or

        3. The date established by a court of competent jurisdiction if the Plan is terminated in accordance with either of the foregoing sections of ERISA, but no agreement is reached between the Company and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or a judicially appointed trustee.

    1. Method of Settlement . The allocation and provision for retirement benefit shall be accomplished as determined by the Committee in conformity with applicable law.

    2. Merger . If this Plan or the Trust created pursuant hereto shall be merged or consolidated with any other plan or trust, or if the assets or liabilities thereof shall be transferred to any other plan or trust, each Participant hereunder shall have a benefit under the merged or transferee plan (calculated as though said plan were terminated immediately after such merger or transfer) which such Participant would have enjoyed under this Plan if this Plan had been terminated immediately before such merger or transfer.




  1. Leased Employees

    1. Definitions . For purposes of this Article XVI, the term "Leased Employee" means any person (a) who performs or performed services for an Employer or Affiliate (hereinafter referred to as the "Recipient") pursuant to an agreement between the Recipient and any other person (hereinafter referred to as the "Leasing Organization"), (b) who has performed such services for the Recipient or for the Recipient and related persons (within the meaning of Section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (c) whose services are:

        1. effective January 1, 1997, performed under primary direction or control by the Recipient,

        2. prior to January 1, 1997, of a type historically performed, in the business field of the recipient, by employees.

    2. Treatment of Leased Employees . For purposes of this Plan, a Leased Employee shall be treated as an employee of an Affiliate whose service for the Recipient (including service during the one-year period referred to in Paragraph 16.1) is to be taken into account in determining compliance with the service requirements of the Plan relating to vesting. However, the Leased Employee shall not be entitled to share in accrued benefits under the Plan with respect to any service or compensation attributable to the period during which he is a Leased Employee, and shall not be eligible to become a Participant eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan unless and except to the extent that he shall at some time, either before or after his service as a Leased Employee, qualify as a Participant eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Article XVI (determined without regard to clause (b) of Paragraph 16.1).

    3. Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization . Paragraph 16.2 shall not apply to any Leased Employee if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan of the Leasing Organization meeting the requirements of Section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code and Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate "nonhighly compensated work force" (as defined in Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code) of all Employers and Affiliates.

    4. Construction . The purpose of this Article XVI is to comply with the provisions of Section 4l4(n) of the Code. All provisions of this Article shall be construed consistently therewith, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no individual shall be treated as a Leased Employee except as required under such section.




  1. MISCELLANEOUS

    1. Antialienation . No benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, assignment, garnishment, or pledge; and any attempt to anticipate, assign, garnish, or pledge the same shall be void; and no such benefits shall be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any Participants, and if any Participant shall become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, assign, or pledge any benefits, then such benefits shall, at the discretion of the Committee, cease, and in the event the Committee shall have the authority to cause the same, or any part thereof, to be held or applied to or for the benefit of such Participant, his spouse, his children, or other dependents, or any of them in such manner and in such proportion as the Committee may think proper.

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Paragraph, payments may be made in conformity with a qualified domestic relations order, within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, under procedures to be adopted in conformity with said Section.

    1. Applicable Law . Except as otherwise provided by ERISA, this Plan is established with reference to, and shall be construed, regulated and administered under, the laws of the State of California. If any provision hereof shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or infeasible, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force And effect.

    2. Look Back Year . The determination of Highly Compensated Employees in conformity with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.414(q)-1T shall be made for the years 1995 and 1996 utilizing the current Plan Year as both the look-back year and the determination year.




  1. [RESERVED]




  2. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

    1. Rules Prior to 2002 . The Plan shall be considered to be top-heavy in any Year if as of the determination date the present value of all benefits of Key Employees (as defined in Section (e) hereof ) under this Plan and all other Plans in the aggregation group as defined herein shall exceed sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all Employees under such plans. Effective July 7, 1995, in determining the present value of benefits, the actuarial assumptions shall be those in effect on the determination date for purposes of applying the provisions of Code Section 417(e)(3). The determination date for any Year is the last day of the preceding Year. The Aggregation Group shall consist of this Plan, each other Plan maintained by the Employer in which a Key Employee shall be a Participant, and any other Plan the maintenance of which is necessary to permit this Plan or any Plan in which a Key Employee is a Participant to satisfy the provision of Section 410 or 401(a)(4) of the Code. In particular, any distribution to an Employee during the five-year period ending on the determination date shall be taken into account in determining the accrued benefit of such Employee, as provided in Section 416(g)(3) of the Code; any rollover contribution made after December 31, 1983 will not be taken into account in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy, as provided in Section 416(g)(4)(A) of said Code; and the accrued benefit or account balance of any former Key Employee who is no longer a Key Employee shall not be taken into account as provided in Section 416(g)(4)(B) of said Code.

In determining the amount of benefits to be taken into account under the provisions of the first sentence of this Section, the present value of benefits shall be calculated under the actuarial assumptions used in determining the funding requirements of the Plan; the valuation shall be as of the last valuation date which is within a twelve-month period ending on the determination date; the rules set forth in Paragraphs (3) and (4) of Section 416(g) of the Code shall be followed; and the accrued benefit of an Employee other than a Key Employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Section 411(b)(1)(c) of the Code. If the Plan shall be top-heavy in any Year, the following provisions shall apply notwithstanding any other provisions hereof:

      1. Vesting . Each Participant's vested interest in his accrued benefit shall be determined using the following vesting schedule rather than under the provisions of Article IX hereof:

Years of

Vesting Credit Service

Vested

Percentage

1

0%

2

20%

3

40%

4

60%

5

80%

6

100%

If in any subsequent Year the Plan shall cease to be top-heavy, each Participant's vested interest in his accrued benefit as of the last day of the Year in which the Plan was top-heavy shall be preserved, but except as to long-term Employees additional vesting in such accrued benefit and in all future accruals shall be determined under the provisions of Article IX (so long as the Plan shall not be top-heavy). A long-term Employee is any Employee who was a Participant during a Year in which the Plan was top-heavy and who, as of the first day of the Year with respect to which the top-heavy restrictions shall have become inapplicable, shall have completed at least five Years of Vesting Credit Service. The vested interest of a long-term Employee in all benefits hereunder shall be determined under the vesting schedule set forth in this Article.

      1. Minimum Benefit . If the Plan shall be top-heavy in any Year, the minimum accrued benefit for each Employee who shall have completed a Year of Credited Service during such Year and who is not a Key Employee (as hereinbefore defined) shall be an annual lifetime retirement benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Age equal to the applicable percentage as hereinafter defined of such Participant's average compensation for a five-year period during which such Employee's compensation shall have been the greatest. The term "applicable percentage" means the lesser of twenty percent (20%) or two percent (2%) multiplied by the number of the Employee's Years of Credited Service subsequent to December 31, 1983, and during which the Plan was top-heavy. If the Participants benefit hereunder shall be paid as other than a single-life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Age, then the Participant shall receive a benefit payment calculated under the preceding provisions hereof.

      2. Additional Limitations . In applying the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, contributions or benefits under the Social Security Act, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act, or any similar federal or state law shall not be taken into account. The provisions of said Sections shall not, however, apply in any event to any Employee included in a unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between Employee representatives and one or more Employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such Employee representatives and such Employer or Employees.

      3. Benefit Limitations . If a Plan shall be top-heavy in any Year prior to January 1, 2000, then all references in Paragraph 6.4 to "one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation" shall be deemed to refer to one hundred percent (100%) of such limitation.

      4. A Key Employee is any Employee or former Employee who at any time during the Plan Year containing the determination date or the four preceding Plan Years is or was (1) an officer of the Employer having annual compensation for such Plan Year which is in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the dollar limit in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends; (2) an owner of (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than a one-half percent (.5%) interest as well as one of the ten (10) largest interests in the Employer and having annual compensation greater than the dollar limit in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the year; (3) a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer; or (4) a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer who has annual compensation of more than $150,000. For purposes of determining five-percent and one-percent owners, neither the aggregation rules nor the rules of subsections (b), (c), and (m) of Code Section 414 apply. Beneficiaries of an Employee acquire the character of the Employee who performed service for the Employer, and inherited benefits will retain the character of the benefits of the Employee who performed services for the Employer.

    1. Modification of Top-Heavy Rules . This Paragraph shall apply for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy plan under section 416(g) of the Code for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2002, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This Paragraph amends Paragraph 19.1 of the Plan.

      1. Determination of Top-Heavy Status .

        1. Key Employee . Key Employee means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

        2. Determination of Present Values and Amounts . This Paragraph 19.2(a)(ii) shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of employees as of the determination date.

          1. Distributions During Year Ending on the Determination Date . The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the Plan and any Plan aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting " 5-year period " for " 1-year period. "

          2. Employees Not Performing Services During Year Ending on the Determination Date . The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

      2. Minimum Benefits . For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirements of section 416(c)(1) of the Code and the Plan, in determining years of service with the employer, any service with the employer shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a Plan Year when the Plan benefits (within the meaning of section 410(b) of the Code) no Key Employee or former Key Employee.




  1. SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MEMEC LLC AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

    1. Special Definitions . For purposes of this Article XX, the following terms have the following meanings unless different meaning is clearly required by the context:

      1. " Closing " means October 16, 2000 (the date of the closing under the Share Purchase Agreement dated August 7, 2000 (the "SPA") between VEBA Electronics GmbH and others, and E.ON AG, on the one hand, and Arrow Electronics, Inc., Cherry Bright Limited and Avnet, Inc.).

      2. " Memec " means Memec LLC and its subsidiaries, Impact Semiconductor Technologies LLC, Insight Electronics LLC, and Unique Semiconductor Technologies Inc..

    2. " Memec Employees" . Memec Employees means individuals who are active Participants immediately prior to the Closing and become employees of Memec upon the Closing.

    3. Memec Employees No Longer Active Participants Under the Plan . Effective as of the Closing, Memec Employees shall accrue no further benefits under the Plan, and Memec Employees shall be fully vested in their benefits already accrued as of the Closing.




  1. Benefit Freeze

No Participant shall accrue any further benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2000. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no period after December 31, 2000 shall be includible in Credited Service, no compensation after December 31, 2000 shall be taken into account in determining Final Average Earnings, and the Primary Insurance Amount under Section 6.1 shall be determined for each Participant as if the Participant had terminated employment on December 31, 2000, based on Social Security benefit levels and law then in effect.




  1. Applicable Mortality Table on and After December 31, 2002

This Article shall apply to distributions with Annuity Commencement Dates on or after December 31, 2002. Notwithstanding any other plan provisions to the contrary, the applicable mortality table used for purposes of adjusting any benefit or limitation under sections 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or(D) of the Code as set forth in Section 6.3 and the applicable mortality table used for purposes of satisfying the requirements of section 417(e) of the Code as set forth in Section 8.4, Article XIX, and Exhibit A of the Plan is the table prescribed in Rev. Rul. 2001-62.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., successor by merger to Wyle Electronics, has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, this 17 day of March, 2003.

ATTEST: ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

/s/ Peter S. Brown By /s/ Robert E. Klatell

Secretary Executive Vice President


EXHIBIT A

JOINT AND SURVIVOR FACTORS

For an employee with a spouse less than five years younger or older, a reduction of: 20% times the survivor percentage.

For an employee with a spouse more than five years younger, a reduction of: 20% plus 1% for every year over five that the spouse is younger, times the survivor percentage.

For an employee with a spouse more than five years older, a reduction of: 20% minus 1% for every year over five that the spouse is older, times the survivor percentage. (If a spouse is more than 25 years older than the employee, there is no reduction.)

Examples:

Spouse's Age Compared

to Employee's Age

Joint and Survivor Factors

100%

66-2/3%

50%

10 years younger or more

--------------------see above---------------------

9 years younger

.760

.840

.880

8 years younger

.770

.847

.885

7 years younger

.780

.853

.890

6 years younger

.790

.860

.895

5 years younger to

5 years older

.800

.867

.900

6 years older

.810

.873

.905

7 years older

.820

.880

.910

8 years older

.830

.887

.915

9 years older

.840

.893

.920

10 years older or more

--------------------see above---------------------

Apply factors to monthly straight-life annuity benefit. Determine ages of both employee and spouse as age nearest birthday.

EXHIBIT A - Continued

LUMP SUM FACTORS

APPLICABLE AS OF JANUARY 31, 1989 TO SECTION 8.4(c)

Age Nearest

Birthday

Factor

(Apply to 12 times the monthly benefit)

Under 35

1.0

35 - 39

1.5

40 - 44

2.0

45 - 49

2.5

50 - 54

3.5

55 - 59

5.0

60 and over

8.0

Miscellaneous

An interest rate of seven percent (7%) per year and the mortality table prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for purposes of Section 417(e) of the Code shall be used for determining all actuarial equivalents under the Plan for which actuarial assumptions or factors are not otherwise specifically provided.


Exhibit 10 (d) (iii)

AGENCY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of this 11th day of November, 2003, between WACHOVIA BANK, National Association, ("Wachovia") and Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation ("AGENT").

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 10(d) of the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Grantor Trust Agreement between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia as restated November 11, 2003 (the "Trust Agreement"), prior to a Change of Control Wachovia, as trustee, is responsible for the payment of benefits at the direction of Arrow Electronics, Inc. under the Arrangements as listed in Attachment I and may retain the AGENT for the purposes of making such payments on Wachovia's behalf;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Wachovia hereby under Section 10 (d) of the Trust Agreement appoints AGENT as its sole agent for the preparation and distribution of some or all of monthly or lump sum benefit checks and/ or electronic transfers for the payment of benefits which become due to or with respect to Participants under the Arrangements. Payments under this Agreement shall only be for Participants who are designated in writing by Arrow Electronics, Inc., as grantor of the Trust, to Wachovia and their Beneficiaries (including any joint annuitants under the Arrangements described in Paragraph 1 of Attachment I to the Trust Agreement, or beneficiaries entitled to death benefits under the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Management Insurance Program referenced in Paragraph 2 of Attachment I). AGENT hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the aforementioned functions in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In performing these specific services, AGENT shall at all times be acting as agent for Wachovia.

2. AGENT will advise Wachovia in writing in advance of the amounts to be paid and provide Wachovia a copy of the applicable payment records or checks documenting payment of these benefits for any payments the AGENT wishes to make instead of having Wachovia, as Trustee, make such payments directly. Upon written notice from Arrow Electronics, Inc., as grantor of this Trust, Wachovia shall, if sufficient funds are available in the Trust and any applicable Benefit Fund and/or Individual Account, reimburse AGENT for the benefit payments made by it under the Arrangements on or after the applicable payment date in accordance with this Agreement.

3. AGENT shall make all necessary income tax withholdings (federal, state and local), social security and other deductions from the payments to participants under this Agreement and forward them on a timely basis to the appropriate tax authorities.

4. AGENT shall on an annual basis prepare all necessary tax reporting to both the Participants and their Beneficiaries and the Internal Revenue Service for any payments made by the AGENT under this Agreement.

5. Subject to the foregoing, this document contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to benefit payments and related services to be made or provided by Arrow Electronics, Inc. in its capacity as AGENT with respect to the Arrangements. No provision of this Agreement shall be amended, modified, or waived except in a written document executed by the parties.

6. This agreement shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina.

7. This Agency Agreement shall remain in effect until the Trustee receives confirmation of non-payment of benefits when due under the Arrangements by AGENT; provided, however, that upon 30 days notice (or such shorter notice period as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties), AGENT can resign and Wachovia will assume responsibility for making future payments directly.

8. Unless the context otherwise requires, words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as such words and phrases have when used (or as defined) in the Trust Agreement and the Arrangements.

9. This Agency Agreement shall apply to payments made under the SERP to a spouse or former spouse of the participant or any other alternative payee described in Section 16(c) of the Trust Agreement, and any such payments made by AGENT before the amendment of Section 16(c) to include such payments shall be reimbursable hereunder promptly after such adoption.

10. Upon execution hereof, this Agency Agreement shall apply to payments made by AGENT under the agency agreement previously in effect between the parties but not previously reimbursed under such agreement, as well as to future payments by AGENT in accordance with the terms hereof and shall supersede such prior agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized on and be effective on this 11th day of November, 2003.

WACHOVIA BANK, National Association.

By: /s/ John N. Smith III

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

By: /s/ Peter S. Brown

Exhibit 10(i)(i)

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

Agreement, dated as of the 15th day of December 2003, by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York and having an address at 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York, New York 11747 (the "Company"), and ROBERT E. KLATELL, 1094 Ponus Ridge Road, New Canaan, Connecticut 06840 (the "Consultant").

WHEREAS, the Consultant is currently serving as an Executive Vice President of the Company, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, dated as of the 1st day of January 1998 (the "Employment Agreement");

WHEREAS, the Consultant's "Employment Period" under the Employment Agreement will terminate on December 31, 2003 when the Consultant will retire from the Company and resign as a director of the Company (the "Retirement Date");

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to avail itself of the Consultant's knowledge, expertise and experience by hiring the Consultant as a consultant for a period of twelve months following the Retirement Date; and

WHEREAS, the Consultant is willing to serve as a consultant to the Company during such period upon the terms and conditions set forth below;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Consultant agree as follows:

  1. Consultancy Services .
    1. The Consultant agrees that, commencing on January 1, 2004 (the "Commencement Date") and continuing until December 31, 2004 (the "End Date"), or such lesser period as provided for in Section 5 hereof (the "Consulting Period"), he shall provide to the Company and its subsidiaries consulting services and advice and shall participate in various external activities and events for the benefit of the Company, as reasonably requested from time to time upon reasonable prior notice by the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") of the Company; provided, however, that during the period commencing on January 1, 2004 and ending on December 31, 2004 or such earlier date as provided in Section 5, the Consultant shall be available to provide services pursuant to this Agreement for a minimum of six consulting days per month. As part of the services rendered under this Agreement, the Consultant shall continue to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of Marubun Arrow until requested to resign from such position by the CEO.
    2. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided in Section 3 hereof, the Consultant shall not be restricted in any manner whatsoever by this Agreement from providing services to any other person or entity and that the agreements set forth herein are entered into upon a non-exclusive basis.
    3. The Consultant shall not, by virtue of the consulting services provided hereunder, be considered to be an officer or employee of the Company during the Consulting Period, and shall not have the power or authority to contract in the name of or bind the Company, except as may be expressly stated in a written delegation of such authority from the CEO.

2. Compensation .

(a) Consulting Fees . The Consultant will be entitled to payment from the Company for services rendered hereunder at the rate of $3,500 per day. The minimum consulting fee of $21,000 per month shall be made monthly in advance on the first business day of each month.

(b) Office and Expenses . The Company will provide the Consultant with office and administrative support appropriate for the level and location of the Consultant's business activity on behalf of the Company. The Company will reimburse the Consultant for out-of-pocket travel, lodging, entertainment, and other appropriate expenses reasonably incurred in the course of the performance of the Consultant's services and otherwise in accordance with Arrow's standard travel and entertainment policy for employees (or for executive officers of the Company if there is a different policy for them).

(c) Billing; Sole Compensation . The Consultant will bill Arrow monthly for the consulting fees and expenses referred to in (a) and (b) above, subject to a minimum fee of $21,000 per month. Such fees and expenses represent the sole compensation due to the Consultant from Arrow under the terms of this Agreement. The Consultant shall be solely responsible for payment of applicable taxes in respect of the payments made to him under this Agreement.

(d) Physical Examination . During the Consulting Period, Consultant will be entitled to one personal physical examination at the Cooper Clinic on a basis consistent with past practice.

(e) Vesting . Any unvested options to acquire stock of the Company held by the Consultant on the Retirement Date shall become fully vested on such date and shall be exercisable for three years from such date. Any unvested restricted Company stock held by the Consultant on the Retirement Date will vest on such date.

(f) Insurance . During the Consulting Period, the Company shall provide the Consultant with accident insurance coverage in the amount of $1,000,000 with respect to accidents which occur while the Consultant is on Company business and with medical insurance coverage or medical expense reimbursement covering medical expenses incurred by the Consultant outside the United States while the Consultant is on Company business.

3. Non-Competition, etc. During the Consulting Period and for a period of two years (one year in the case of (d)) after the termination of the Consulting Period, the Consultant shall not, directly or indirectly:

(a) Disclosure of Information . Use, attempt to use, disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law): (i) any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which he may acquire in the course of his employment or consultancy; or (ii) any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which he now knows or may come to know in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(b) Non-Competition . Without the prior written consent of the Company, engage or become interested in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Asia or anywhere in the world (whether as a director, officer, employee, partner, consultant, or otherwise) in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates ( provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Consultant from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System);

(c) Solicitation . Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which at the time is (or at any time during the preceding twelve months was) a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

(d) Employment . Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention.

The Consultant shall promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Consultant may have in any business, which business could reasonably be construed to be competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates.

4. Indemnity . The Company shall indemnify the Consultant for any claim arising out of or in connection with the Consultant's services as a consultant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company or such subsidiary, as the case may be, indemnifies its then current officers.

5. Early Termination of Consulting Period; Compensation Upon Termination .

(a) Early Termination of Consulting Period - General . Notwithstanding anything in herein to the contrary, the Consulting Period shall terminate on the death or Disability of the Consultant or a termination of the Consultant's services by the Company for Cause or without Cause.

      1. For purposes of this Agreement, " Cause " shall mean the Consultant's (A) willful and continued failure to perform substantially his duties hereunder, (B) gross negligence or serious misconduct, (C) the Consultant's conviction for the commission of a felony or (D) the material breach by the Consultant of any provision of this Agreement. No act or failure to act by the Consultant shall be considered Cause unless the Company has given written notice thereof to the Consultant and, where remedial action is feasible, he has failed to remedy the act or omission within thirty days after receiving such notice. No act, or failure to act, shall be considered "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Consultant in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
      2. For purposes of this Agreement, " Disability " shall mean that the Consultant has been incapable of substantially fulfilling the positions, duties, responsibilities and obligations set forth in this Agreement because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease for a period of (A) at least four consecutive months or (B) more than six months in any twelve month period.

(b) Compensation Upon Any Termination of the Consulting Period . Upon any termination of the Consulting Period on or prior to the End Date, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Consultant (or, if applicable, the Consultant's beneficiary, as elected by the Consultant in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the Company from time to time (the "Beneficiary") (i) within ten business days following such termination, any compensation payable pursuant to Section 2 hereof that has been earned prior to the date of such termination and not yet paid (such payments, the "Accrued Amounts").

(c) Compensation Upon Termination by the Company without Cause or Upon the Consultant's Death or Disability . If the Consulting Period is terminated pursuant to Section 5(a) prior to the End Date due to the termination of the Consultant's services by the Company without Cause or the Death or Disability of the Consultant, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Consultant, within ten business days following such termination, a lump sum cash payment equal to the minimum consulting fees that would have been paid to the Consultant during the period beginning on the date of such termination and ending on the End Date, such amount to be discounted to its present value using the federal funds rate.

6. Independent Contractor . The Consultant is an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create an employee relationship between Company and Consultant.

  1. Separability . The Consultant agrees that the provisions of Section 3 constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Consulting Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Consultant may have under any other provisions hereof. In addition, (a) any provisions which by their terms contemplate the making of payments or the taking of other actions following the termination of the Consulting Period shall survive the termination of the Consulting Period and (b) Section 4 hereof shall survive the termination of the Consulting Period.
  2. Specific Performance . The Consultant acknowledges that (a) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Consultant assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (b) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (c) the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provision hereof are not specifically enforced; and (d) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Consultant. By virtue thereof, the Consultant agrees and consents that if he violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, the Company shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the Consultant from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.
  3. Miscellaneous

(a) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. All other agreements between the parties pertaining to the employment or remuneration of the Consultant not specifically contemplated hereby or incorporated or merged herein are terminated and shall be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall adversely affect the rights of the Consultant under any benefit plan, program or arrangement in which he is participating immediately prior to the commencement of the Consulting Period.

(b) Assignment . This Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Consultant, or by the Consultant without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void.

(c) Waivers. etc. No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term of any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

(d) Provisions Overly Broad . In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the Court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

(e) Notices . Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the third business day following the date of mailing:

(i) if to the Consultant to, to him at his last known home address as reflected on the books and records of the Company.

(ii) if to the Company to:

Arrow Electronics, Inc.

50 Marcus Drive

Melville, New York 11747

Attention: Senior Vice President and General Counsel;

provided, however, that either party may, by notice to the other, change his or its address for notice hereunder.

(f) Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .

(i) This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(ii) Any judicial proceeding brought with respect to this agreement must be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this agreement, each party (i) accepts, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of such of such courts and any related appellate court, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this agreement and (ii) irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court or that such court is an inconvenient forum. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING TO WHICH THEY ARE ADVERSE PARTIES INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

By: /s/ Peter S. Brown

Name: Peter S. Brown

Title: Senior Vice President

CONSULTANT

/s/ Robert E. Klatell

ROBERT E. KLATELL

Exhibit 10 (i)(xi)

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of June 2003 by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a New York corporation with its principal office at 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York 11747 (the "Company"), and Betty Jane Scheihing, residing at 2419 N.E. Lakeview Drive, Sebring, Florida 33870 (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive is now and has been employed by the Company as a Senior Vice President, with the responsibilities and duties of an executive officer of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to provide for the continued employment of the Executive as an employee of the Company and for her to continue to render services to the Company on the terms set forth in, and in accordance with the provisions of, this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") which Employment Agreement shall supersede and replace any employment agreement entered into prior to the date hereof;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment and Duties .

a) Employment . The Company hereby employs the Executive for the Employment Period defined in Paragraph 3, to perform such duties for the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and to hold such offices as may be specified from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors, subject to the following provisions of this Agreement. The Executive hereby accepts such employment.

b) Duties and Responsibilities . It is contemplated that the Executive will be a Senior Vice President of the Company, but the Board of Directors shall have the right to adjust the duties, responsibilities, and title of the Executive as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem to be in the interests of the Company (provided, however, that during the Employment Period, without the consent of the Executive, she shall not be assigned any titles, duties or responsibilities which, in the aggregate, represent a material diminution in, or are materially inconsistent with, her prior title, duties, and responsibilities as a Senior Vice President).

If the Board of Directors does not either continue the Executive in the office of Vice President or elect her to some other executive office satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall have the right to decline to give further service to the Company and shall have the rights and obligations which would accrue to her under Paragraph 6 if she were discharged without cause. If the Executive decides to exercise such right to decline to give further service, she shall within forty-five days after such action or omission by the Board of Directors give written notice to the Company stating her objection and the action she thinks necessary to correct it, and she shall permit the Company to have a forty-five day period in which to correct its action or omission. If the Company makes a correction satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall be obligated to continue to serve the Company. If the Company does not make such a correction, the Executive's rights and obligations under Paragraph 6 shall accrue at the expiration of such forty-five day period.

c) Time Devoted to Duties . The Executive shall devote all of her normal business time and efforts to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, the amount of such time to be sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, to permit her diligently and faithfully to serve and endeavor to further their interests to the best of her ability.

2. Compensation .

a) Monetary Remuneration and Benefits . During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive for all services rendered by her in any capacity:

i. a minimum base salary of $460,000 per year (payable in accordance with the Company's then prevailing practices, but in no event less frequently than in equal monthly installments), subject to increase if the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion so determines; provided that, should the company institute a company-wide pay cut/furlough program, such salary may be decreased by up to 15%, but only for as long as said company-wide program is in effect;

ii. such additional compensation by way of salary or bonus or fringe benefits as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion shall authorize or agree to pay, payable on such terms and conditions as it shall determine; and

iii. such employee benefits that are made available by the Company to its other executives.

b) Annual Incentive Payment . The Executive shall participate in the Company's Management Incentive Plan (or such alternative, successor, or replacement plan or program in which the Company's principal executives, other than the Chief Executive Officer, generally participate) and shall have a targeted incentive thereunder of not less than $240,000 per annum; provided, however, that the Executive's actual incentive payment in any year shall be measured by the Company's performance against goals established for that year and that such performance may produce an incentive payment ranging from none to twice the targeted amount. The Executive's incentive payment for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment.

c) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan . The Executive shall continue to participate in the Company's Unfunded Pension Plan for Selected Executives (the "SERP"). In recognition of the fact that the Executive was eligible to receive the full amount of her pension benefit under the SERP commencing November 1, 2002, the Company will "annuitize" the Executive's SERP benefit payable as of November 1, 2002 for the period of the Executive's continuing employment by the Company up to a maximum period of two years from such date, with the resulting amount payable commencing on retirement to be calculated on the basis of an interest rate of 8% applied to the present value of such SERP benefit as of November 1, 2002 during such period and an adjustment for the corresponding reduction in the actuarially-assumed post-retirement period over which such benefits will be paid.

d) Automobile . During the Employment Period, the Company will pay the Executive a monthly automobile allowance of $850.

e) Expenses . During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive, upon the submission of appropriate vouchers, for out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, expenses for travel, lodging and entertainment) incurred by the Executive in the course of her duties hereunder.

f) Office and Staff . The Company will provide the Executive with an office, secretary and such other facilities as may be reasonably required for the proper discharge of her duties hereunder.

g) Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify the Executive for any and all liabilities to which she may be subject as a result of her employment hereunder (and as a result of her service as an officer or director of the Company, or as an officer or director of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates), as well as the costs of any legal action brought or threatened against her as a result of such employment, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

h) Participation in Plans . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive shall have the right to participate in any and all of the plans or programs made available by the Company (or it subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates) to, or for the benefit of, executives (including the annual stock option and restricted stock grant programs) or employees in general, on a basis consistent with other senior executives.

i) Work Location; Transportation; Housing . The Executive may work from her home in Florida one day a week (either Monday or Friday). The Company will reimburse the Executive for the cost of first class round trip commercial air travel between Florida and New York whenever a Friday or Monday is worked out of the Executive's Florida residence. The Company may on certain occasions permit the Executive to utilize the Company plane in lieu of commercial travel with the prior consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. On such occasions, the Executive will promptly reimburse the Company for the use of the Company plane based on the then applicable rates set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company will also reimburse the Executive for the rental cost of her current Melville apartment and the related charges for utilities. As partial consideration for the Company's reimbursement of these expenses the Company will deduct $1,250 per month (net of applicable taxes) from the Executive's base salary payments.

3. The Employment Period .

The "Employment Period," as used in the Agreement, shall mean the period beginning as of the date hereof and terminating on the last day of the calendar month in which the first of the following occurs:

a) the death of the Executive;

b) the disability of the Executive as determined in accordance with Paragraph 4 hereof and subject to the provisions thereof;

c) the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for cause in accordance with Paragraph 5 hereof; or

d) November 1, 2004; provided that, either the Company or the Executive may terminate the Employment Period prior to such scheduled expiration date by giving the other written notice of its or her election to do so and specifying the earlier termination date, which must be at least 90 days after the date of such notice.

4. Disability .

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed "disabled" upon the earlier to occur of (i) her becoming disabled as defined under the terms of the disability benefit program applicable to the Executive, if any, and (ii) her absence from her duties hereunder on a full-time basis for one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of her incapacity due to accident or physical or mental illness. If the Executive becomes disabled (as defined in the preceding sentence), the Employment Period shall terminate on the last day of the month in which such disability is determined. Until such termination of the Employment Period, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive her base salary, any additional compensation authorized by the Company's Board of Directors, and other remuneration and benefits provided in accordance with Paragraph 2 hereof, all without delay, diminution or proration of any kind whatsoever (except that her remuneration hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any payments she may otherwise receive as a result of her disability pursuant to a disability program provided by or through the Company), and her medical benefits and life insurance shall remain in full force. After termination of the Employment Period as a result of the disability of the Executive, the medical benefits covering the Executive and her family shall remain in place (subject to the eligibility requirements and other conditions continued in the underlying plan, as described in the Company's employee benefits manual, and subject to the requirement that the Executive continue to pay the "employee portion" of the cost thereof), and the Executive's life insurance policy under the Management Insurance Program shall be transferred to her, as provided in the related agreement, subject to the obligation of the Executive to pay the premiums therefor.

In the event that, notwithstanding such a determination of disability, the Executive is determined not to be totally and permanently disabled prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to resume employment with the Company under the terms of this Agreement for the then remaining balance of the Employment Period.

5. Termination for Cause .

In the event of any malfeasance, willful misconduct, active fraud or gross negligence by the Executive in connection with her employment hereunder, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period by giving the Executive notice in writing of the reason for such proposed termination. If the Executive shall not have corrected such conduct to the satisfaction of the Company within thirty days after such notice, the Employment Period shall terminate and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder but the restriction on the Executive's activities contained in Paragraph 7 and the obligations of the Executive contained in Paragraphs 8(b) and 8(c) shall continue in effect as provided therein.

6. Termination Without Cause .

In the event that the Company discharges the Executive without cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the salary provided in Paragraph 2(a), two-thirds of the targeted incentive provided in Paragraph 2(b), the vesting of any restricted stock awards and the immediate exercisability of any stock options, as well as her rights under Paragraph 4, which would have vested or become exercisable during the full Employment Period (which, in that event, shall continue until December 31, 1999 unless sooner terminated by the Executive's disability or death), and the Company shall have no right to set off payments due the Executive with any amounts she may earn from gainful employment elsewhere. It is expressly agreed and understood that the Executive shall be under no obligation to seek such employment. The provisions of Paragraph 7 restricting the Executive's activities and the Executive's obligations under Paragraph 8(b) and 8(c) shall continue in effect. The provisions of this Paragraph 6 shall not act to limit the Executive's ability to recover damages from the Company for breaching this Agreement by terminating the Employment Period without cause, except as otherwise permitted by Paragraph 3.

7. Non-Competition; Trade Secrets .

During the Employment Period and for a period of one year after the termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

a) Disclosure of Information . Use, attempt to use, disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Board of Directors of the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law):

i. any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which she may acquire in the course of her employment, in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

ii. any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which she now knows or may come to know in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates;

b) Non-Competition . Engage or become interested in the United States, Canada or Mexico (whether as an owner, shareholder, partner, lender or other investor, director, officer, employee, consultant or otherwise) in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Executive from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, if such investment is otherwise permitted by the Company's Human Resource and Conflict of Interest policies);

c) Solicitation . Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which was or at the time is a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

d) Employment . Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, or otherwise participate in the employment or retention of, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention.

The Executive will promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Executive may have in any business.

Except as expressly herein provided, nothing contained herein is intended to prevent the Executive, at any time after the termination of the Employment Period, from either (i) being gainfully employed or (ii) exercising her skills and abilities outside of such geographic areas, provided in either case the provisions of this Agreement are complied with.

8. Preservation of Business .

a) General . During the Employment Period, the Executive will use her best efforts to advance the business and organization of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to keep available to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, the services of present and future employees and to advance the business relations with its suppliers, distributors, customers and others.

b) Patents and Copyrights, etc. The Executive agrees, without additional compensation, to make available to the Company all knowledge possessed by her relating to any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which concern in any way the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether acquired by the Executive before or during her employment hereunder.

Any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which the Executive may conceive of or make, related directly or indirectly to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any part thereof, during the Employment Period, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive also agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to execute patent applications and any other instruments deemed necessary by the Company for the prosecution of such patent applications or the acquisition of Letters Patent in the United States or any other country and for the assignment to the Company of any patents which may be issued. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of having made such patent applications or being granted such patents.

Any writings or other materials written or produced by the Executive or under her supervision (whether alone or with others and whether or not during regular business hours), during the Employment Period which are related, directly or indirectly, to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or are capable of being used therein, and the copyright thereof, common law or statutory, including all renewals and extensions, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such writings or materials to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive further agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to take any and all action deemed necessary by the Company to obtain copyrights or other protections for such writings or other materials or to protect the Company's right, title and interest therein. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of the Executive's compliance with the Company's request.

c) Return of Documents . Upon the termination of the Employment Period, including any termination of employment described in Paragraph 6, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all copies of information protected by Paragraph 7(a) hereof or pertaining to matters covered by subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8 which are in her possession, custody or control, whether prepared by her or others.

9. Separability .

The Executive agrees that the provisions of Paragraphs 7 and 8 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Executive may have under any other provisions hereof. The Company agrees that the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Executive notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Company may have under any other provisions hereof.

10. Specific Performance .

The Executive acknowledges that (i) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Executive assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (ii) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (iii) the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provisions hereof are not specifically enforced; and (iv) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Executive. The Company acknowledges that (i) the Executive will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of Paragraphs 6 hereof are not specifically enforced and (ii) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Executive in the event of a breach thereof by the Company. By virtue thereof, the Executive agrees and consents that if she violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company agrees and consents that if it violates any of the provisions of Paragraphs 6 hereof, the other party, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching party from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.

11. Miscellaneous .

a) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement constitutes the whole employment agreement between the parties and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. It is

specifically agreed and understood, however, that the provisions of that certain letter agreement dated as of October 24, 1989 granting to the Executive extended separation benefits in the event of a change in control of the Company shall survive and shall not be affected hereby. All other agreements between the parties pertaining to the employment or remuneration of the Executive not specifically contemplated hereby or incorporated or merged herein are terminated and shall be of no further force or effect.

b) Assignment . Except as stated below, this Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Executive, or by the Executive without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or business entity or otherwise reorganize itself, provided the surviving corporation or entity, if not the Company, shall assume this Agreement and become obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions hereof, in which event the Executive's obligations shall continue in favor of such other corporation or entity.

c) Waivers, etc. No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

d) Provisions Overly Broad . In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them, so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

e) Notices . Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the date of mailing:

i. if to the Executive to:

Betty Jane Scheihing

2419 N.E. Lakeview Drive

Sebring, Florida 33870

ii. if to the Company to:

Arrow Electronics, Inc.

50 Marcus Drive

Melville, New York 11747

Attention: Senior Vice President

and General Counsel

Either party may, by notice to the other, change her or its address for notice hereunder.

f) New York Law . This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

Attest: ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

/s/ Wayne Brody By: /s/ Peter S. Brown

Secretary Senior Vice President

THE EXECUTIVE

/s/ Betty Jane Scheihing

Betty Jane Scheihing

Exhibit 10 (i) (xii)

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of January, 2004 by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS EMEASA, INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal office at 50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York 11747 (the "Company"), and GERMANO FANELLI, residing at 14, Via Fratelli Bressan, 20126 Milano, Italy (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Executive as its President, with the responsibilities and duties of an executive officer of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Executive wishes to accept such employment to render services to the Company on the terms set forth in, and in accordance with the provisions of, this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement");

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment and Duties .

a) Employment . The Company hereby employs the Executive for the Employment Period defined in Paragraph 3, to perform such duties for the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and to hold such offices as may be specified from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors, subject to the following provisions of this Agreement. The Executive hereby accepts such employment.

b) Duties and Responsibilities . It is contemplated that the Executive will be President of the Company, but the Board of Directors shall have the right to adjust the duties, responsibilities, and title of the Executive as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem to be in the interests of the Company (provided, however, that during the Employment Period, without the consent of the Executive, he shall not be assigned any titles, duties or responsibilities which, in the aggregate, represent a material diminution in, or are materially inconsistent with, his prior title, duties, and responsibilities as President. The Executive shall initially report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Arrow Electronics, Inc. The Executive shall be based in Milan, Italy.

If (i) the Board of Directors does not either continue the Executive in the office of President or elect him to some other executive office satisfactory to the Executive or (ii) at anytime during the Employment Period (A) William E. Mitchell ceases to be employed as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and (B) Daniel W. Duval ceases to serve as Chairman of the Company or the Executive is directed to report to a person other than the Chief Executive Officer of Arrow Electronics Inc., the Executive shall have the right to decline to give further service to the Company (but, in the case of (ii) above, only after giving 12 months prior written notice to the Company of his intention to do so) and, in the case of (i) above, the Executive shall have the rights and obligations which would accrue to him under Paragraph 6 if he were discharged without cause. In the case of (i) above, if the Executive decides to exercise such right to decline to give further service, he shall within forty-five days after such action or omission by the Board of Directors give written notice to the Company stating his objection and the action he thinks necessary to correct it, and he shall permit the Company to have a forty-five day period in which to correct its action or omission. If the Company makes a correction satisfactory to the Executive, the Executive shall be obligated to continue to serve the Company. If the Company does not make such a correction, the Executive's rights and obligations under Paragraph 6 shall accrue at the expiration of such forty-five day period. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive declines to give further service to the Company on the basis of (ii) above, such action on the part of the Executive shall constitute a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive; he shall have no rights under Paragraph 6 but the Executive shall have the rights provided in item 1 under the "Minimum Benefit for the avoidance of doubt" provision in the Term Sheet; and he shall continue to be bound by the other provisions of this Agreement that are applicable after the termination of the Employment Period, including Paragraph 7.

c) Time Devoted to Duties . The Executive shall devote all of his normal business time and efforts to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, the amount of such time to be sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, to permit him diligently and faithfully to serve and endeavor to further their interests to the best of his ability.

d) Vacation . During the Employment Period, the Executive will be given seven weeks vacation with full pay each year, to be taken at the Executive's discretion; provided however, that the Executive will use his best efforts to ensure that such vacation does not unduly interfere with the operation and performance of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates. The Executive's vacation time for any year will be appropriately pro-rated to reflect a partial year of employment.

2. Compensation .

a) Monetary Remuneration and Benefits . During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive for all services rendered by him in any capacity the compensation and benefits specified in the term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Term Sheet").

b) Automobile . During the Employment Period, the Company will provide the Executive with an automobile equivalent to that provided to the Executive in connection with his former employment by Arrow Holdings South Europe ("AHSE") and will pay the expenses related to the operation of the automobile to the same extent as AHSE has paid them previously.

c) Expenses . During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive, upon the submission of appropriate vouchers, for out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, expenses for travel, lodging and entertainment) incurred by the Executive in the course of his duties hereunder.

d) Office and Staff . The Company will provide the Executive with an office, secretary and such other facilities as may be reasonably required for the proper discharge of his duties hereunder.

e) Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify the Executive for any and all liabilities to which he may be subject as a result of his employment hereunder (and as a result of his service as an officer or director of the Company, or as an officer or director of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates), as well as the costs of any legal action brought or threatened against him as a result of such employment, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

3. The Employment Period .

The "Employment Period," as used in the Agreement, shall mean the period beginning as of the date hereof and terminating on the last day of the calendar month in which the first of the following occurs:

a) the death of the Executive;

b) the disability of the Executive as determined in accordance with Paragraph 4 hereof and subject to the provisions thereof;

c) the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for cause in accordance with Paragraph 5 hereof; or

d) December 31, 2006; provided, however, that, unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided herein, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one or more twelve (12) month periods beyond the then scheduled expiration date thereof unless between the 18th and 12th month preceding such scheduled expiration date either the Company or the Executive gives the other written notice of its or his election not to have the Employment Period so extended.

4. Disability .

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed "disabled" upon the earlier to occur of (i) his becoming disabled as defined under the terms of the disability benefit program applicable to the Executive, if any, and (ii) his absence from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for 12 consecutive months as a result of his incapacity due to accident or physical or mental illness. If the Executive becomes disabled (as defined in the preceding sentence), the Employment Period shall terminate on the last day of the 12 (twelve) month period referred to above. Until such termination of the Employment Period, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive his base salary, any additional compensation authorized by the Company's Board of Directors, and other remuneration and benefits provided in accordance with Paragraph 2 hereof, all without delay, diminution or proration of any kind whatsoever (except that his remuneration hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any payments he may otherwise receive as a result of his disability pursuant to a disability program provided by or through the Company), and any applicable medical benefits and life insurance shall remain in full force. After termination of the Employment Period as a result of the disability of the Executive, any applicable medical benefits covering the Executive and his family shall remain in place (subject to the eligibility requirements and other conditions continued in the underlying plan, as described in the Company's employee benefits manual, and subject to the requirement that the Executive continue to pay the "employee portion" of the cost thereof).

In the event that, notwithstanding such a determination of disability, the Executive is determined not to be totally and permanently disabled prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to resume employment with the Company under the terms of this Agreement for the then remaining balance of the Employment Period.

5. Termination for Cause .

In the event of any malfeasance, willful misconduct, active fraud or gross negligence by the Executive in connection with his employment hereunder, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period by giving the Executive notice in writing of the reason for such proposed termination. If the Executive shall not have corrected such conduct to the satisfaction of the Company within thirty days after such notice, the Employment Period shall terminate and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder but the restriction on the Executive's activities contained in Paragraph 7 and the obligations of the Executive contained in Paragraphs 8(b) and 8(c) shall continue in effect as provided therein.

6. Termination Without Cause .

In the event that the Company discharges the Executive without cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the salary provided in the Term Sheet, two-thirds of the targeted bonus provided in the Term Sheet, the vesting of any restricted stock awards and the immediate exercisability of any stock options, as well as his rights under Paragraph 4, which would have vested or become exercisable during the full Employment Period (which, in that event, shall continue until December 31, 2006 unless sooner terminated by the Executive's disability or death). Any Amounts payable to the Executive under this Paragraph 6 shall be reduced by the amount of the Executive's earnings from other employment (which the Executive shall have an affirmative duty to seek; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be obligated to accept a new position which is not reasonably comparable to his employment with the Company).

7. Non-Competition; Trade Secrets .

During the Employment Period and (but in the case of (b), only if requested by the Company) for a period of one year after the termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage in any of the following on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity:

a) Disclosure of Information . Use, attempt to use, disclose or attempt to disclose or otherwise make known to any person or entity (other than to the Board of Directors of the Company or otherwise in the course of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and except as may be required by applicable law):

i. any knowledge or information, including, without limitation, lists of customers or suppliers, trade secrets, know-how, inventions, discoveries, processes and formulae, as well as all data and records pertaining thereto, which he may acquire in the course of his employment, in any manner which may be, or is reasonably likely to be, detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

ii. any knowledge or information of a confidential nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets or memoranda of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, which he now knows or may come to know in any manner which may be detrimental to or cause injury or loss to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates;

b) Non-Competition . Engage or become interested in, anywhere in Europe (whether as an owner, shareholder, partner, lender or other investor, director, officer, employee, consultant or otherwise), in the business of distributing electronic parts, components, supplies or systems, or any other business that is competitive with the principal business or businesses then conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Executive from acquiring or owning less than 1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock or debentures of a corporation whose securities are listed and publicly traded on a recognized stock exchange, if such investment is otherwise permitted by the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Worldwide Code of Business Conduct and Ethics;

For the avoidance of doubt, the obligations set forth in this Paragraph 7(b) shall apply in the event that the Company exercises its right to require the Executive's non-competition and shall be subject to the following:

i. In the event that the Company is required by applicable law to give the Executive prior notice of its intention to terminate his work relationship with the Company but instructs the Executive not to carry on working during such notice period, the twelve month additional non-compete period referred to above in this Paragraph 7(b) shall commence on the date the Executive so ceases working on the instructions of the Company.

ii. Similarly, if the Executive is required to give the Company advance notice of his intention to terminate his work relationship with the Company and gives such notice, and the Company instructs him not to carry on working during such period, the twelve month additional non-compete period referred to above in this Paragraph 7(b) shall commence on the date the Executive so ceases working on the instructions of the Company.

iii. If, on the other hand, the Executive is required to give such advance notice and fails to do so or is unwilling to continue working during such notice period, such twelve month non-compete period shall commence on the date the Executive actually ceases carrying out his duties, and such twelve month period shall be extended beyond twelve months, as the case may be, for an additional period equal to the length of such required notice period.

iv. If the Company decides to exercise its right pursuant to this Paragraph 7(b) to require the Executive to extend his non-competition obligation beyond termination of his work relationship with the Company, the Company agrees to pay the Executive, in consideration thereof and contingent on his adherence to the terms of such obligations as set forth herein, an amount equal to 80% of the sum of his annual base salary and his average annual bonus for the past three years of employment (or if less than three, such lesser number of years) for each year of such non-competition obligation (as adjusted for any period less than one year) payable in equal monthly installments during such term of non-competition.

v. In the event that the Executive breaches any provision of this Paragraph 7(b), as determined by any Court of competent jurisdiction, and without limiting any other rights the Company may have regarding such breach, in law or in equity or as otherwise available, including the rights set forth in Paragraph 10, the Company may immediately cease any payments due to the Executive pursuant to this Paragraph 7, and the Executive will be bound to (i) re-pay to the Company any amounts previously paid to the Executive during the non-competition period and, (ii) pay to the Company a sum, on account of liquidated damages, equal to the global amount otherwise payable to the Executive during the entire non-competition period in consideration of his non-competition obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not in any way limit the Company's rights to enjoin the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder or to require the Executive's specific performance of his obligations hereunder, nor shall anything herein provide, or be construed to provide, the Executive with the option of electing to forego the payments required to be made by the Company pursuant to this Paragraph 7(b) in order to avoid his obligation not to compete;

c) Solicitation . Solicit or participate in the solicitation of any business of any type conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, during said term or for two years thereafter, from any person, firm or other entity which was or at the time is a supplier or customer, or prospective supplier or customer, of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

d) Employment . Employ or retain, or arrange to have any other person, firm or other entity employ or retain, or otherwise participate in the employment or retention of, any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, at any time during the period of twelve consecutive months immediately preceding such employment or retention term during said term or for two years thereafter.

e) Disclosure . The Executive will promptly furnish in writing to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, any information reasonably requested by the Company (including any third party confirmations) with respect to any activity or interest the Executive may have in any business.

f) Reasonableness of Restrictions . Except as expressly herein provided, nothing contained herein is intended to prevent the Executive, at any time after the termination of the Employment Period, from either (i) being gainfully employed or (ii) exercising his skills and abilities outside of such geographic areas, provided in either case the provisions of this Agreement are complied with. The Executive represents that his experience, capabilities and circumstances are such that the provisions of this Paragraph 7 will not prevent him from earning a livelihood. The Executive further agrees that the limitations set forth in this Agreement are reasonable in duration, geographic area and scope and are properly required for the adequate protection of the business interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

8. Preservation of Business .

a) General . During the Employment Period, the Executive will use his best efforts to advance the business and organization of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to keep available to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, the services of present and future employees and to advance the business relations with its suppliers, distributors, customers and others.

b) Patents and Copyrights, etc. The Executive agrees, without additional compensation, to make available to the Company all knowledge possessed by him relating to any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which concern in any way the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether acquired by the Executive before or during his employment hereunder.

Any methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements (whether patented, patentable or unpatentable) which the Executive may conceive of or make, related directly or indirectly to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any part thereof, during the Employment Period, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such methods, developments, inventions, processes, discoveries and/or improvements to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive also agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to execute patent applications and any other instruments deemed necessary by the Company for the prosecution of such patent applications or the acquisition of Letters Patent in the United States or any other country and for the assignment to the Company of any patents which may be issued. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of having made such patent applications or being granted such patents.

Any writings or other materials written or produced by the Executive or under his supervision (whether alone or with others and whether or not during regular business hours), during the Employment Period which are related, directly or indirectly, to the business or affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or are capable of being used therein, and the copyright thereof, common law or statutory, including all renewals and extensions, shall be and remain the property of the Company. The Executive agrees promptly to communicate and disclose all such writings or materials to the Company and to execute and deliver to it any instruments deemed necessary by the Company to effect the disclosure and assignment thereof to it. The Executive further agrees, on request and at the expense of the Company, to take any and all action deemed necessary by the Company to obtain copyrights or other protections for such writings or other materials or to protect the Company's right, title and interest therein. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities or damages sustained by the Executive by reason of the Executive's compliance with the Company's request.

c) Return of Documents . Upon the termination of the Employment Period, including any termination of employment described in Paragraph 6, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all copies of information protected by Paragraph 7(a) hereof or pertaining to matters covered by subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8 which are in his possession, custody or control, whether prepared by him or others.

9. Separability .

The Executive agrees that the provisions of Paragraphs 7 and 8 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Executive may have under any other provisions hereof. The Company agrees that the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof constitute independent and separable covenants which shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and which shall be enforceable by the Executive notwithstanding any rights or remedies the Company may have under any other provisions hereof.

10. Specific Performance .

The Executive acknowledges that (i) the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement and the obligations of the Executive assumed herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character; (ii) it would be difficult or impossible to replace such services and obligations; (iii) the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates will be irreparably damaged if the provisions hereof are not specifically enforced; and (iv) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates in the event of a breach hereof by the Executive. The Company acknowledges that (i) the Executive will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of Paragraphs 1(b) and 6 hereof are not specifically enforced and (ii) the award of monetary damages will not adequately protect the Executive in the event of a breach thereof by the Company. By virtue thereof, the Executive agrees and consents that if he violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company agrees and consents that if it violates any of the provisions of Paragraphs 1(b) and 6 hereof, the other party, in addition to any other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise, shall (without any bond or other security being required and without the necessity of proving monetary damages) be entitled to a temporary and/or permanent injunction to be issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching party from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement, or any other appropriate decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any of them may have.

11. Miscellaneous .

a) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement constitutes the whole employment agreement between the parties and may not be modified, amended or terminated except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. All other agreements between the parties pertaining to the employment or remuneration of the Executive not specifically contemplated hereby or incorporated or merged herein are terminated and shall be of no further force or effect.

b) Assignment . Except as stated below, this Agreement is not assignable by the Company without the written consent of the Executive, or by the Executive without the written consent of the Company, and any purported assignment by either party of such party's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement shall be null and void; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or business entity or otherwise reorganize itself, provided the surviving corporation or entity, if not the Company, shall assume this Agreement and become obligated to perform all of the terms and conditions hereof, in which event the Executive's obligations shall continue in favor of such other corporation or entity.

c) Waivers, etc. No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. The failure of any party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement on that or any other occasion.

d) Provisions Overly Broad . In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad in scope, duration or area of applicability, the court considering the same shall have the power and hereby is authorized and directed to modify such term or provision to limit such scope, duration or area, or all of them, so that such term or provision is no longer overly broad and to enforce the same as so limited. Subject to the foregoing sentence, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

e) Notices . Any notice permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, on the date of mailing:

i. if to the Executive to:

Germano Fanelli

14, Via Fratelli Bressan

20126 Milano, Italy

ii. if to the Company to:

Arrow Electronics EMEASA, Inc.

c/o Mr Roberto Spada

14, Via Pietro Mascagni

20122 Milano Italy

Attention: Mr. Roberto Spada


with a copy to:

Arrow Electronics, Inc.

50 Marcus Drive

Melville, New York 11747

Attention: Peter S. Brown

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Either party may, by notice to the other, change his or its address for notice hereunder.

f) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

ARROW ELECTRONICS EMEASA, INC.

By: /s/ Peter S. Brown

THE EXECUTIVE

/s/ Germano Fanelli

Germano Fanelli

Germano Fanelli

Term Sheet

Exhibit A

Position: President, Arrow Electronics EMEASA

Effective Date: January 1, 2004

Annual Compensation:

(all amounts gross of personal income withholding taxes and in Euros)

2004

2005

2006

Total

Base salary

325,000

357,000

393,250

1,075,750

Target bonus (100%)

175,000

192,000

211,750

579,250

Total gross

500,000

550,000

605,000

1,655,000

Employment Terms:

You will be hired as a Dirigente employee of the newly established Italian branch office of Arrow Electronics EMEASA ("NewCo"). In addition, you will retain Board member ( Consigliere di Amministrazione ) status in Arrow Holdings So Europe ("AHSE").

Base Salary and Annual Incentive

Your annual cash compensation in the proposed plan is set forth above. Your actual annual bonus will be determined annually under the MICP program and may range from 0 - 200% of target depending on results.

Executive Equity Programs

You will participate in the Company's current Stock Option program and Restricted Stock program or any replacement programs that may emerge from the current executive compensation review that is currently under way.

Severance Plans:

Effective with your resignation as Dirigente from AHSE, in addition to the legally mandated severance due to you, a severance in the net amount of Euro 295,000 will be payable to you no later than February 28, 2004. No later than February 28, 2007 you will receive, in addition to any legally mandated severance due to you as a result of the termination of your employment relationship with EMEASA, a severance payment in the net amount of Euro 351,000. If the employment relationship is continued beyond December 31, 2006 such amount will be paid to you by the aforesaid date of February 28, 2007, on account of bonus. Such Payment is in lieu of the severance and no further additional severance will be paid.


Interim Spot Bonus Plan:

A separate spot bonus in the gross amount of Euro 643,500 is payable to you no later than June 30, 2005.

Pension

In the event that Germano Fanelli wishes to renew the employment agreement for an additional year after December 31, 2006 and Arrow does not and, as a result, Germano Fanelli is short of the 40 years of employment required to achieve the maximum Italian state pension, Arrow will, at its option, either (i) agree to extend the employment agreement for an additional six months, but such extension will involve employment in a role to be determined by Arrow (which role may or may not be the same as Germano Fanelli's role at the time of the extension) or (ii) pay Germano Fanelli six months base salary and an amount equal to 50% of the average of Mr. Fanelli's annual target bonus payments during the employment period.


Germano Fanelli

Arrow Electronics EMEA & South America

Profit Sharing Bonus Plan

Term Sheet

Exhibit A

The Plan is designed to reward the sustainable, long term growth in Europe over the three or more years Germano Fanelli directly manages the region and one year after Germano Fanelli's retirement. The Plan is also intended to reward Germano Fanelli for having hired and developed a suitable successor.

Metrics Used:

  • Operating Income : Estimated Baseline: $145,8M. Primary measure to establish the profit sharing pool. (Forecasted 2003 operating income excluding Nordic Microtronica plus 2004 Plan, the total of which is divided by two) less $2 million forms the baseline against which future performance (2004, 2005, 2006) and (2004-one year after retirement) are measured. The final calculation of the baseline will be agreed by no later than December 31, 2003. Germano Fanelli will earn 5% of excess average operating income over this baseline.

  • EBIT : Estimated Baseline 5.4%: Will be the % equal to the average of the forecasted 2003 and the Planned 2004 EBIT %. For every 20 basis points improvement in the Three Year Average and Final Average EBIT over the Baseline EBIT, either up or down, a 1.0% enhancement or reduction will be applied to the Plan Distribution paid in 2007 and 2008 or later. In all cases the maximum enhancement or reduction to the Plan Distribution from the EBIT performance will be 15.0%.

  • Return on Working Capital: Estimated Baseline 19.3%: Will be the % equal to the average of the forecasted 2003 and the Planned 2004 ROWC. For every 40 basis points improvement in the Three Year Average and the Final Average ROWC over the Baseline ROWC, either up or down, a 1.0% enhancement or reduction will be applied to the Plan Distribution payable in 2007 and 2008 or later. In all cases the maximum enhancement or reduction to the Plan Distribution from the ROWC performance will be 15.0%

Note - All baselines include year-end 2003 estimates and a constant exchange rate and will be finalized by December 31, 2003. The Euro rates will be those prevailing as at December 1, 2003.

Exclusions:

The Plan will exclude any of the following items deemed by the Company to have a material effect :

  1. Financial impact from changes in interest, tax, and currency rates

  2. Financial impact from changes in reserves on Arrow Europe financial statements

  3. Financial impact attributable to changes in capitalization structure

  4. Financial impacts attributed specifically to an acquisition or divestiture

  5. Financial impact brought on by changes in accounting methodologies

  6. Other changes approved at a Arrow Corporate or global level of similar nature and

impact

Maximum Benefit:

Total maximum payout under the Plan is USD $6 million total. (Refer to attached page for additional detail.)

Minimum Benefit:

Minimum payout under this Plan is USD $600,000.

For the avoidance of doubt it is agreed that:

  1. In case of termination of the employment for cause by the Company as well as in the case of voluntary termination by the Executive, Germano Fanelli will be entitled to receive the minimum pay out of $ 600,000 prorated to the actual length of his employment up to the effective date of termination.

2. In case of termination of the employment by the Company without cause, Germano Fanelli will be entitled to receive the greater of (i) the minimum pay out of $ 600,000 in its entirety or (ii) if the termination becomes effective after December 31, 2005, the Profit Sharing Bonus calculated in accordance with the Profit Sharing Plan taking into account the difference between the base line and the average of 2004 and 2005. This will apply also in the case of termination of the employment due to the disability of the Executive if it first arises after December 31, 2005.


Germano Fanelli

Profit Sharing Plan

Term Sheet

Exhibit A

Operating Income - Europe

Three-year average "Baseline"

(2001 - 2003) $145.8 Million

Assuming no adjustments for EBIT and ROWC, for each $20 Million of Incremental 3-Year Average O.I. over "Baseline"

Payout = $1 Million

If average 3-year O.I. (2004-2006) # $157.8 Million

Total Payment = $600,000

Assuming no adjustments for EBIT and ROWC, if average 3-year O.I. (2004-2006)

3 $265.8 Million and stays

there thru 2007

Total Payment = $6,000,000

1 st Pay : March 2007 $3,000,000

2 nd Pay* : March 2008 $3,000,000

Total : $6,000,000

1 st Pay : March 2007 50% Minimum $300,000

2 nd Pay* : March 2008 Balance $300,000

Total : $600,000

Minimum Payout Maximum Payout

  • 2 nd payout scheduled for March 2008 (or, if later, March of the year following the 1 st anniversary of Germano Fanelli's retirement) may be adjusted based on performance during 2007 or, if later for 2007 and the year following Germano Fanelli's retirement, subject to maximum and minimum limits.

Exhibit 10 (i) (xvii)

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT

(as amended and restated November 11, 2003)

This Grantor Trust Agreement (the "Trust Agreement") is an amendment and restatement as of November 11, 2003 of an agreement originally entered into on June 25, 1998 by and between ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. , a New York corporation ("the Company") and WACHOVIA BANK, N.A. , a national association ("the Trustee"), which agreement was amended and restated in its entirety on August 27, 2002 and further amended by Amendment No. 1 adopted August 28, 2003.

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the nonqualified deferred compensation and death benefit plans and agreements listed in Attachment I (the "Arrangements"), and may in the future add other plans and arrangements to Attachment I, thus including them in the Arrangements subject to this Trust Agreement ;

WHEREAS, the Company has incurred and expects to incur liability under the terms of such Arrangements with respect to the individuals participating in such Arrangements (the "Participants and Beneficiaries");

WHEREAS, the Company has hereby established a trust (the "Trust") and has contributed and will in the future contribute to the Trust assets to be held therein, subject to the claims of the Company's creditors in the event of the Company's Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Participants and their Beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Arrangements and in this Trust Agreement;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (hereinafter referred to, together with any individual agreements relating thereto, as the "SERP") or any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan included in the Arrangements, as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA");

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Company to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds (the "Trust Fund" or "Fund") to assist it in satisfying its liabilities under the Arrangements;

WHEREAS, prior to a Change of Control amounts deposited to the Trust by the Company were previously irrevocable (except in the case of the Company's insolvency) only to the extent so required under an applicable agreement or as determined by the Committee in its discretion; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to make deposits on behalf of retired SERP participants which are similarly irrevocable and make related changes;

NOW , THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee hereby agree pursuant to Section 14 of the Agreement to amend and restate this Agreement in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of the date hereof:

  1. Establishment of The Trust

    1. The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

    2. The Company shall be considered a grantor for the purposes of the Trust.

    3. The Trust hereby established is revocable by the Company prior to a Change of Control as defined herein, except to the extent provided in Section 1(g) below; it shall become irrevocable in its entirety upon a Change of Control.

    4. The Company hereby deposits with the Trustee in the Trust one-thousand dollars and zero cents ($1,000.00), which shall become the initial principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

    5. The principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Arrangements and this Trust Agreement shall be unsecured contractual rights of Participants and their Beneficiaries against the Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company under federal and state law in the event the Company is Insolvent, as defined in Section 3(a) herein.

    6. The Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in the Trust to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel additional deposits under this Section 1(f).

      1. The Company may in its discretion direct the Trustee to establish separate funds (each fund individually referred to as a "Benefit Fund") within the Trust Fund. A Benefit Fund may be established to pay out the benefits provided under the Arrangements, or, alternatively to pay out a particular type of benefit under the Arrangements, such as benefits provided under a specific plan or arrangement included among the Arrangements, or benefits provided to a specific group of Participants.

      2. Prior to a Change in Control, upon the death, disability, retirement, or termination for any reason of a Participant in respect of whom future benefits may be payable under the Arrangements, the Company shall to the extent that irrevocable funding of any benefits under the Arrangements is required pursuant to any agreement between the Company and the Participant, direct the Trustee to create within the Trust Fund or any applicable Benefit Fund a separate bookkeeping account for such Participant (each such account individually referred to as an "Individual Account"), to which the deposits required by such agreement and Section 1(i) shall be credited. The portion of the Trust Fund or any Benefit Fund, as applicable, allocable to each such Individual Account (as determined in accordance with Section 1(g)(6)) shall be irrevocable.

      3. The Company shall direct the Trustee to create, within the Trust Fund or any applicable Benefit Fund, a separate bookkeeping account for all retired SERP Participants for whom no Individual Account has been established with respect to the SERP under Section 1(g)(2) (the "Group Account"). Upon the retirement of any such Participant under the terms of the SERP, the Company shall deposit in the Trust Fund an amount sufficient to provide no less than 100% of the actuarial present value of the benefits to which the Participant is then entitled, determined based on the applicable actuarial assumptions set forth in Attachment II. As soon as practicable following the end of each calendar year, but in no event later than the March 31 next following, the Company shall deposit additional cash or other property in the Trust Fund if and to the extent such an additional deposit is necessary for the value of the net assets of the Group Account to be no less than 100% of the actuarial present value of all benefits payable to Participants within the Group Account or their Beneficiaries, determined as of the end of such calendar year, subject to such adjustment for intervening events (if any) as the Company prior to a Change of Control or the Trustee following a Change of Control shall determine to be appropriate in its discretion. The portion of the Trust Fund or any Benefit Fund, as applicable, allocable to the Group Account (as determined in accordance with Section 1(g)(6)), other than assets which have subsequently become unallocated assets in accordance with Section 1(h)(3), shall be irrevocable.

      4. Prior to a Change in Control, upon the death, disability, retirement, or termination for any reason of a Participant in respect of whom future benefits may be payable under the Arrangements other than retirement benefits under the SERP taken into account under Section 1(g)(3), the Company may in its discretion direct the Trustee to create within the Trust Fund or any applicable Benefit Fund a separate bookkeeping account for such Participant (each such account individually referred to as an "Individual Account") and make such deposits thereto as the Company determines in its discretion. The portion of the Trust Fund or any Benefit Fund, as applicable, allocable to each such Individual Account (as determined in accordance with Section 1(g)(6)) shall be revocable prior to a Change of Control except as otherwise determined by the Company in its discretion and specified in written directions to the Trustee.

      5. The share of the Trust Fund allocable to each Benefit Fund or Individual Account or the Group Account need not be separately invested from the balance of the Trust Fund, but may be so invested in whole or in part in the discretion of the Trustee or, prior to a Change of Control, at the direction of the Company.

      6. The Trustee shall credit or charge each Benefit Fund or Individual Account or Group Account established under this Section 1(g) with any deposits, income, gains, losses, expenses and benefit disbursements properly allocable thereto and any reallocation of assets thereto or therefrom.

      1. Subject to the provisions of Section 3, the portion of the Trust Fund allocable to a specific Benefit Fund or Individual Account or the Group Account shall be used exclusively for the purpose of paying benefits of the character for which such Benefit Fund was created, or for the Participant and/or the Participant's Beneficiaries with respect to whom such Individual Account or Group Account was created, as applicable. To the extent there remains an amount credited to a Benefit Fund after the benefits with respect to which such Benefit Fund was established have been paid in full, such excess shall be reallocated to the remaining Benefit Funds, if any, as of the end of the calendar quarter in which the last payment from such Benefit Fund was made, in proportion to the respective Benefit Fund balances.

      1. If an Individual Account has been established for a Participant and/or Beneficiary on an irrevocable basis, to the extent there remains an amount credited to such Individual Account after all benefits with respect to which such Individual Account was established have been paid in full, such excess shall be held for reallocation to the remaining Individual Accounts of the Participant or Beneficiary, if any. If there are no remaining Individual Accounts for such Participant or Beneficiary, any excess shall, as the Company shall direct in its discretion prior to a Change of Control or as the Trustee shall determine following a Change of Control, be reallocated to the Group Account to the extent additional deposits are required or projected to be required within the next fifteen (15) months under Section 1(g)(3), and/or to any Individual Account to the extent that additional deposits are required or projected to be required within the next fifteen (15) months under Section 1(i). The portion of such excess not so required or projected to be required (if any), shall be treated as unallocated assets of the Trust Fund, which may later be reallocated to any Group Account or Individual Account or, prior to a Change of Control, be returned to the Company upon its written request to the Trustee.

      1. To the extent the portion of the Group Account attributable to deposits on behalf of any Participant exceeds the benefits paid and payable to such Participant and his Beneficiary, such excess shall be retained in the Group Account except to the extent the Company determines in its discretion prior to a Change of Control, or the Trustee determines following a Change of Control, that no additional deposits are required or projected to be required under Section 1(g)(3) within the next fifteen (15) months, in which event the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, may thereafter treat such excess as unallocated assets of the Trust Fund Any unallocated assets of the Trust Fund may later be reallocated to provide for any deposits otherwise required to the Group Account under Section 1(g)(3) or to any Individual Account under Section 1(i), or prior to a Change of Control, be returned by the Company upon its written request to the Trustee.

    1. Prior to a Change of Control, if required pursuant to any agreement between the Company and a Participant who is entitled to future benefits under the SERP, the Company shall as soon as reasonably practicable make a contribution to the Trust, or direct the transfer of assets then held in a Benefit Fund but not irrevocably allocated to any other Individual Account, for allocation to an Individual Account for the benefit of said Participant, in the amount required by such agreement or, if no such amount is specified, an amount equal to no less than 100% but no more than 120% of the actuarial present value of the retirement benefit to which the Participant or his Beneficiary is entitled upon such retirement or other applicable commencement date, determined based on the applicable actuarial assumptions set forth in Attachment II. To the extent required by any such agreement with a Participant, the Company shall, at such time or times as may be required by such agreement, contribute to the Trust or otherwise reallocate available assets of the Trust Fund to the Individual Account for such Participant in such amount (if any) as may be necessary for the balance in such Individual Account to equal no less than 100% of the actuarial present value of the remaining payments in respect of such retirement benefit.

    2. Upon a Potential Change of Control, as defined herein, the Company shall, as soon as possible, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the occurrence of a Potential Change of Control nor later than the date of an actual Change of Control, make a contribution to the Trust in an amount that is sufficient to fund the Trust in an amount equal to no less than 100% but no more than 120% of the actuarial present value of the benefits to which Participants or their Beneficiaries would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Arrangements as of the date on which the Potential Change of Control occurred, determined based on the applicable actuarial assumptions set forth in Attachment II.

    3. In the event a Change of Control, as defined herein, does not occur within one year of a Potential Change of Control, the Company shall have the right to recover any amounts contributed to and remaining on hand in the Trust pursuant to Section 1(j) and not allocated to an Individual Account or Group Account that has become irrevocable pursuant to Section 1(g).

    4. Upon a Change of Control, the Company shall, as soon as possible, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the occurrence of a Change of Control make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in an amount that is sufficient to fund the Trust in an amount equal to no less than 100% but no more than 120% of the actuarial present value of the benefits to which Participants or their Beneficiaries would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Arrangements as of the date on which the Change of Control occurred, determined based on the applicable actuarial assumptions set forth in Attachment II. The Company shall also fund an expense reserve for the Trustee in an amount equal to $125,000.00, multiplied by the sum of 100% plus the aggregate percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, [NY, NY - Northeastern, NJ] (or any comparable successor index), published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor for the period from January 1, 1998 through the December 31 immediately preceding the Change of Control.

    5. In the event that, subsequent to a Change of Control, a Participant shall suffer a "Change in Control Termination" as defined in the Arrangements applicable to such Participant (after taking into account his or her employment agreement with the Company), the Company shall, as soon as possible, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such Change in Control Termination, make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in such amount (if any) as may be necessary to fund the Trust in an amount equal to no less than 100% but no more than 120% of the actuarial present value of the excess, if any, of the value of the benefits to which such Participant is entitled by reason of such Change in Control Termination over the value of the benefits of such Participant previously taken into account pursuant to Section 1(l), determined based on the applicable actuarial assumptions set forth in Attachment II.

    6. For purposes of determining the amount required to be contributed to the Trust under Section 1(g), (l) or (m), the benefit to which a Participant is entitled on any date (the "Determination Date") shall be determined by reference to: (i) if such benefit is then in pay status under the applicable Arrangement, the benefit then in pay status; (ii) if such benefit is not then in pay status under the applicable Arrangement, but would be immediately payable in the event of the Participant's termination of employment with the Company on the Determination Date, or the contribution is required by reason of the Participant's Change in Control Termination, the benefit that would be immediately payable on such termination or would be payable on a deferred basis as a result of such Change in Control Termination, as the case may be; and (iii) if the Participant would not be entitled to immediate payment under the applicable Arrangement in the event of his or her termination of employment with the Company on the Determination Date (and the contribution is not required by reason of a Change in Control Termination), the benefit to which the Participant would become entitled on his or her normal retirement date, under the Arrangement multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of completed months of his or her participation in the Arrangement as of the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is the total completed months of such participation the Participant would have if he or she retired at his or her normal retirement date. In each case, the benefit so taken into account shall include any amounts currently or potentially payable to the affected Participant's spouse or other Beneficiary pursuant to the Arrangements.

    7. Contributions required under the foregoing provisions of this Section 1 shall be made in cash or, if the Company elects in its discretion, in the form of an insurance policy or policies of the life of a Participant. In the event that the Company shall determine to contribute an insurance policy, the value of the policy to be credited against the amount of the Company's obligation (if any) to make such contribution shall be the cash surrender value of such policy.

  1. Payments to Participants and Their Beneficiaries

    1. Prior to a Change of Control:

      1. Distributions from the Trust shall be made by the Trustee to Participants and Beneficiaries at the direction of the Company.

      2. The entitlement of a Participant or his or her Beneficiaries to benefits under the Arrangements shall be determined by the Company or such party or professional administrator as it shall designate under the Arrangements as the Company's agent, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Arrangements.

      3. Such distributions may be made by direct payment of the benefit involved by the Company as agent for the Trustee following written notice to the Trustee, and reimbursement of the Company by the Trustee of the amount of such payment upon receipt of a written request from the Company and satisfactory documentation thereof (such as a copy of applicable payment records or checks).

    2. The Company may make payment of benefits directly to Participants or their Beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Arrangements. The Company shall notify the Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to Participants or their Beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust (including any earnings thereon) allocable to the Benefit Fund and, if applicable, the Individual Account out of which any benefits are payable under the Arrangements, is not sufficient to make payments of such benefits in accordance with the terms of the Arrangements, the Company shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due in accordance with the Arrangements. The Trustee shall notify the Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient. Nothing in this Agreement shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits that are due under the Arrangements and are not paid by application of available assets of the Trust.

    1. After a Potential Change of Control and before a Change of Control, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule of benefits due under the Arrangements. Subsequent to a Change of Control, the Trustee shall pay benefits due in accordance with such schedule. After a Change of Control, the Company shall continue to make the determination of benefits due to Participants or their Beneficiaries and shall provide the Trustee with an updated schedule of benefits due as of the commencement of each calendar year, and as of each date on which benefits first become payable to a Participant or Beneficiary under the Arrangements; provided however, a Participant or their Beneficiaries may make application to the Trustee for an independent decision by the Trustee as to the amount or form of their benefits due under the Arrangements. In making any determination required or permitted to be made by the Trustee under this Section, the Trustee shall, in each such case, reach its own independent determination, in its absolute and sole discretion, as to the Participant's or Beneficiary's entitlement to a payment hereunder. In making its determination, the Trustee may consult with and make such inquiries of such persons, including the Participant or Beneficiary, the Company, legal counsel, actuaries or other persons, as the Trustee may reasonably deem necessary. In making such determination, the Trustee shall be governed solely by the terms of the applicable Arrangements and such facts as may be pertinent to the application of such terms and conditions as shall be found to exist by the Trustee, on the basis that such terms have been validly adopted by the Company (and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that all things necessary to render the arrangements valid and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms have been properly done in full compliance with the Company's certificate of incorporation, by laws, and applicable law). Any reasonable costs incurred by the Trustee in arriving at its determination shall be reimbursed by the Company. To the extent not paid by the Company within a reasonable time, such costs shall be advanced to the Trustee by the Trust, and the Company shall promptly reimburse the Trust for such advance with interest from the date of advance to the date of reimbursement at such rate as the Trustee reasonably determines reflects money market rates for the period involved. The Company waives any right to contest any amount paid over by the Trustee hereunder pursuant to a good faith determination made by the Trustee notwithstanding any claim by or on behalf of the Company (absent a manifest abuse of discretion by the Trustee) that such payments should not be made.

    2. The Trustee agrees that it will not itself institute any action at law or at equity, whether in the nature of an accounting, interpleading action, request for a declaratory judgment or otherwise, or any arbitration proceeding or other alternative dispute resolution procedure, requesting a court, an administrative or quasi-judicial body, or arbitrator or person acting in a similar capacity to make the determination required to be made by the Trustee under this Section 2 in the place and stead of the Trustee. The Trustee may institute an action against the Company to collect a contribution due the Trust following a Change of Control, or in the event that the Trust should ever experience a short-fall in the amount of assets necessary to make payments pursuant to the terms of the Arrangements, or for payment or reimbursement of fees, expenses and any amounts payable by the Company pursuant to Section 10(b).

    3. The Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Arrangements and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by the Company.

    4. In the event any Participant or his or her Beneficiary is determined to be subject to federal income tax on any amount to the credit of his or her account or due to him or her under any Arrangement prior to the time of payment hereunder, whether or not attributable to the establishment of or contributions to this Trust, a portion of such taxable amount equal to the federal, state and local taxes (excluding any interest or penalties) owed on such taxable amount as increased by payments under this Section 2(f), shall be distributed by the Trustee as soon thereafter as practicable to such Participant or Beneficiary. The Company shall promptly reimburse the Trust for any such distribution in an amount certified by the Trustee to be needed for the Participant's benefits. For these purposes, a Participant or Beneficiary shall be deemed to pay state and local taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state in which the Participant resides or is employed (or both) where a tax is imposed and federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes. Such distributions shall be at the direction of the Company or the Trustee, or upon proper application of the Participant or Beneficiary; provided that the actual amount of the distribution shall be determined by the Company prior to a Change of Control and the Trustee following a Change of Control. An amount to the credit of a Participant's account or otherwise due to the Participant shall be determined to be subject to federal income tax upon the earliest of: (a) a final determination by the United States Internal Revenue Service addressed to the Participant or his Beneficiary which is not appealed to the courts; (b) a final determination by the United States Tax Court or any other federal court affirming any such determination by the Internal Revenue Service, which is no longer subject to appeal; or (c) an opinion by the Company's tax counsel, addressed to the Company and the Trustee, to the effect that by reason of Treasury Regulations, amendments to the Internal Revenue Code, published Internal Revenue Service rulings, court decisions or other substantial precedent, such amount is subject to federal income tax prior to payment. The Company shall undertake at its sole expense to defend any tax claims described herein which are asserted by the Internal Revenue Service against any Participant or Beneficiary, including attorney fees and cost of appeal, and shall have the sole authority to determine whether or not to appeal any determination made by the Service or by a lower court. The Company also agrees to reimburse any Participant or Beneficiary for any interest or penalties in respect of tax claims hereunder upon receipt of documentation of same. Any distributions from the Fund to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Section 2(f) shall be applied in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Arrangement to reduce the Company liabilities to such Participant and/or Beneficiary under the Arrangement with such reductions to be made on a pro-rata basis over the term of benefit payments under the Arrangement; provided, however, that in no event shall any Participant, Beneficiary or estate of any Participant or Beneficiary have any obligation to return all or any part of such distribution to the Company if such distribution exceeds benefits payable under an Arrangement. Any reduction in accordance with the foregoing sentence and the Arrangements shall be determined by the Company prior to a Change of Control. Following a Change of Control, the Company shall continue to make such determination subject to the right of a Participant to petition the Trustee under Section 2(c).

    5. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no benefits shall be payable from the Trust following a Change of Control, other than benefits accrued or otherwise taken into account in determining the contribution required upon a Change of Control pursuant to Section 1(l) and benefits that become due as a result of a Change in Control Termination for which additional funding is required by Section 1(m).

    6. References in this Trust Agreement to the payment of benefits from the Trust and the like may include, where required by the terms of the Arrangements, transfer to a Participant of a life insurance policy held by the Trustee on the life of such Participant.

  1. Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments To The Trust Beneficiary When The Company Is Insolvent

    1. The Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries if the Company is Insolvent. The Company shall be considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

    2. At all times during the continuance of this Trust, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

      1. The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing that the Company is Insolvent. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company alleges in writing to the Trustee that the Company has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall determine whether the Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, the Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Participants or their Beneficiaries.

      2. Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge that the Company is Insolvent, or has received notice from the Company or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Company is Insolvent. The Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning the Company's solvency as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning the Company's solvency.

      1. If at any time the Trustee has determined that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments to Participants or their Beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Company's general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Participants or their Beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of the Company with respect to benefits due under the Arrangements or otherwise.

      2. The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Participants or their Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust Agreement only after the Trustee has determined that the Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

    1. Provided that there are sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Participants or their Beneficiaries under the terms of the Arrangements for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Participants or their Beneficiaries by the Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

  1. Payments When a Short-Fall of Available Assets Occurs

    1. If (i) there are not sufficient assets in the Benefit Fund and/or Individual Account or the Group Account, as applicable, established with respect to the payment of any benefits due pursuant to Section 2 or Section 3(c) hereof, (ii) the Company does not otherwise make payment of such benefits within a reasonable time after demand from the Trustee, and (iii) assets are available in the Trust Fund that are not required under Section 1(g) to be applied only to the payment of other benefits or benefits to other Participants or their Beneficiaries, the Trustee shall make partial pro rata payment from such available assets of such benefits then due from the Trust to the Participants or their Beneficiaries.

    2. Upon receipt of a contribution from the Company necessary to make up for a short-fall in the payments due, the Trustee shall resume any payments to Participants and Beneficiaries under the Arrangements that were suspended as a result of such shortfall. Following a Change of Control, the Trustee shall have the right to compel a contribution to the Trust from the Company to make-up for any short-fall.

  2. Payments to the Company

Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, the Company shall have no right or power after the Trust has become irrevocable, to direct the Trustee to return to the Company or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payments of benefits have been made to Participants and their Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Arrangements. Prior to the date the Trust becomes irrevocable in its entirety, the Company shall have no right or power to direct the Trustee to return to the Company or to divert to others (a) the portion of any Trust assets allocable to an Individual Account that has become irrevocable before all payments of benefits have been made to the Participant for whom such Individual Account was established and his or her Beneficiaries, nor the portion of any such assets required to be reallocated to the Group Account pursuant to Section 1(h)(2) hereof, or (b) the portion of any Trust Assets allocable to the Group Account, other than assets subsequently recharacterized as unallocated assets pursuant to Section 1(h)(3) hereof. After it is established to the satisfaction of the Trustee that all the benefits payable to all Participants and Beneficiaries pursuant to the Arrangements have been paid in full (which shall be based on a written certification by each person entitled to receive benefits under the Arrangements that all benefits due to such person and funded within the Trust have been paid, unless such certification cannot be obtained and the Trustee is otherwise satisfied that all such benefits have been paid), the remaining trust property, if any, shall be returned to the Company. Prior to the return of such assets, the Trustee may deduct its fees and expenses.

  1. Investment Authority

    1. The Trustee shall not be liable in discharging its duties hereunder, including without limitation its duty to invest and reinvest the Fund, if it acts for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, in good faith and as a prudent person familiar with such matters would act in accomplishing a similar task and in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement (including without limitation Section 10 hereof) and any applicable federal or state laws, rules or regulations.

    2. The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund in its discretion, subject to any investment guidelines provided to the Trustee from time to time by the Company's Pension and Investment Oversight Committee (unless the Trustee fails to consent to such guidelines within three (3) business days after receipt thereof, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and to the provisions of Section 6(c). Prior to a Change of Control the Trustee shall have the power in so investing and reinvesting the Fund:

      1. To invest and reinvest in any readily marketable common and preferred stocks, bonds, notes, debentures, and similar fixed income obligations (but not including any security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than a de minimis amount held in a collective or mutual fund), certificates of deposit or demand or time deposits (including any such deposits with the Trustee) and shares of investment companies, mutual funds, insurance company general or separate accounts, and other pooled investment vehicles whose underlying investments are consistent with the investment objective above-described, without being limited to the classes or property in which the Trustees are authorized to invest by any law or any rule of court of any state and without regard to the proportion any such property may bear to the entire amount of the Fund;

      2. To commingle for investment purposes all or any portion of the Fund with assets of any other similar trust or trusts established by the Company with the Trustee for the purpose of safeguarding deferred compensation or retirement income benefits of its employees and/or directors;

      3. To retain any property at any time received by the Trustee;

      4. To sell or exchange any property held by it at public or private sale, for cash or on credit, to grant and exercise options for the purchase or exchange thereof, to exercise all conversion or subscription rights pertaining to any such property and to enter into any covenant or agreement to purchase any property in the future;

      5. To participate in any plan of reorganization, consolidation, merger, combination, liquidation or other similar plan relating to property held by it and to consent to or oppose any such plan or any action thereunder or any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase, sale or other action by any person;

      6. To deposit any property held by it with any protective, reorganization or similar committee, to delegate discretionary power thereto, and to pay part of the expenses and compensation thereof any assessments levied with respect to any property so deposited;

      7. To extend the time of payment of any obligation held by it;

      8. To hold uninvested any moneys received by it, without liability for interest thereon, but only in anticipation of payments due for investments, reinvestments, expenses or disbursements;

      9. To exercise all voting or other rights with respect to any property held by it and to grant proxies, discretionary or otherwise;

      10. For the purposes of the Trust, to borrow money from others, to issue its promissory note or notes therefor, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging any property held by it;

      11. To employ suitable contractors and counsel, who may be counsel to the Company prior to a Change of Control but not thereafter, or to the Trustee, and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation from the Fund to the extent not paid by the Company;

      12. To register investments in its own name or in the name of a nominee; to hold any investment in bearer form; and to combine certificates representing securities with certificates of the same issue held by it in other fiduciary capacities or to deposit or to arrange for the deposit of such securities with any depository, even though, when so deposited, such securities may be held in the name of the nominee of such depository with other securities deposited therewith by other persons, or to deposit or to arrange for the deposit of any securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, including securities evidenced by book entries rather than by certificates, with the United States Department of the Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank, even though, when so deposited, such securities may not be held separate from securities deposited therein by other persons; provided, however, that no securities held in the Fund shall be deposited with the United States Department of the Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank or other depository in the same account as any individual property of the Trustee, and provided, further, that the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such securities are part of the Trust Fund;

      13. Subject to Section 2(d), to settle, compromise or submit to arbitration any claims, debts or damages due or owing to or from the Trust (other than amounts owed to Participants or Beneficiaries, provided that a dispute regarding any such amounts may be submitted to arbitration with the written consent of the Participant or Beneficiary involved), respectively, to commence or defend suits or legal proceedings to protect any interest of the Trust, and to represent the Trust in all suits or legal proceedings in any court or before any other body or tribunal; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be required to take any such action unless it shall have been indemnified by the Company to its reasonable satisfaction against liability or expenses it might incur therefrom;

      1. To acquire, hold and retain annuity contracts or insurance policies issued by a legal reserve life insurance company;

      2. To hold any other class of assets which may be contributed by the Company and that is deemed reasonable by the Trustee, unless expressly prohibited herein;

      3. To loan any securities at any time held by it to brokers or dealers upon such security as may be deemed advisable, and during the terms of any such loan to permit the loaned securities to be transferred into the name of and voted by the borrower or others; and

      4. Generally, to do all acts, whether or not expressly authorized, that the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable for the protection of the Fund.

    1. Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall have the right, subject to this Section (including the restrictions on permissible investments set forth in Section 6(b)) to direct the Trustee with respect to investments, including investments in annuity contracts and insurance policies.

      1. The Company may at any time direct the Trustee to segregate all or a portion of the Fund in a separate investment account or accounts and may appoint one or more investment managers and/or an investment committee established by the Company to direct the investment and reinvestment of each such investment account or accounts. In such event, the Company shall notify the Trustee of the appointment of each such investment manager and/or investment committee. No such investment manager shall be related, directly or indirectly, to the Company, but members of the investment committee may be employees of the Company.

      2. Thereafter, the Trustee shall make every sale or investment with respect to such investment account as directed in writing by the investment manager or investment committee. It shall be the duty of the Trustee to act strictly in accordance with each direction. The Trustee shall be under no duty to question any such direction of the investment manager or investment committee, to review any securities or other property held in such investment account or accounts acquired by it pursuant to such directions or to make any recommendations to the investment managers or investment committee with respect to such securities or other property.

      3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee, without obtaining prior approval or direction from an investment manager or investment committee, shall invest cash balances held by it from time to time in short term cash equivalents including, but not limited to, through the medium of any short term common, collective or commingled trust fund established and maintained by the Trustee subject to the instrument establishing such trust fund, U.S. Treasury Bills, commercial paper (including such forms of commercial paper as may be available through the Trustee's Trust Department), certificates of deposit (including certificates issued by the Trustee in its separate corporate capacity), and similar type securities, with a maturity not to exceed one year; and, furthermore, sell such short term investments as may be necessary to carry out the instructions of an investment manager or investment committee regarding more permanent type investment and directed distributions.

      4. The Trustee shall neither be liable nor responsible for any loss resulting to the Fund by reason of any sale or purchase of an investment directed by an investment manager or investment committee nor by reason of the failure to take any action with respect to any investment which was acquired pursuant to any such direction in the absence of further directions of such investment manager or investment committee.

      5. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Company from and against any and all personal liability to which the Trustee may be subjected by carrying out any directions of an investment manager or investment committee issued pursuant hereto or for failure to act in the absence of directions of the investment manager or investment committee including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Company fails to provide such defense; provided, however, the Trustee shall not be so indemnified if it participates knowingly in, or knowingly undertakes to conceal, an act or omission of an investment manager or investment committee, having actual knowledge that such act or omission is a breach of a fiduciary duty; provided further, however, that the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowingly participated in or knowingly undertaken to conceal an act or omission of an investment manager or investment committee with knowledge that such act or omission was a breach of fiduciary duty by merely complying with directions of an investment manager or investment committee or for failure to act in the absence of directions of an investment manager or investment committee. The Trustee may rely upon any order, certificate, notice, direction or other documentary confirmation purporting to have been issued by the investment manager or investment committee which the Trustee reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been issued by the investment manager or investment committee. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the termination of the appointment of any investment manager or investment committee until it receives written notice thereof from the Company.

    2. Following a Change of Control, the Trustee shall have the sole and absolute discretion in the management of the Trust assets and shall have all the powers set forth under Section 6(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, following a Change of Control, the Trustee shall have no power to invest in common or preferred stocks, either directly or indirectly through the medium of any pooled investment vehicle, and shall invest only in fixed income instruments that the Trustee reasonably determines in good faith are high quality, or, to the extent that the Trustee invests through the medium of a pooled investment vehicle, shall invest only in vehicles whose assets and investment policy are designed in the aggregate to meet the "high quality" standard. Any investment held by the Trustee at the date of Change of Control that is no longer authorized for investment following such Change of Control shall be sold as soon as practicable and reinvested in other appropriate investments permitted under Section 6(b), as modified by this Section 6(d). In investing the Trust assets, the Trustee shall consider:

      1. the needs of the Arrangements;

      2. the need for matching of the Trust assets with the liabilities of the Arrangements; and

      3. the duty of the Trustee to act solely in the best interests of the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any fixed income investment previously authorized shall fail or cease to meet the "high quality" standard set forth above, the Trustee shall be entitled to retain such investment if such retention is deemed prudent and more consistent with the purposes of this Trust Agreement than a disposition of such investment.

    1. The Trustee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to delegate its investment responsibility to an investment manager who may be an affiliate of the Trustee. In the event the Trustee shall exercise this right, the Trustee shall remain, at all times responsible for the acts of an investment manager. The Trustee shall have the right to purchase an insurance policy or an annuity to fund the benefits of the Arrangements.

    2. In no event may the Trustee invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Company, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which Trustee invests. All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants.

  1. Insurance Company Contracts

    1. To the extent that the Trustee is directed by the Company prior to a Change of Control to invest part or all of the Trust Fund in annuity contracts or insurance policies, the terms thereof shall be specified by the Company. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make inquiry as to the propriety of the terms so specified.

    2. Each annuity contract or insurance policy held by the Trustee shall provide that the Trustee shall be the owner thereof with the power to exercise all rights, privileges, options and elections granted by or permitted under such contract or under the rules of the issuer. The exercise by the Trustee of any incidents of ownership under any contract shall, prior to a Change of Control, be subject to the direction of the Company. After a Change of Control, the Trustee shall have all such rights.

    3. The Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the contract other than the Trust, to assign the contract (as distinct from conversion of the contract to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against a contract held in the Trust Fund.

    4. No issuer of such a contract shall be deemed to be a party to the Trust and such issuer's obligations shall be measured and determined solely by the terms of contracts and other agreements executed by the issuer.

  2. Disposition of Income

    1. Prior to a Change of Control, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, may be returned to the Company (other than income allocable to a portion of the Trust that has become irrevocable as described in Section 1(g)), or may be accumulated and reinvested within the Trust, as directed by the Company.

    2. Following a Change of Control, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested within the Trust.

  3. Accounting by The Trustee

The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. Within forty-five (45) days following the close of each calendar year and within forty-five (45) days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be. The Company may approve such account by an instrument in writing delivered to the Trustee. The foregoing, however, shall not preclude the Trustee from having its accounting settled by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee shall be entitled to hold and to commingle the assets of the Trust in one Fund for investment purposes but at the direction of the Company prior to a Change of Control, the Trustee shall create one or more sub-accounts.

  1. Responsibility of The Trustee

    1. The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however, that prior to a Change in Control the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by the Company which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Arrangements or this Trust and is given in writing by the Company. In the event of a dispute between the Company and a party, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute , subject, however to Section 2(d) hereof.

    2. The Company hereby indemnifies the Trustee against losses, liabilities, claims, costs and expenses in connection with the administration of the Trust, unless resulting from the negligence or misconduct of Trustee, including a failure to act in accord with the standard set forth in Section 10(a). To the extent the Company fails to make any payment on account of an indemnity provided in this Section 10(b), in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust. If the Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection with this Trust or to protect a Participant's or Beneficiary's rights under the Arrangements, the Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee against the Trustee's costs, reasonable expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If the Company does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust.

    3. Prior to a Change of Control, the Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for the Company generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder. Following a Change of Control the Trustee shall select independent legal counsel and may consult with counsel or other persons with respect to its duties and with respect to the rights of Participants or their Beneficiaries under the Arrangements.

    4. The Trustee may retain agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder and may rely on any determinations made by such agents and, except in cases where a Participant or Beneficiary has applied for an independent determination by the Trustee after a Change of Control pursuant to Section 2(c), information provided to it by the Company. In addition, the Company may act as disbursing agent for the Trustee prior to a Change of Control as described in Section 2(a).

    5. The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on the Trustee by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein.

    6. Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have or assume any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

  2. Compensation and Expenses of The Trustee

    1. The Trustee's compensation shall be as agreed in writing from time to time by the Company and the Trustee. The Company shall pay all administrative expenses and the Trustee's fees and shall promptly reimburse the Trustee for any fees and expenses of its agents. If not so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the administrative expenses payable by the Company shall include the expense of making any determination in a dispute between a Participant or Beneficiary and the Company (including expenses of attorneys and consultants retained by the Trustee for such purposes); and, if the Company shall challenge a Trustee decision in favor of a Participant or Beneficiary, prompt reimbursement to the Trustee of the reasonable retainer of any law firm, consultant or expert used by the Trustee to defend such action and prompt reimbursement of the monthly bills of such law firm, consultant or expert.

    2. In the event that the Trustee shall obtain payment from the Trust of amounts payable by the Company under this Agreement because the Company has not paid such amounts within the time required by this Agreement, the Company shall promptly reimburse the Trust for such payment with interest from the date of payment to the date of reimbursement at such rate as the Trustee reasonably determines reflects money market rates for the period involved.

  3. Resignation and Removal of The Trustee

    1. The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Company, which shall be effective one hundred and eighty (180) days after receipt of such notice unless the Company and the Trustee agree otherwise, but in no event prior to the appointment of a successor Trustee. If the Company fails to make such appointment within a reasonable period of time following receipt of such notice, the Trustee shall apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or for instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

    2. The Trustee may be removed by the Company on sixty days (60) days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee prior to a Change of Control, but in no event prior to the appointment by the Company of a successor Trustee. Subsequent to a Change of Control, the Trustee may only be removed by the Company with the consent of (i) a majority of Participants (or their Beneficiaries) receiving or currently entitled to receive benefits under the Arrangements and (ii) a majority of all Participants (or their Beneficiaries), including both those employed by the Company and those described in clause (i).

    3. Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The transfer shall be completed within one hundred and eighty (180) days after receipt of notice of resignation pursuant to Section 12(a), or sixty (60) days after receipt of notice of removal pursuant to Section 12(b), whichever is applicable, unless the Company extends the time limit, or the successor Trustee has not yet been approved.

    4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the period following a Potential Change of Control which continues to exist, or after a Change in Control, the Trustee may resign only under one of the following circumstances:

      1. The Trustee is no longer in the business, or is actively in the process of removing itself from the business, of acting as trustee for employee benefit plans.

      2. The Trustee determines that a conflict of interest exists which would prohibit it from fulfilling its duties under this Agreement in an ethically proper manner. The Trustee shall use its best efforts to avoid the creation of such a conflict.

      3. The assets of the Trust have been exhausted or are insufficient to pay accrued and reasonably anticipated fees and expenses of the Trustee, the Company has refused voluntarily to pay the Trustee's accrued fees and expenses as required pursuant to Section 11, and the Trustee has been unsuccessful in obtaining a court order requiring the Company to make such payments or has been unable to collect on a judgment for such fees and expenses.

      4. Both (A) a majority of Participants (or their Beneficiaries) receiving or currently entitled to receive benefits under the Arrangements and (B) a majority of all Participants (or their Beneficiaries), including both those employed by the Company and those described in clause (A), consent in writing to such resignation.

  4. Appointment of Successor

    1. If the Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 12 hereof, the Company shall, subject to Section 12, appoint any third party national banking association with a market capitalization exceeding $100,000,000 to replace the Trustee upon resignation or removal. The successor Trustee shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

    2. The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets, subject to Section 8 and 9 hereof. The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and the Company shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.

  5. Amendment or Termination

    1. This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Arrangements or any contractual obligation of the Company to any Participant including, without limitation, any such obligation to make irrevocable contributions or other allocations of available assets in the Trust to an Individual Account or the Group Account or shall make the Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section 1 hereof.

    2. The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Participants and their Beneficiaries have received all of the benefits due to them under the terms and conditions of the Arrangements.

    3. Upon written approval of all Participants or Beneficiaries entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Arrangements, the Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Arrangements have been made.

    1. All assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to the Company.

    2. Except as necessary to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, this Trust Agreement may not be amended by the Company in any manner materially adverse to any Participant (or Beneficiary) without the written consent of such Participant (or Beneficiary), and may not be amended in any respect for thirty months following a Change of Control without the written consent of both (i) a majority of Participants (or their Beneficiaries) receiving or currently entitled to receive benefits under the Arrangements and (ii) a majority of all Participants (or their Beneficiaries), including both those employed by the Company and those described in clause (i).

  1. Change of Control

    1. For purposes of this Trust, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

      1. Potential Change of Control shall mean:

        1. the issuance of a proxy statement by the Company with respect to an election of directors for which there is proposed one or more directors who are not recommended by the Board of Directors of the Company or its nominating committee, where the election of such proposed director or directors would result in a Change of Control as defined in Section 15(a)(2)(ii); or

        2. the announcement by any person of an intention to take actions which might reasonably result in a Change of Control as defined in Section 15(a)(2);

      2. Change of Control shall mean:

        1. A change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported (assuming such event has not been previously reported) in response to Item 1(a) of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), or any corresponding Item and/or Report Form that may replace it, provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as any individual, corporation, partnership, group, association or other "person", as such term is used in Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Company ("Person") is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors ("Voting Securities"); or

        2. individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least three quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be, for purposes of this clause (ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board.

For purposes of this Section 15(a), the Incumbent Board, by a majority vote, shall have the power to determine on the basis of information known to them (a) the number of shares beneficially owned by any person, entity or group; (b) whether there exists an agreement, arrangement or understanding with another as to matters referred to in this Section 15(a); and (c) such other matters with respect to which a determination is necessary under this Section 15(a).

      1. Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this Section 15(b), notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, no Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Trust Agreement by virtue of any transaction which results in one or more executive officers of the Company (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act), or a group of Persons which includes one or more executive officers of the Company, acquiring, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's Voting Securities.

      2. In the event that an executive officer of the Company (a "Nonparticipating Officer") is a Participant but not a member of the group of Persons making an acquisition described in paragraph (1) of this Section 15(b) (an "Executive Officer Acquisition"), such Executive Officer Acquisition shall be treated as a Change of Control solely with respect to such Nonparticipating Officer (or Nonparticipating Officers, if more than one executive officer is not a member of such group of Persons). In the event that an Executive Officer Acquisition is treated as a Change of Control pursuant to the preceding sentence for one or more Nonparticipating Officers, a separate subtrust shall be created under this Trust Agreement solely for the benefit of such Nonparticipating Officers and their Beneficiaries. The benefits of such Nonparticipating Officers and their Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Arrangements shall be separately funded in such subtrust in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 of this Trust Agreement as applied separately to such Nonparticipating Officers and their Beneficiaries, and the principal of such subtrust, and any earnings thereon, shall be held and administered by the Trustee exclusively for the uses and purposes of such Nonparticipating Officers and their Beneficiaries (and general creditors of the Company) as set forth herein, as if such Nonparticipating Officers and their Beneficiaries were the sole Participants and Beneficiaries of the Trust.

    1. The General Counsel of the Company shall have the specific authority to determine whether a Potential Change of Control or Change of Control has transpired under the guidance of Sections 15(a) and (b) and shall be required to give the Trustee notice of a Change of Control or a Potential Change of Control. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon such notice, but if the Trustee receives notice of a Change of Control from another source, the Trustee shall make its own independent determination.

  1. Miscellaneous

    1. Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

    2. The Company hereby represents and warrants that all of the Arrangements have been established, maintained and administered in accordance with all applicable laws, including without limitation, ERISA. The Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Trustee harmless from all liabilities, including attorney's fees, relating to or arising out of the establishment, maintenance and administration of the Arrangements. To the extent the Company does not pay any of such liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust.

    3. Benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. Nothing in this Section 16(c) shall prohibit payment from the Trust or reimbursement by the Trustee to the Company of benefits properly payable under any of the Arrangements to (i) a spouse or former spouse of a Participant pursuant to either (A) a court order entered pursuant to applicable state domestic relations law (or community property law) or (B) an agreement with such spouse or former spouse incident to a divorce or similar proceedings for dissolution of a marriage or (ii) to an "alternative payee" pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" as such terms are defined in Section 206(d) of ERISA.

    4. This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of North Carolina.

    5. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and the Trustee, respectively. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term "successor" when used in this Section 16(e) with reference to the Company shall include the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation to which the Company (or any successor thereof) is a party, any corporation, person or entity (or any group of corporations, group of persons or entities acting in concert) which receives a distribution of assets of the Company in redemption of a substantial portion of the stock of the Company, or in connection with the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, any direct or indirect stockholder of the Company to the extent of the amount or value of extraordinary dividends (but not dividends paid in the ordinary course of business) or other distributions received by it directly or indirectly from the Company, any recipient of assets of the Company that are transferred without adequate consideration, and except as otherwise provided by law, any transferee of assets of the Company in connection with any transaction in which such transferee knows or has reason to know that any consideration paid by the transferee in connection with such transfer will be distributed by such Company to its stockholders.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Grantor Trust Agreement has been executed on behalf of the parties hereto on the day and year first above written.

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.

By: /s/ Peter S. Brown

By: /s/ John N. Smith III

Its: Senior Vice President

Its: Senior Vice President

ATTEST:

ATTEST:

By: /s/ Daniel T. Hickey

By: /s/ Betty W. Davis

Its: V.P Global Compensation and Benefits

Its: Asst. Vice President


ATTACHMENT I

1. Arrow Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended effective January 1, 2002, including a plan document bearing that name and applicable to all Participants and, with respect to each individual Participant, (1) a letter advising of his or her Participant status and the date it commenced, the date the Participant is first eligible to retire, his or her annual pension available at such retirement, the maximum pension to which the Participant may become entitled, and the date when he or she is first eligible for that maximum pension, and (2) any individual agreement with such Participant pertinent thereto.

2. The Arrow Electronics, Inc. Management Insurance Program, consisting of individual agreements with the individuals participating therein.


ATTACHMENT II

The actuarial assumptions to be used to determine any amount required to be contributed in accordance with Section 1 of the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Grantor Trust Agreement shall be:

1. In the case of funding required with respect to Participants in the SERP pursuant to Sections 1(i) or 1(g)(3), such interest rate assumption as the Company's Pension and Investment Oversight Committee may determine from time to time in its discretion is reasonable, taking into account past experience and its judgment as to future experience. In the case of a contribution required by a Potential Change of Control or Change of Control, the interest rate assumption shall be determined in accordance with Section 417(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or corresponding provisions of subsequent law ("Section 417(e)"). The determination of such rate under current law shall be based on the annual rate of interest on thirty-year (30-year) Treasury securities for the most recent month prior to the date of contribution for which such rate has been published by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate.

2. The mortality table shall be the mortality table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate for purposes of Section 417(e) as of the date of contribution, which as of the date hereof is that set forth in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

3. The annuity commencement date shall be the earliest date on which the Participant or Beneficiary could receive benefits under the Arrangements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount to be contributed upon a Potential Change of Control or Change of Control shall not be less than the premium necessary to purchase annuity contracts for the benefits required to be funded as of the date of contribution. Such premium shall be in the amount that would be charged by a legal reserve life insurance company whose selection would be consistent with the provisions of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, setting forth the fiduciary requirements for the selection of issuers of annuity contracts, if those provisions applied to such purchase. In the event that the amount of such premium has not been determined at the date that funding is otherwise required, the contribution shall initially be made in accordance with paragraphs 1 through 3 above, and any additional contributions required by reason of this paragraph shall be paid to the Trustee as soon as the relevant premium has been determined.

Exhibit 10 (n) (ix)

AMENDMENT NO. 8 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 8 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of April 14, 2003 (this " Amendment "), to that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, Amendment No. 2 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of December 14, 2001, Amendment No. 3 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 20, 2002, Amendment No. 4 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 29, 2002, Amendment No. 5 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of May 22, 2002, Amendment No. 6 and Limited Waiver to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of September 27, 2002, and Amendment No. 7 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 19, 2003 (as so amended and in effect, the " TAA "), by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the " SPV "), Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, individually (" Arrow ") and as the initial Master Servicer, the several commercial paper conduits identified on Schedule A to the TAA and their respective permitted successors and assigns (the " Conduit Investors "; each individually, a " Conduit Investor "), the agent bank set forth opposite the name of each Conduit Investor on such Schedule A and its permitted successors and assigns (each a " Funding Agent ") with respect to such Conduit Investor, and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Investors (the " Administrative Agent "), and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as Alternate Investors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TAA.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

WHEREAS, the SPV, Arrow, the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent have entered into the TAA;

WHEREAS, the SPV and Arrow have requested that the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent agree to make certain changes and amendments to the TAA;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Conduit Investors, the Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent are willing to make such changes and amendments to the TAA; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

  1. Amendments to the TAA . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the TAA is hereby amended as follows:

    1. Section 1.1 is amended by amending and restating the definition of "Multi-year Credit Agreement," such definition to read in its entirety as follows:

" Multi-year Credit Agreement " means the $625,000,000 Amended and Restated Three Year Credit Agreement, dated February 22, 2001, among Arrow, the subsidiary borrowers parties thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Documentation Agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or, in the event that such Amended and Restated Three Year Credit Agreement has expired, has terminated or is otherwise no longer in effect, the "Multi-year Credit Agreement" shall mean the then current replacement credit or loan facility among Arrow and the lender(s) party thereto; provided, however, that if no such credit or loan facility is then in effect, the Multi-year Credit Agreement shall mean the most recent credit or loan facility as in effect immediately prior to its expiration, or other termination."

  1. Representations and Warranties . To induce the Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, the SPV and Arrow each makes the following representations and warranties (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein:

    1. Authority . The SPV and Arrow each has the requisite corporate power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby). The execution, delivery and performance by the SPV and Arrow of this Amendment and their performance of the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby), have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

    2. Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the SPV and Arrow. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPV and Arrow, enforceable against the SPV and Arrow in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The making and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not violate any provision of law or any regulation (except to the extent that the violation thereof could not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of Arrow and the other Originators, taken as a whole), or its charter or by-laws, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected.

    3. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment.

    4. No Termination Event . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event.

  2. Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date hereof, on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled:

    1. This Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

    2. Additional Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received all additional approvals, certificates, documents, instruments and items of information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and all of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent.

    3. Legal Matters . All instruments and legal and corporate proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent's counsel and each Funding Agent and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the execution of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been paid in full.

  3. References to and Effect on the Transaction Documents .

    1. Except as specifically amended and modified hereby, each Transaction Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

    2. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Investor, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Transaction Document, nor constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document, except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof.

    3. This Amendment contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

    4. Each reference in the TAA to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof" or words of like import, and each reference in any other Transaction Document to "the Transfer and Administration Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import, referring to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.

  4. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

  5. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

  6. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation ,

as SPV

By: /s/ Ira M. Birns

Name: Ira M. Birns

Title: President

Arrow Electronics, Inc. ,

individually and as Master Servicer

By: /s/ Ira M. Birns

Name: Ira M. Birns

Title: Treasurer

Enterprise Funding Corporation ,

as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Tony Wong

Name: Tony Wong

Title: Vice President

Bank of America, National Association,

as a Funding Agent, as Administrative Agent, and as an
Alternate Investor

By: /s/ John K. Svolos

Name: John K. Svolos

Title: Principal

Delaware Funding Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Bradley S. Schwartz

Name: Bradley S. Schwartz

Title: Managing Director

JPMorgan Chase Bank,

(successor by merger to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Bradley S. Schwartz

Name: Bradley S. Schwartz

Title: Managing Director

Eagle Funding Capital Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor

By: Fleet Securities, Inc.,

its attorney-in-fact

By: /s/ Peter M. Benham

Name: Peter M. Benham

Title: Director

Fleet Securities, Inc.

as a Funding Agent

By: /s/ Peter M. Benham

Name: Peter M. Benham

Title: Director

Fleet National Bank.

as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Steven J. Melicharek

Name: Steven J. Melicharek

Title: SVP

Gramercy Capital Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch,

its attorney-in-fact

By: /s/ Mark Lengel

Name: Mark Lengel

Title: Director

By: /s/ Joseph Soave

Name: Joseph Soave

Title: Vice President

Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Alberto Zonca

Name: Alberto Zonca

Title: Vice President

By: /s/ Anthony Giordano

Name: Anthony Giordano

Title: Director

Liberty Street Funding Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Andrew L. Stidd

Name: Andrew L. Stidd

Title: President

The Bank of Nova Scotia,

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ J. Alan Edwards

Name: J. Alan Edwards

Title: Managing Director

Gotham Funding Corporation,

as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Dimitris Spiliakos

Name: Dimitris Spiliakos

Title: Secretary

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.,

New York Branch

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Vincent DeLuca

Name: Vincent DeLuca

Title: Senior Vice President

EXECUTION COPY

Exhibit 10 (n) (x)

AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of August 13, 2003 (this " Amendment ") to that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, Amendment No. 2 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of December 14, 2001, Amendment No. 3 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 20, 2002, Amendment No. 4 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 29, 2002, Amendment No. 5 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of May 22, 2002, Amendment No. 6 and Limited Waiver to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of September 27, 2002, Amendment No. 7 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 19, 2003, and Amendment No. 8 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of April 14, 2003 (as so amended and in effect, the "TAA"), by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "SPV"), Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, individually ("Arrow") and as the initial Master Servicer, the several commercial paper conduits identified on Schedule A to the TAA and their respective permitted successors and assigns (the "Conduit Investors"; each individually, a "Conduit Investor"), the agent bank set forth opposite the name of each Conduit Investor on such Schedule A and its permitted successors and assigns (each a "Funding Agent") with respect to such Conduit Investor, and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Investors (the "Administrative Agent"), and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as Alternate Investors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TAA

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the SPV, Arrow, the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent have entered into the TAA;

WHEREAS, the SPV and Arrow have requested that the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent agree to make certain changes and amendments to the TAA;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Conduit Investors, the Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent are willing to make such changes and amendments to the TAA; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Amendments to the TAA . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the TAA is hereby amended as follows.

Section 1.1. Section 1.1 of the TAA is amended by amending and restating the definition "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" in its entirety and substituting, in lieu thereof, the following:

" Consolidated Cash Interest Expense ": means for any period, (a) the amount which would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption "interest expense" or any like caption on a consolidated income statement of Arrow and its CA Subsidiaries minus (b) the amount of non-cash interest (including interest paid by the issuance of additional securities) included in such amount; provided that in the event of the consummation of any CA Permitted Receivables Securitization (including the transactions contemplated hereunder), "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" shall be adjusted to include (without duplication) an amount equal to the interest (or other fees in the nature of interest or discount) accrued and paid or payable in cash for such period by the special purpose entity to the CA Receivable Financiers under such CA Permitted Receivables Securitization; provided further that, in computing "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" for the periods ending September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2003 such computation shall exclude Arrow's net interest expense related to the 6.875% Senior Notes due 2013 issued by Arrow pursuant to the Indenture dated January 15, 1997 between Arrow and The Bank of New York in an amount not to exceed (i) in the case of the period of four fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2003, $5,000,000 and (ii) in the case of the period of four fiscal quarters ending December 31, 2003, $10,000,000.

SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties . To induce the Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, the SPV and Arrow each makes the following representations and warranties (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein:

Section 2.1 Authority . The SPV and Arrow each has the requisite corporate power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby). The execution, delivery and performance by the SPV and Arrow of this Amendment and their performance of the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby), have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

Section 2.2 Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the SPV and Arrow. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPV and Arrow, enforceable against the SPV and Arrow in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The making and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not violate any provision of law or any regulation (except to the extent that the violation thereof could not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of Arrow and the other Originators, taken as a whole), or its charter or by-laws, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected.

Section 2.3 Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment.

Section 2.4 No Termination Event . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event.

SECTION 3. Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date hereof, on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled:

Section 3.1 This Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

Section 3.2 Additional Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received all additional approvals, certificates, documents, instruments and items of information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and all of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent.

Section 3.3 Legal Matters . All instruments and legal and corporate proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent's counsel and each Funding Agent and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the execution of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been paid in full.

SECTION 4. References to and Effect on the Transaction Documents .

Section 4.1 Except as specifically amended and modified hereby, each Transaction Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

Section 4.2 The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Investor, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Transaction Document, nor constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document, except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof.

Section 4.3 This Amendment contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

Section 4.4 Each reference in the TAA to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof" or words of like import, and each reference in any other Transaction Document to "the Transfer and Administration Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import, referring to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.

SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

SECTION 6. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation ,

as SPV

By: /s/ Ira M. Birns

Name: Ira M. Birns

Title: President

Arrow Electronics, Inc. ,

individually and as Master Servicer

By: /s/ Ira M. Birns

Name: Ira M. Birns

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Receivables Capital Corporation ,

as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Douglas K. Johnson

Name: Douglas K. Johnson

Title: President

Bank of America, National Association,

as a Funding Agent, as Administrative Agent, and as an
Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Robert R. Wood

Name: Robert R. Wood

Title: Principal

Delaware Funding Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Bradley S. Schwartz

Name: Bradley S. Schwartz

Title: Managing Director

JPMorgan Chase Bank,

(successor by merger to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Bradley S. Schwartz

Name: Bradley S. Schwartz

Title: Managing Director

EagleFunding Capital Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor

By: Fleet Securities, Inc.,

its attorney-in-fact

By: /s/ John T. Hackett III

Name: John T. Hackett III

Title: Managing Director

Fleet Securities, Inc.

as a Funding Agent

By: /s/ John T. Hackett III

Name: John T. Hackett III

Title: Managing Director


Fleet National Bank

as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ John T. Hackett III

Name: John T. Hackett III

Title: Managing Director

Gramercy Capital Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch,

its attorney-in-fact

By: /s/ Mark Lengel

Name: Mark Lengel

Title: Director

By: /s/ Joseph Soave

Name: Joseph Soave

Title: Vice President

Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Alberto Zonca

Name: Alberto Zonca

Title: Vice President

By: /s/ Anthony Giordano

Name: Anthony Giordano

Title: Director

Liberty Street Funding Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Andrew L. Stidd

Name: Andrew L. Stidd

Title: President

The Bank of Nova Scotia,

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ J. Alan Edwards

Name: J. Alan Edwards

Title: Managing Director

Gotham Funding Corporation,

as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ R. Douglas Donaldson

Name: R. Douglas Donaldson

Title: Treasurer

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.,

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ J. William Rhodes

Name: J. William Rhodes

Title: Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 10 (n) (xi)

AMENDMENT NO. 10 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 10 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of February 18, 2004 (this " Amendment "), to that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, Amendment No. 2 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of December 14, 2001, Amendment No. 3 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 20, 2002, Amendment No. 4 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 29, 2002, Amendment No. 5 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of May 22, 2002, Amendment No. 6 and Limited Waiver to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of September 27, 2002, Amendment No. 7 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 19, 2003, Amendment No. 8 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of April 14, 2003 and Amendment No. 9 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of August 13, 2003 (as so amended and in effect, the " TAA "), by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the " SPV "), Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, individually (" Arrow ") and as the initial Master Servicer, the several commercial paper conduits identified on Schedule A to the TAA and their respective permitted successors and assigns (the " Conduit Investors "; each individually, a " Conduit Investor "), the agent bank set forth opposite the name of each Conduit Investor on such Schedule A and its permitted successors and assigns (each a " Funding Agent ") with respect to such Conduit Investor, and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Investors (the " Administrative Agent "), and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as Alternate Investors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TAA.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

WHEREAS, the SPV, Arrow, the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent have entered into the TAA;

WHEREAS, the SPV and Arrow have requested that the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent agree to make certain changes and amendments to the TAA;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Conduit Investors, the Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent are willing to make such changes and amendments to the TAA; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

  1. Amendments to the TAA . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the TAA is hereby amended as follows:

    1. Section 1.1 is amended by amending and restating the definition of "Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA," such definition to read in its entirety as follows:

" Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA " means for any fiscal period, without duplication (a) the Consolidated Net Income of Arrow and its CA Subsidiaries for such period, plus (b) to the extent deducted from earnings in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum, in each case for such period, of income taxes, interest expense, depreciation expense amortization expense, including amortization of any goodwill or other intangibles, minus (c) to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, non-cash equity earnings of unconsolidated CA Affiliates, plus (d) to the extent excluded in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, cash distributions received by Arrow from unconsolidated CA Affiliates, plus (e) to the extent deducted from earnings in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, non-cash charges due to impairments recorded in such period in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus (f) gains or losses related to the early extinguishment of notes, bonds or other fixed income investments plus (g) gains or losses due to integration or restructuring charges to the extent disclosed in public filings; provided that in determining Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters during which any business is acquired by Arrow, such Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA shall be measured on a pro forma basis to include the consolidated EBITDA of the acquired business (determined for such business in the manner Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA is determined for Arrow, as described above in this definition), plus identifiable, board-approved and publicly announced acquisition-related synergies which are expected to be realized over a twelve-month period following such acquisition.

    1. Section 1.1 is amended by amending and restating the definition of "Commitment Termination Date," such definition to read in its entirety as follows:

" Commitment Termination Date " means the earliest to occur of (a) February 19, 2006, (b) the date the commitment of any Program Support Provider terminates under any Program Support Agreement, and (c) the date of termination of any Program Support Agreement; provided , that in any event the Commitment Termination Date shall not occur prior to February 16, 2005 (or such later date as to which the SPV, Arrow, each Conduit Investor, Funding Agent and Alternate Investor affected thereby and the Administrative Agent may agree in writing).

    1. Section 1.1 is hereby amended by adding the following new definitions in their respective alphabetical locations, to read in their entirety as follows:

" Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio " means for any period, the ratio of (a) Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period.

" Consolidated Leverage Ratio " means on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on such date to (b) Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date.

" Ratings " means the actual or implied senior unsecured non-credit enhanced debt ratings of Arrow in effect from time to time by Moody's or S&P, as the case may be, the bank debt rating of Arrow in effect from time to time by Moody's or the corporate credit rating of Arrow in effect from time to time by S&P.

    1. Subsection 8.1 is amended by amending and restating clause (n) thereof, such clause to read in its entirety as follows:

"(n) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on any day during any fiscal quarter set forth below exceeds the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

Fiscal Quarter Consolidated Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2003 7.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2004 7.35 to 1.00

June 30, 2004 7.30 to 1.00

September 30, 2004 7.25 to 1.00

December 31, 2004 6.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2005 6.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2005 6.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2005 6.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2005 5.25 to 1.00

March 31, 2006 5.00 to 1.00

June 30, 2006 5.00 to 1.00

September 30, 2006 5.00 to 1.00

December 31, 2006 and 4.00 to 1.00

thereafter

; or"

    1. Subsection 8.1 is amended by amending and restating clause (o) thereof, such clause to read in its entirety as follows:

"(o) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Arrow ending with any fiscal quarter set forth below is less than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

Consolidated Interest

Fiscal Quarter Coverage Ratio

December 31, 2003 2.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2004 2.50 to 1.00

June 30, 2004 2.50 to 1.00

September 30, 2004 2.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2004 2.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2005 and thereafter 3.00 to 1.00

; or"

    1. Subsection 8.1 is amended by amending and restating clause (r) thereof, such clause to read in its entirety as follows:

"(r) [RESERVED]."

    1. Subsection 2.4 of Schedule I is amended by amending the definition of "Alternate Rate" in clause (d) by inserting, after the words "Rate Period" at the end of the first sentence thereof:

"plus the Applicable Margin."

    1. Subsection 2.4 of Schedule I is amended by amending and restating the definition of "Applicable Margin" in clause (d), such definition to read in its entirety as follows:

" Applicable Margin " means, on any date, the rate per annum determined based upon the Rating in effect on such date by both S&P and Moody's set forth under the relevant column heading below opposite such Rating:


Rating

(S&P/Moody's)

Applicable Margin (in basis points) to the extent that the Alternate Rate is determined by reference to the Offshore Rate

Applicable Margin (in basis points) to the extent that the Alternate Rate is determined by reference to the Base Rate

Greater than or equal to

BBB/Baa2

105.0

5

Greater than or equal to

BBB-/Baa3

125.0

25

Greater than or equal to

BB+/Ba1

170.0

70

Less than

BB+/Ba1

185.0

85

; provided that, in the event that the Ratings of S&P and Moody's do not coincide, (i) the Applicable Margin set forth above opposite the lower of such Ratings will apply if the Ratings differ by only one level, (ii) the Applicable Margin consistent with the Rating one level above the lower Rating will apply if the ratings differ by two or more levels, and (iii), if there is no Ratings in effect, the Applicable Margin will be based on the Rating of less than BB+/Ba1.

    1. Schedule II is amended by amending and restating the definition of "Dilution Horizon Ratio" to read in its entirety as follows:

" Dilution Horizon Ratio " for any Calculation Period means the quotient of (a) the aggregate amount of sales by the Originators giving rise to Receivables in the most recently concluded period consisting of the greater of (i) two Calculation Periods and (ii) the weighted average dilution horizon calculated in accordance with the Agreed Upon Procedures as set forth in Schedule V , divided by (b) the Net Pool Balance as of the Month End Date for such Calculation Period.

  1. Representations and Warranties . To induce the Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, the SPV and Arrow each makes the following representations and warranties (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein:

    1. Authority . The SPV and Arrow each has the requisite corporate power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby). The execution, delivery and performance by the SPV and Arrow of this Amendment and their performance of the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby), have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

    2. Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the SPV and Arrow. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPV and Arrow, enforceable against the SPV and Arrow in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The making and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not violate any provision of law or any regulation (except to the extent that the violation thereof could not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of Arrow and the other Originators, taken as a whole), or its charter or by-laws, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected.

    3. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment.

    4. No Termination Event . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event.

  2. Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date hereof, on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled:

    1. This Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

    2. Additional Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received all additional approvals, certificates, documents, instruments and items of information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and all of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent.

    3. Amendment Fees . Each of the following specified Funding Agents shall have received payment of an amendment fee in the amount of (i) $82,133.33 in the case of each of Bank of America, National Association; JPMorgan Chase Bank; and Fleet Securities, Inc. and (ii) $64,533.33 in the case of each of Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch; The Bank of Nova Scotia and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York Branch.

    4. Legal Matters . All instruments and legal and corporate proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent's counsel and each Funding Agent and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the execution of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been paid in full.

  3. References to and Effect on the Transaction Documents .

    1. Except as specifically amended and modified hereby, each Transaction Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

    2. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Investor, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Transaction Document, nor constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document, except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof.

    3. This Amendment contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

    4. Each reference in the TAA to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof" or words of like import, and each reference in any other Transaction Document to "the Transfer and Administration Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import, referring to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.

  4. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

  5. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

  6. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation ,

as SPV

By: /s/ Ira M. Birns

Name: Ira M. Birns

Title: President

Arrow Electronics, Inc. ,

individually and as Master Servicer

By: /s/ Ira M. Birns

Name: Ira M. Birns

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Receivables Capital Company, LLC,

as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Douglas K. Johnson

Name: Douglas K. Johnson

Title: President

Bank of America, National Association,

as a Funding Agent, as Administrative Agent, and as an
Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Robert R. Wood

Name: Robert R. Wood

Title: Principal

Delaware Funding Company, LLC,
as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Bradley S. Schwartz

Name: Bradley S. Schwartz

Title: Managing Director

JPMorgan Chase Bank,

(successor by merger to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Bradley S. Schwartz

Name: Bradley S. Schwartz

Title: Managing Director

Eagle Funding Capital Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor

By: Fleet Securities, Inc.,

its attorney-in-fact

By: /s/ John T. Hackett, III

Name: John T. Hackett, III

Title: Managing Director

Fleet Securities, Inc.

as a Funding Agent

By: /s/ Peter Benham

Name: Peter Benham

Title: Managing Director


Fleet National Bank

as an Alternate Investor

By: Fleet Securities, Inc.

as Agent for Fleet National Bank

By: /s/ Peter Benham

Name: Peter Benham

Title: Managing Director

Alpine Securitization Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch,

its attorney-in-fact

By: /s/ Bruce T. Miller

Name: Bruce T. Miller

Title: Director

By: /s/ Joseph Soave

Name: Joseph Soave

Title: Director

Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Mark Golombeck

Name: Mark Golombeck

Title: Director

By: /s/ Mark Lengel

Name: Mark Lengel

Title: Director

Liberty Street Funding Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Bernard J. Angelo

Name: Bernard J. Angelo

Title: Vice President

The Bank of Nova Scotia,

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Norman Last

Name: Norman Last

Title: Managing Director

Gotham Funding Corporation,

as a Conduit Investor

By: /s/ Dimitris Spiliakos

Name: Dimitris Spiliakos

Title: Secretary

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York

Branch,

as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor

By: /s/ Vincent DeLuca

Name: Vincent DeLuca

Title: Senior Vice President

CH1 2867090v6

Exhibit 21

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

Organizational (Legal Entity) Structure

As of December 31, 2003

1. Arrow Electronics, Inc. a New York corporation

2. Arrow Electronics International, Inc., a Virgin Islands corporation

3. Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation

4. 10556 Newfoundland Limited, a Newfoundland company

5. Schuylkill Metals of Plant City, Inc., a Delaware corporation

6. Arrow Electronics International, Inc., a Delaware corporation

7. Hi-Tech Ad, Inc., a New York corporation

  1. Gates/Arrow Distributing, Inc., a Delaware corporation

  2. Midrange Open Computing Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation

  3. SN Holding, Inc. a Delaware corporation

A) Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation

  1. SBM Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation

A) Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc., a Georgia corporation

  1. Consan Inc., a Minnesota corporation

  2. Arrow Electronics (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation

  3. Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation

  4. Arrow Electronics Real Estate Inc., a New York corporation

  5. Arrow Electronics (U.K.), Inc., a Delaware corporation

A) Arrow Electronics (Sweden) KB, a Swedish partnership (98% owned)

  1. Arrow Electronics South Africa, LLP (1% owned)

  2. Arrow Electronics EMEASA, Inc., a Delaware company

D) Arrow Electronics Distribution S.a.r.l, a Luxembourg company

1) Arrow Electronics Holdings S.a.r.l., a Luxembourg company

a) Beheer-En Beleggingsmaatschappij Mazeco B.V., a Netherlands company

1) Arrow Electronics Netherlands Holdings B.V., a Netherlands company

a) B.V. Arrow Electronics DLC, a Netherlands company

1) Arrow Electronics Luxembourg S.a.r.l., a Luxembourg company

2) Arrow Electronics UK Holding Ltd., a UK company

  1. Arrow Electronics (UK) Ltd., a UK company

  2. Arrow Northern Europe Ltd., a UK company

1) Jermyn Holdings, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

a) Hawke Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

b) Impulse Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

c) Invader Electromechanical Distribution, Ltd., a UK

company (dormant)

d) Jermyn Development, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

e) Jermyn Distribution, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

f) Jermyn Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

g) Jermyn Manufacturing, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

  1. Mogul Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

2) RR Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

a) Arrow Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

  1. Techdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

  2. Microprocessor & Memory Distribution, Ltd., a UK

company (dormant)

  1. Rapid Silicon, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

  2. Tekdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

d) Tecdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

  1. Axiom Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

  2. Multichip Ltd., a UK company

1) Microtronica Ltd.

3) Arrow Electronic Management Holdings, GmbH, a German company

4) Arrow Europe GmbH, a German company

a) Arrow Holding South Europe S.r.l., an Italian company (95% owned)

1) EDI Electronics Distribution International France, S.A., a French company

a) Arrow Electronique S.A., a French company (22.81% owned)

1) Arrow Computer Products S.N.C., a French company

  1. Multichip GmbH, a German company

2) Tekelec Europe S.A., a French company (22.19%)

  1. Arrow Electronique S.A., a French company (77.19% owned)

  2. Tekelec Europe S.A., a French company (77.81%)

4) Silverstar S.r.l., an Italian company

a) I.R. Electronic D.O.O., a Slovenian company

b) Arrow Elektronik Ticaret, A.S., a Turkish company

c) Arrow Electronics Hellas S.A., a Greek company

d) Adecom Service S.r.l., an Italian company (51% owned)

e) Algol (4% owned)

5) Arrow Iberia Electronica, S.L.U., a Spanish company

a) Amitron-Arrow Electronica Lda., a Portugal company

b) ATD Electronica LDA, a Portugal company (dormant)

b) Arrow Electronics Danish Holdings ApS, a Danish company

1) Arrow Norwegian Holdings AS, a Norweigian company

a) Arrow Electronics Estronia OU, an Estonian company

b) Jacob Hatteland Electronic II AS, a Norwegian company

c) Arrow Finland OY, a Finnish company

d) Arrow Denmark ApS, a Danish company

e) Arrow Components Sweden AB, a Swedish company

1) Arrow Nordic Components AB, a Swedish company

f) Arrow Norway A/S, a Norwegian company

c) Spoerle Electronic GmbH, a German company

1) Spoerle Electronic Distribution International GmbH, a German company

a) E.D.I. Electronic Distribution International GmbH, a German company

b) Industrade AG, a Swiss company

c) SEDI Hungary Kerekedelmi Kft, a Hungarian company (99% owned)

d) Spoerle Kft, a Hungarian company

  1. SEDI Hungary Kerekedelmi Kft, a Hungarian company

(1% owned)

e) Tekelec Airtronic B.V., a Netherlands company

f) Tekpar S.p.r.l., a Belgian company (dormant)

2) Proelectron Baulelemente-Vertriebs- Gesellschaft MbH, a German company

3) Microtronica Handelsgesellchaft fur Components Gerate und

Systeme mbH, a German company

4) Unielectronic GmbH, a German company

5) Sasco Vertrieb von elektronischen Bauelementen GmbH, a German company

6) Integra Handelsgesellschaft, mbH, a German company

7) Diode Components B.V., a Netherlands company

8) DLC Distribution Logistic Center GmbH, a German company

(dormant)

9) Spoerle Electronic spol s.r.o., a Czech company

10) Spoerle Electronic Polska Sp.z.o.o., a Polish company

11) Spoerle GmbH

d) Power and Signal Group GmbH, a German company

4) Arrow Electronics (Sweden) KB, a Swedish partnership (2% owned)

5) Arrow Electronics Management Holdings GmbH, a German company (dormant)

6) Arrow Holding South Europe S.r.l., an Italian company (5% owned)

7) ARW Electronics, Ltd., an Israeli company

a) Arrow/Rapac, Ltd, an Israeli company (51% owned)

  1. Arrow Electronics South Africa LLP (99% owned), a South African limited partnership

  2. Arrow Altech Holdings (Pty) Ltd. (50.1% owned), a South African company

A) Arrow Altech Distribution (Pty) Ltd., a South African company

  1. Erf 211 Hughes (Pty) Limited, a South African company

  2. Panamericana Comercial Importadora S.A., a Brazilian company (66.67% owned)

  3. Elko C.E., S.A., an Argentinean company (82.63% owned) and subsidiary

  4. TEC-Tecnologia Ltda, a Brazilian company (99.99% owned)

  5. Eurocomponentes, S.A., an Argentinean company (70% owned)

  6. Macom, S.A., an Argentinean company (70% owned)

  7. Compania de Semiconductores y Componentes, S.A., an Argentinean company (70% owned)

21. Components Agent (Cayman) Limited, a Cayman Islands company)

  1. Arrow/Components (Agent) Ltd., a Hong Kong company

  2. Arrow Electronics China Ltd., a Hong Kong company

  3. Arrow Electronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company

  4. Arrow Electronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company

  5. Arrow Electronics Distribution (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company

  6. Arrow Electronics Asia Limited, a Hong Kong company

D) Arrow Electronics (S) Pte Ltd, a Singaporean company

E) Intex-semi Ltd., a Hong Kong company

  1. Arrow Electronics Asia (S) Pte Ltd., an Singapore company

1) Arrow Electronics (Thailand) Limited, a Thailand company

G) Arrow Electronics India Ltd., a Hong Kong company

H) Microtronica (HK) Ltd., a Hong Kong company

I) Microtronica (S) Pte. Ltd., a Singaporean company

  1. Microtronica (M) Sdn Bhd., a Malaysian company

K) Arrow Asia Pac Ltd., a Hong Kong company

L) Kingsview Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company

M) Hotung Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company

N) Components Agent Asia Holdings, Ltd., a Mauritius company

1) Arrow Electronics India Private Limited, an Indian company

O) Arrow Strong Electronics (M) Sdn. Bhd., a Malaysian company

P) Arrow/Texny (H.K.) Limited, a Hong Kong company

Q) Arrow Electronics ANZ Holdings Pty Ltd, an Australian company

  1. Arrow Electronics Holdings Pty Ltd., an Australian company

a) Arrow Electronics Australia Pty Ltd., an Australian company

  1. Microtronica (Australia) Pty Ltd., an Australian company

b) Zarrow Australia Pty Ltd., an Australian company

c) Arrow CMS Distribution Pty Ltd., an Australian company

2) Arrow Components (NZ), a New Zealand Company

R) Arrow Electronics Labuan Pte Ltd, a Malaysian company

  1. Arrow Electronics Korea Limited, a South Korean company

S) Arrow Components (M) Sdn Bhd, a Malaysian company

T) Arrow Electronics Taiwan, Ltd., a Taiwanese company (99.67% owned)

  1. Strong Pte, Ltd., a Singaporean company

  2. Lite-On Korea, Ltd., a Korean company (48.58% owned)

3) TLW Electronics, Ltd., a Hong Kong company TLW Electronics, Ltd., a Hong Kong company

a) Waily Technology, Ltd., a Hong Kong company

b) Lite-On Korea, Ltd., a Korean company (51.42% owned)

c) Arrow Strong Electronics (S) Pte, Ltd., a Singaporean company (48% owned)

  1. Arrow Strong Electronics (S) Pte, Ltd., a Singaporean company (52% owned)

  2. Creative Model Limited, a Hong Kong company

22. Arrow Asia Distribution Limited, a Hong Kong company

23. Arrow Electronics Logistics Sdn Bhd, a Malaysia company

24. Arrow Electronics (CI) Ltd., a Cayman Islands company

A) Marubun/Arrow Asia Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company (50% owned)

  1. Marubun/Arrow (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong company

a) Marubun/Arrow (Shanghai) Co., Ltd, a Chinese company

2) Marubun/Arrow (S) Pte Ltd., a Singaporean company

a) Marubun/Arrow (Thailand) Co. Ltd., a Thailand company

b) Marubun/Arrow (Philippines) Inc., a Filipino company

25. Marubun/Arrow USA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (50% owned)

26. Arrow Electronics Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company

27. Dicopel, Inc., a U.S. company (70% owned)

28 Dicopel S.A. de C.V., a Mexican company (70% owned)

  1. Wyle Electronics, Inc., a Barbados company

  2. Wyle Electronics de Mexico S de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company

  3. Wyle Electronics Caribbean Corp., a Puerto Rican company

  4. eChipsCanada, Inc., a Canadian company

  5. Marubun Corporation, a Japanese company (8.42% owned)

  6. World Peace Industrial Co., Ltd., a Taiwanese company (5.0% owned)

 

EXHIBIT 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Forms S-8 No. 333-101533, No. 333-101534, No. 333-52872, No. 333-37704, No. 333-70343, No. 333-45631, No. 33-55565, No. 33-66594, No. 33-48252, No. 33-20428 and No. 2-78185) and in the related Prospectuses pertaining to the employee stock plans of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 333-38692) pertaining to the registration of 775,000 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. common stock, and in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 333-50572) pertaining to the sale of up to $2,000,000,000 in aggregate offering price of any combination of securities described in the Prospectus, in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-4 No. 333-51100) pertaining to the issuance of up to $1,075,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of exchange notes, in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-91387) and in the related Prospectus pertaining to the registration and issuance of the senior notes and senior debentures of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-52695) and in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-19431) and in the related Prospectuses pertaining to the registration and issuance of the senior notes and senior debentures of Arrow Electronics, Inc., in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 33-54473) pertaining to the registration of 1,376,843 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-67890) and in the related Prospectus pertaining to the registration of 1,009,086 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement and related Prospectus (Form S-3 No. 33-42176) pertaining to the registration of up to 944,445 shares of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Common Stock held by Aquarius Investments Ltd. and Andromeda Investments Ltd., of our report dated February 16, 2004, except for Note 19, as to which the date is February 25, 2004, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Arrow Electronics, Inc. included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP






New York, New York
March 15, 2004

 

                                                                     Exhibit 31(i)

 

Arrow Electronics, Inc.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, William E. Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 15, 2004                        By: /s/ William E. Mitchell      
                                               William E. Mitchell
                                               President and Chief Executive
                                                Officer

Exhibit 31(ii)

Arrow Electronics, Inc.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant`s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant`s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

 Date: March 15, 2004                         By: /s/ Paul J. Reilly       
                                                 Paul J. Reilly
                                                 Vice President and Chief                                                   Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 32(i)

 

Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the "company") for the year ending December 31, 2003 (the "Report"), I, William E. Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer of the company, certify, pursuant to the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), that, to the best of my knowledge:

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

 

 

Date: March 15, 2003                          By:  /s/ William E. Mitchell      
                                                  William E. Mitchell
                                                  President and Chief Executive
                                                   Officer

 

 

 

 





A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Arrow Electronics, Inc. and will be retained by Arrow Electronics, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

Exhibit 32(ii)

 

Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the "company") for the year ending December 31, 2003 (the "Report"), I, Paul J. Reilly, Chief Financial Officer of the company, certify, pursuant to the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), that, to the best of my knowledge:

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

 

 

 

Date: March 15, 2004                          By: /s/ Paul J. Reilly      
                                                  Paul J. Reilly         
                                                  Vice President and                                                    Chief Financial Officer

 

 







A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Arrow Electronics, Inc. and will be retained by Arrow Electronics, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.